Civil Engineering - TU Delft Studentenportal

Transcription

Faculty of Civil Engineering and
Geosciences
combined_1.fm Page 1 Friday, July 25, 2008 12:43 PM
MSc-programme
Civil Engineering
Study Guide 2008/2009
Delft
University of
Technology
Challenge the future
Disclaimer
Every effort has been made by the faculty in putting together this guide.
However, further details about a number of subjects will only be available
after the guide has been printed. For that reason, the information published
by the faculty in this studyguide is subject to change. Amendments, further
details, and a more extensive description of the subjects can be found on
Blackboard: http://blackboard.tudelft.nl and in the digital study guide
http://studyguide.tudelft.nl.
2 | Civil Engineering
Personal Data
name
address
postcode/city or town
date of birth
home phone
mobile
work phone
work fax
e-mail
student number
giro account no.
bank account no.
passport no.
valid through
driving licence
valid through
social-fiscal no.
family doctor
medications
allergic to medications
blood type
RH factor
donor card: yes/no
IN EMERGENCIES PLEASE CONTACT
name
address
postcode/city or town
home phone
mobile
If found, please return this student guide or contact the owner.
3 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Preface
Considerable attention has been devoted to collecting the information for
this study guide. A student survey has shown appreciation for the compact
format of this booklet. Because of its size, all subjects are described briefly.
For detailed information please check the websites mentioned in this study
guide. If you cannot find the information you need, please send an e-mail
to [email protected]. They will ensure that your e-mail reaches the
right person.
Prof.ir. F.M. Sanders
Director of Education
Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences
Contents
Personal Data 3
Preface 4
1 University Profile
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.22
7
Education & Student Affairs 9
E&SA Idea Line 9
TU Delft Central Student Administration (CSA) 9
Shared Service Centrum 11
Service Desk 11
Student Charter 12
BLACKBOARD - Virtual learning environment 12
The TU Delft Library 13
Self-study spaces 14
Student & Career Support 14
Handicapped student facilities 15
Sports and Cultural Centre 16
Student ombudsman 16
Health & Safety, University Emergency Services 17
VSSD - Delft Student Union 18
The Student Council 19
Accomodation 19
Medical Care 20
MoTiv 21
Public Lecture Series 21
Delta 22
Interesting links 23
2 Master of Science Civil Engineering
25
3 Course Information MSc Civil Engineering
27
3.1 Admission to the Master’s degree course 28
3.2 Examination schedule 29
3.3 Ordering study materials 29
3.4 Het Gezelschap "Practische Studie" 29
3.5 Academic Counselor appointments and open consultation 30
3.6 Studying abroad 31
3.7 Internship Office (CT4040) 31
3.8 Emergencies before or during exams 32
3.9 Quality Assurance 32
3.10 Graduation 33
3.11 Schedules masters programme: Structural Engineering 34
3.12 Schedules masters programme: Building Engineering 40
3.13 Schedules masters programme: Hydraulic Engineering 47
3.14 Schedules masters programme: Water Management 55
3.15 Schedules masters programme: Transport & Planning 58
3.16 Schedules masters programme: Geo-Engineering 60
3.17 General Information MSc tracks 64
3.17.1 General Information on Structural Engineering 64
3.17.2 General Information on Building Engineering 64
3.17.3 General Information on Hydraulic Engineering 65
3.17.4 General Information on Water Management 66
3.17.5 General Information on Transport & Planning 67
3.17.6 General Information Geo-Engineering 68
3.17.7 Technology in Sustainable Development annotation 69
3.18 Master of Materials Science and Engineering Specialisation Course
on Advanced Construction Materials: Roads & Buildings 71
4 Course descriptions
75
5 Map of TU Campus
325
6 Year planner
6.1
329
Lecture hours 331
7 Agenda
333
1.
University Profile
1 | University Profile
TU Delft (Technische Universiteit Delft)
TU Delft aims to be a preferred partner in education for students worldwide
by offering intrinsically challenging and didactically inspiring courses.
Intrinsically challenging because of the direct connection with urgent societal themes, particularly in the area of sustainability.
Didactically inspiring through the use of active educational methods to give
our students’ own creativity as much freedom as possible. TU Delft sees its
students as its future alumni, alumni who can be flexibly deployed and can
take up a prominent position on the international labour market. The
programme leading to the qualification of Delft engineer is an A-brand
worldwide. To maintain this quality guarantee, TU Delft is constantly developing its curriculum, both intrinsically and didactically.
The university also collaborates closely with national and international
universities, research institutes and partners in industry. These ties are a
means for our students to gain valuable and relevant knowledge and experience, providing them with the building blocks for a successful future
career.
Visitor address
Mekelweg 5
2628 CC Delft
Postal address
Postbus 5
2600 AA Delft
Tel.: +31 (0)15 27 89111 (switchboard)
Fax: +31 (0)15 27 86522
E-mail: [email protected] (enquiries)
Website: www.tudelft.nl
1.1
Education & Student Affairs
The Education & Student Affairs department provides educational activity
support: administration, student guidance, support for foreign students,
sports, culture and international projects.
Jaffalaan 9A (visitor entrance on Mekelweg)
2628 BX Delft
Tel.: +31 (0)15 27 84670
Fax: +31 (0)15 27 87233
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.student.tudelft.nl
1.2
E&SA Idea Line
Students and staff can submit their suggestions, questions and comments
to improve services provided by Education & Student Affairs online at:
www.ideeenlijnOS.tudelft.nl
1.3
TU Delft Central Student
Administration (CSA)
Your academic career at TU Delft begins at the Central Student Administration.
All students register with CSA, whether you are an international student or
a student from another Dutch university coming to attend a course at TU
Delft.
Visit the Central Student Administration desk to:
z register and enrol in TU Delft programmes
z hand in enrolment forms
z pay tuition or examination fees with your bank card (direct debit)
z arrange a second programme enrolment within TU Delft or enrol in a
programme mid-year
z stop your studies
z change of programme
z apply for financial support under the RAS (Graduation Assistance Regulations)
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
obtain preliminary certificates of enrolment if you do not yet have a
CampusCard and/or Certificate of Enrolment yet, for exams, etc.
apply for official certifications in Dutch, English, French, German and
Spanish for other institutions or for:
preliminary registration (for purposes such as seeking housing)
record of paid tuition fees and enrolment type (if you wish to enrol at
another institution)
proof of enrolment in prior academic years
proof of unenrolment as student (required when applying for benefit)
authentication of copies of diplomas and transcripts (for enrolments, job
applications, etc.)
signature and authentication of forms for the Information Management
Group, Social Insurance Bank, healthcare insurers, etc.
application for duplicate Certificate of Enrolment or replacement
CampusCard
application for refund and termination of enrolment due to graduation,
illness, extraordinary family circumstances, termination of study (firstyear phase) or non-contiguous programme
notification of address changes (CSA automatically forwards changed
data to faculty programme administration)
change forms for the Information Management Group
You can also visit the desk for ordering and picking up your CampusCard,
requesting a duplicate card, making changes, and for information on having
the required (electronic) passport photo taken.
z Have your student number available (a seven-digit number found on
your certificate of enrolment)
z To have a digital photo taken, go to the CSA desk, Education & Student
Services, Jaffalaan 9A (Mekelweg entrance).
z Open every weekday from 9.30 to 16.30.
z For replacement of a stolen or lost card: go to the CSA desk, Education
& Student Affairs, Jaffalaan 9A (Mekelweg entrance), fill out the form
and pay a fee of EUR 3.00.
z If you need a replacement card because the first card no longer functions: Go to the CSA desk, Education & Student Affairs, Jaffalaan 9A
(Mekelweg entrance), turn in the non-functioning card and complete a
form.
z After approximately 4 weeks, you will be notified that your card is available for pickup at the CSA desk (Education & Student Affairs), Jaffalaan
9a (visitor entrance on Mekelweg).
z The CSA desk is located in the Education & Student Affairs building.
z Opening hours: Monday through Friday from 9.00 to 17.00
Visitor address
Jaffalaan 9A (visitor entrance on Mekelweg)
2628 BX Delft
Postall address
CSa TU Delft
Postbus 5
2600 AA Delft
Tel.: +31 (0)15 27 84249
Fax: +31 (0)15 27 86457
www.csa.tudelft.nl
1.4
Shared Service Centrum
The SSC covers educational administration, study progress administration,
and other areas.
Contact Information:
Account group 1: +31 (0)15 27 89826
E-mail EEMCS [email protected]
E-mail AS [email protected]
Account group 2: +31 (0)15 27 89825
E-mail Architecture [email protected]
E-mail IDE [email protected]
E-mail TPM [email protected]
Account group 3: +31 (0)15 27 89827
E-mail CEG [email protected]
E-mail AE [email protected]
E-mail 3mE [email protected]
1.5
Service Desk
Every faculty has a service desk. This is the contact point for students (and
staff) for all questions concerning educational and student affairs, ICT and
facility services, such as:
z Prospectuses
z Transcripts
11 | Study Guide 2008/2009
z
z
z
z
z
Turning in mark sheets
Certificates for students (such as for completion of programme components, marks or study credits for purposes of switching to another
programme or credit-related/achievement-related grant
Degree audit application
Questions on the TAS examination registration system.
Room reservations
More information, including opening times, can be found on
www.servicepunt.tudelft.nl
1.6
Student Charter
All rights and obligations of the student and of TU Delft as the institution
are detailed in the Student Charter. It includes information on admissions
requirements, guarantee months, enrolment, student/staff representation,
Ombudsman regulations and codes of conduct. The charter can be
consulted on: www.studentenstatuut.tudelft.nl
Questions about the student charter should be addressed to one of the
Student & Career Support student counsellors:
Tel.: +31 (0)15 27 88004
1.7
BLACKBOARD - Virtual learning
environment
Blackboard is TU Delft’s virtual learning environment. All TU Delft students
registered in the student enrolment system ISIS, all teaching staff and
other personnel registered in Peoplesoft, as well as alumni, have access to
Blackboard and can make use of the virtual learning environment. Almost
all communication between students, instructors and staff goes through
Blackboard. After logging in, you will find the relevant information on studying and working at TU Delft.
Tel.:+31 (0)15 27 89194
Website: http://blackboard.tudelft.nl
Support: www.blackboard-support.tudelft.nl
1.8
The TU Delft Library
Your virtual reference desk!
All relevant technical and scientific information
The TU Delft Library is the largest technical and scientific library in the
Netherlands. The library selects, administers, processes and supplies information relevant to your study collected from the Netherlands and abroad.
Much of this information is in electronic form.
All the relevant science and technology information you need
The TU Delft Library is the largest science and technology library in the
Netherlands. The Library selects, manages, processes and provides relevant information for your studies from in and outside the Netherlands.
Much of the information is digital.
Stop searching, start finding!
During your course, you will find that the Virtual Knowledge Centre (VKC)
of your programme will come in very useful.
The VKC is the ideal place to start when looking for information in your
field, as it provides ‘virtually all knowledge in your field’. Learn about your
VKC at http://vkc.library.tudelft.nl .
The digital window
At www.library.tudelft.nl you will find not just information on specific
subjects, but also practical information about the Library, the online catalogue, databases, works of reference, internet sources, instructions and
maps. There are also articles, PhD theses, reports, graduation dissertations, lecture notes, patents and other TU Delft publications at
http://repository.tudelft.nl.
If you are looking for specific information, or if you have a question,
request, complaint or comment about the services provided by the Library,
go to http://AskYourLibrary.tudelft.nl, the digital window of the Library.
For maps, go to http://kaartenkamer.library.tudelft.nl .
Ask your question through a variety of channels
You can communicate with the Library Customer Services via Ask Your
Library at a time, place and manner of your own choosing. Many of your
questions will be answered immediately. During office hours you can chat
to a Library employee, who can also browse along with you. The employee
is then able to help you find specific sources by pointing out information
13 | Study Guide 2008/2009
with the cursor. The answers to some questions can be found in the
Frequently Asked Questions, but you can also telephone us (+31 (0)15 –
27 85678), e-mail us ([email protected]), or visit one of our branches. You
can find them on www.library.tudelft.nl
Easy
If you use a computer that is connected to the TU Delft campus network,
you can use, digitally, virtually every service provided by the Library. The
Central Branch on Prometheusplein 1, behind the Aula Congress Centre, is
open during the daytime, evening, and at weekends, for browsing through
the books, studying with or without a computer, meeting, and making
copies. The opening times of the Library are extended yet further during
examination periods.
The Central Branch is also where you will find the Trésor, the treasure
house with unique, fragile and valuable items. The Trésor can be visited by
appointment (http://tresor.library.tudelft.nl).
Central Library
Prometheusplein 1
2628 ZC Delft
Tel.: +31 (0)15 27 85678
1.9
Self-study spaces
Specially set up self-study spaces are available to you in the faculties and
library for independent study. You will find these self-study spaces in separate spaces and in the foyers of the buildings. Many self-study spaces are
equipped with laptop connections.
Student & Career Support
Student & Career Support is there to help you when you encounter issues
that impede good studying. Both individuals and groups can consult
Student & Career Support for support and advice. Consult the student
counsellors, student psychologists and/or the information centre for assistance with: legal issues, scholarships/grants and financial support, psychosocial support, help with studies and career orientation on the labour
market.
At the desk in the Education & Student Affairs building at Jaffalaan 9a
(Mekelweg entrance), you can make an appointment with a student counsellor or student psychologist, or obtain more information about the information centre.
The student psychologists also have an open consultation hour on Tuesday
and Thursday mornings from 11.30-12.30, during which you can see a
student psychologist without an appointment. Please report to the desk
when you come to attend the open consultation. Additionally, Student &
Career Support will also appreciate a phone call or e-mail to let the office
know that you are coming.
At Student & Career Support you can also attend workshops and trainings
such as Constructive Thinking, Relaxing, Mind Mapping, Applications, Studying with Dyslexia, and Personal Effectiveness. For more information, see
www.smartstudie.tudelft.nl.
On the ground floor at the Education & Student Affairs desk, you will also
find the Information Centre (open from 9.00 to 17.00), where you can go
for information about your academic or future professional career. The
Information Centre can provide information on subjects such as university
and higher professional education programmes, study and career choices,
studies abroad, exchange programmes, summer courses, financial aid/
grants and language courses. Most of the day, the desk will be staffed with
someone to help you.
Opening hours: Monday through Friday from 9.00 to 17.00.
Jaffalaan 9A (visitors entrance on Mekelweg).
2628 BX Delft
Tel.: +31 (0)15 27 88004
Website: www.studentandcareersupport.tudelft.nl
1.10
Handicapped student facilities
The university will ensure that the education is also accessible to students
with a disability. This means that there must be appropriate facilities for
disabled students or students with a chronic illness, whether financially or
by providing special educational facilities. If you have special needs,
contact your academic counsellor. Please give notice of any needs you may
have as early as possible, as some facilities may take some time to
organise.
15 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1.11
Sports and Cultural Centre
The Sports and Cultural Centre offers nearly every kind of indoor and
outdoor sport. Most fields and pitches are lit for evening play.
You can also take part in a variety of cultural activities:
z Courses, including videography, photography, painting, drawing,
sculpting, ceramics, instrument building, classical music, light & popular
music, computer-assisted sound processing, modern and oriental dance,
capoeira, philosophy and writing.
z Vocal and instrumental musical groups.
z Use of musical instruments, including pianos, drum sets, saxophones
and guitars.
TU Delft Sports Centre
Mekelweg 8
2628 CD Delft
Tel.: +31 (0) 15 27 82443
Website: www.snc.tudelft.nl
TU Delft Cultural Centre
Mekelweg 10
2628 CD Delft
Tel: +31 (0) 15 27 83988
Website: www.snc.tudelft.nl
1.12
Student ombudsman
If you, as a student, have a complaint about TU Delft, the faculty or staff,
you should first try to resolve the situation with your faculty’s academic
counsellor. If that doesn’t work, visit the student ombudsman. The student
ombudsman can help you to solve problems and make proposals aimed at
preventing others from encountering similar circumstances.
The ombudsman for TU Delft is W.J.M. Knippenberg.
Aula TU Delft
Mekelweg 5
2628 CC Delft
Tel.: +31 (0)15 27 84403
Contact the ombudsman by e-mail first.
1.13
Health & Safety, University
Emergency Services
Like the staff of TU Delft, students are entitled to a safe and healthy workplace/study space. This also entails the obligation to act in the interests of
your own safety and that of others. The Netherlands has working conditions legislation (‘ARBO legislation’) in place governing safety standards and
rules of conduct.
TU Delft also has specific environmental, health & safety rules.
Basic rules
Students may not enter technical areas. Performance of actions and experiments involving an element of risk are only permitted on the instruction of
and with permission of the supervisor. Anyone who suspects that he or she
may be exposed to risk in the performance of an assignment may refuse
that assignment and contact the Health & Safety Adviser concerning the
matter.
Undesirable behaviour
Aggression, sexual intimidation, threats, pestering and discrimination are
considered undesirable behaviour and are not tolerated. Undesirable
behaviour can be reported to the Executive Board. You can also contact
your faculty’s confidential adviser, who can handle complaints discretely.
Smoking prohibited
TU Delft is a non-smoking institution. Smoking is not permitted anywhere
except in the smoking areas and locations where smoking* is temporarily
permitted. Violation of the non-smoking rule is considered undesirable
behaviour. Anyone who is being disturbed by smoking can report it to the
Health & Safety Adviser* or the confidential adviser*.
17 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Computer work
Intensive computer work can lead to neck and upper body problems. These
conditions are commonly referred to as ‘RSI.’ The chance of RSI is
increased when working under pressure, in situations such as completing a
thesis. Advanced RSI is very difficult to cure and should be avoided at all
costs. Make sure your working posture is always correct and take short
work breaks at regular intervals. One useful tool to help you do this is the
‘Workpace’ programme.
The Health & Safety Adviser can help you and evaluate your workspace.
Emergencies and University Emergency Services
TU Delft has a University Emergency Services organisation. The members
of the University Emergency Services organisation are known to the staff.
They perform first aid and act in the event of an emergency. Any time you
are injured, always seek treatment. Always report any accidents or nearaccidents to University Emergency Services.
In the event of fire, a work-related accident or a dangerous situation, follow
these rules:
z A ‘slow whoop’ siren over the public address system indicates that an
alarm has been sounded.
Follow the instructions immediately.
z Get yourself to safety and warn others.
z In the event of fire, activate a fire alarm.
z In the event of an emergency, dial the emergency number (112) on a
land line and answer the questions.
z Follow the instructions of University Emergency Services personnel.
* For more information, see www.tudelft.nl and follow the links to ‘Staff,’ ‘AZ index.’
1.14
VSSD - Delft Student Union
The VSSD (Vereniging voor Studie- en Studentbelangen) is the Delft
Student Union, and as its name suggests its purpose is to represent the
interests of the students of Delft. The roots of today’s VSSD go back to
1887 (see ‘history’). The union is run by and for students.
Over the years, the VSSD has developed a number of services supported by
the personnel, such as publishing and book sales.
The VSSD is managed by the Delft Student Council.
This council of 13 learned students meets once every six weeks to discuss
the present and future policy of the VSSD. Three factions have seats on the
Delft Student Council: ORAS, AAG and DQ. The Delft Student Council is
chaired by David Riphagen.
VSSD
Leeghwaterstraat 42
2628CA Delft
Tel:+31 (0)15 27 82050
Website: www.VSSD.nl
1.15
The Student Council
Two fractions have seats on the Delft Student Council: AAG and ORAS.
Together they are the instrument by which the student can have an impact
on the policy of TU Delft. Both AAG and ORAS have representatives on the
member’s council of the VSSD.
AAG
Mekelweg 4
2628 CD Delft
Tel.: +31(0)15 27 83121
Website: www.aag.tudelft.nl
ORAS
Mekelweg 4
2628 CD Delft
Tel.: +31(0)15 27 83349
Website: www.oras.tudelft.nl
1.16
Accomodation
TU Delft has a contract with accommodation organisation DUWO for the
housing of foreign students and guests. The contracts with the students/
guests or foreign students are fixed-term contracts with the option of
19 | Study Guide 2008/2009
extension. Applications for housing will be granted on a ‘first come first
served’ basis.
Visitors address
Stichting DUWO
Kanaalweg 4
2628 EB Delft
Postal address
Postbus 54
2600 AB Delft
Tel.: +31 (0)15 21 92200
Website: www.duwo.nl
The ‘consent’ system is fairly widely in effect in Delft student residences.
This means that you will have to ‘interview’ with the residents of the house.
Finding housing in Delft is difficult, and finding cheap housing is even
harder, so start looking as early as possible!
1.17
Medical Care
The student healthcare organisation Stichting Studentengezondheidszorg
(SGZ) provides both medical and psychotherapeutic healthcare for
students. Because the SGZ principally provides preventative help, we
recommend you have your own family doctor who can visit you if you are
ill. This can be one of the SGZ’s own family doctors.
SGZ
Surinamestraat 4
2612 EE Delft
From mid-September
SGZ
Beukenlaan 4
2612 VC Delft
Family doctors:
Tel.: +31 (0)15 21 35358
Vaccinations:
Tel.: +31 (0)15 21 21507
Psychologists:
Tel.: +31 (0)15 21 33426
E-mail: [email protected].
Website: www.sgz.nl
1.18
MoTiv
MoTiv is a church organisation at TU Delft. Its aim is to engender motivation, inspiration and passion in those who choose a profession in technology. Participants in the MoTiv programmes explore their inner strength
and commitment. MoTiv’s activities are designed to augment personal skills
and social support and to make a contribution to the technical/cultural
debate in society.
MoTiv has pastors with whom you can make an appointment for individual
pastoral coaching. For those seeking reflection, there is an Ecumenical
church service every Sunday at 11.15 at Noordeinde 4.
Voorstraat 60
2611 JS Delft
Tel.: +31 (0)15 21 23421
Website: www.motiv.tudelft.nl
1.19
Public Lecture Series
Studium Generale, the TU Delft Public Lecture Series, helps you stay on top
of the oldest and newest developments in science, art, culture and society.
Studium Generale offers you the opportunity to expand your horizons and
learn about disciplines other than your own area of study.
Twice per year, Studium Generale issues its programme listings announcing
all activities. The programme listings are distributed in all TU buildings and
can also be obtained individually.
To be sure you are always informed of the programme’s offerings, you
might want to sign up for the weekly electronic newsletter. You’ll never miss
a thing!
To register, send an e-mail to [email protected]. The latest
programme can also be found on www.sg.tudelft.nl.
21 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Studium Generale
Faculteit TBM
Room a.0.260
Jaffalaan 5
2628 BX Delft
Tel.: +31(0)15 27 85235
Website: www.sg.tudelft.nl
Secretariat opening hours:
Monday through Thursday, 9.00 uur to 17.00
1.20
Delta
Delta is TU Delft’s information and opinion journal, published by a journalistically independent editorial board.
Delta Editorial Board
University Library, room 0.18 – 0. 28
Prometheusplein 1
2628 ZC Delft
Postal address:
Postbus 139
2600 AC Delft
Tel.: +31 (0)15 27 84848
Website: www.delta.tudelft.nl
1.21
Interesting links
Information about all MSc and MSc programmes offered
by Delft University of Technology, information about the
requirements, how to apply, costs, funding, insurance,
housing, medical and pastoral care, facilities for special
needs students etc
www.studyat.tudelft.nl
Studyguide
http://studiegids.tudelft.nl
Blackboard
http://blackboard.tudelft.nl
Student portal
http://studenten.tudelft.nl
Examination/practical Registering System
http://www.tas.tudelft.nl
The electronic version of this study guide can also be found on
http://campus.citg.tudelft.nl
23 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2.
Master of Science
Civil Engineering
2 | Master of Science Civil Engineering
Civil engineering is concerned with the development, design, construction,
production and management of the physical infrastructure required to safeguard the safety, health, business activity and sustainability of our society.
These facilities are built to provide services such as water management,
soil management, urban development, flood protection, drinking water
production, waste treatment, transport by water, rail and road, and to
perform other functions for the public (such as utilities and offices).
The programme at TU Delft is the oldest Civil Engineering course in the
Netherlands. The course has traditionally emphasised the interaction
between theory and practice and between research and education.
Students and researchers therefore enjoy excellent and extensive laboratory, ICT and library facilities.
The MSc programme in Civil Engineering aims to train and educate engineers who are able to solve complex problems in a creative way. Civil engineers are knowledgeable as well as scientifically and technologically
resourceful. They are able to work professionaly in complex and unpredictable environments and to assume leading roles in these organisations, both
in the Netherlands and worldwide.
The MSc in Civil Engineering offers six tracks, designed to train students to
make full use of the tools and techniques of their discipline:
Building Engineering
Structural Engineering
Transport & Planning
Hydraulic Engineering
Geo-Engineering
Water Management
MSc programme
The MSc programme in Civil Engineering comprises a total of 120 ECTS
credits over two years. Credits are earned from courses, culminating in an
MSc thesis project. Within the courses, you have the option of choosing
between an internship, multidisciplinary project (group work), extra
courses and an additional research project. The programme is conducted in
English.
3.
Course
Information MSc
Civil Engineering
3 | Course Inf or mation MSc Civil Engineering
3.1
Admission to the Master’s degree
course
(Teaching and Examination Regulations, Article 5)
1 All students possessing a certificate proving that they have successfully
completed their Bachelor of Science studies in Civil Engineering at Delft
University of Technology will be admitted to the programme.
2 Students who do not possess the degree mentioned in paragraph 1 are
required to obtain proof of admission to the programme from the dean,
who will seek the advice of the board of examiners on this matter.
3 In order to obtain proof of admission, the student must meet or, as the
case may be, possess:
a the general relevant criteria set by the executive board, laid down in
Section 2 of the Student Charter (central part),
b a certificate, together with the accompanying list of marks, proving that
he/she possesses knowledge of a sufficiently high level and broad scope
to successfully complete the programme within the allotted period.
4 Unless their Bachelor’s degree is of an adequate level and quality,
holders of a foreign Bachelor’s degree can only be admitted to the
programme if they have a Grade Point Average of at least 75% of the
maximum available points.
5 In order to meet the stipulations outlined in subsection 3, clause b,
knowledge may be lacking in various subjects as long as it does not
exceed the level of 16 credits. The missing subjects should be integrated into the course instead of the parts referred to in Article 3, paragraph 1, clause c of the Implementation Regulations.
6 Starting on 1 September 2010, programme acceptance will be enhanced
by measures that promote a smooth transfer between the Bachelor’s
programme and the Master’s programme.
These measures have to do with:
z multiple transfer scenarios,
z eased acceptance standards for students who can claim RAS months
according to the Student Charter.
NOTE: Every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the
information provided in this study guide. In case of discrepancy,
the official Teaching and Examination Regulations (OER),
including the Implementation Regulations, take precedence over
this or any other study guide.
3.2
Examination schedule
You can register for scheduled written examinations and laboratories (or
cancel those for which you have registered) online, using the Examination
and Laboratory Registration System TAS (Tentamen Aanmeld Systeem).
The Student Service Desk will send your password to you at the start of
your first year. Additional information is available on the TAS website: http:/
/www.tas.tudelft.nl. Please register at least ten working days before the
examination is held, and cancel at least five working days before. Registration is obligatory; if you are not registered, you will not be admitted to the
examination session.
3.3
Ordering study materials
TU Delft has decided to make it possible for students to order readers
through the Internet. The immediate advantage of this is that you can
order your study materials at any time and from anywhere in the world and
that the materials will be delivered to the address specified by you as soon
as you have paid the order amount. It is also possible to pick up your order
at the campus.
Readers can be ordered online through Blackboard (blackboard.tudelft.nl).
For access to Blackboard, you will need the NetID and password you
received when you enrolled at TU Delft.
3.4
Het Gezelschap "Practische
Studie"
Het Gezelschap “Practische Studie”, which literally means The Group "Practical Study", is the study association of Civil Engineering students at the TU
Delft. In 1886 a number of members of the Delfts’ Student Corps wanted to
give their members the opportunity to learn about the civil and architectural sciences. With this, the fundamental idea for the study association Het
Gezelschap “Practische Studie” was born, which was officially founded in
1894.
For 114 years, our association is engaged with offering study supporting
and study supplementary activities. To be able to do this, 100 of the 1200
members are active in the organization of various activities, through about
29 | Study Guide 2008/2009
20 committees. To guarantee the continuity and to do the covering tasks, 7
board members work fulltime for one whole study year.
Study supporting activities
An important part of the right to exist as a study association is the supervision of the quality of the education. Professors appreciate getting response
from the students. This enables them to raise the level of the education.
Further, it is often necessary to actively look after the interests of the
student. Through the full time work of two education commissioners,
education committees, complaint books, examples of examinations and the
answers of made exams, Het Gezelschap "Practische Studie" plays an active
role in the education area.
Study supplementary activities
When you study at the TU Delft it is sure that you get the necessary theoretical knowledge. Sometimes the study can be simplified by obtaining
insight in practical situations. The student has to stay in contact with the
world where he or she will end up in. Het Gezelschap "Practische Studie" is
the link to the practical world. Through lectures, excursions, study trips,
workshops, symposia and the company day, the student can get a "feeling"
for what is described in the books.
Organisation and communication
Besides the activities Het Gezelschap "Practische Studie" has more to offer
to the students. The student can become active himself in organizing these
activities. This is definitely an enrichment for your organizational and
communicative skills. That a student from Delft is good on the technical
area is logical, but when the student is able to sell his product, this can only
mean an improvement.
3.5
Academic Counselor
appointments and open
consultation
For general information, advice or assistance, you may make an appointment with one of the academic counsellors, Karel Karsen or Pascal de
Smidt.To make the appointment, please contact their secretariat: Room
2.81, tel. +31 (0)15 27 85742. In urgent cases, they will be able to refer
you to the academic counsellors immediately. For brief information-related
questions, you may also attend one of the open consultation hours.
Time: Monday to Friday from 12.45 – 13.30
Place: rooms 2.77.1 and 2.79.
The counsellors may also be reached by e-mail: [email protected] or
[email protected].
3.6
Studying abroad
It is possible to complete a part of your studies abroad. TU Delft participates in a number of cooperative arrangements with many universities
worldwide, the existence of which facilitates international exchange.
Because of visa problems, international exchange is not open to foreign
MSc students. For more information, please visit www.tudelft.nl/buitenland.
You may also come by the CiTG International Office and ask Maaike
Kraeger-Holland for assistance concerning international exchange.
Additional information on completing internships, graduation projects or
supplementary graduation work abroad can be found in the manual “Studeren in het buitenland Civiele Techniek” (Studying Civil Engineering
abroad), which can be obtained from the CiTG International Office. Each
year, the International Office cooperates with the Fellowship for Practical
Studies to organise a ‘Study Abroad’ event, which provides information on
studying abroad. During this event, coordinators will discuss the possibilities, and students will tell about their experiences with international
exchanges, internships, graduation projects and supplementary graduation
projects abroad.
CiTG International Office
Room 2.73, tel: +31 (0)15 27 81174
Open: Monday (9:00-13:00), Tuesday (13:00-17:00), Wednesday (9:0012:00), Thursday (13:00-17:00) and Friday (9:00-13:00), unless
announced otherwise.
3.7
Internship Office (CT4040)
The Internship Office provides information and support on all matters
concerning internships. Please come to the International Office for general
information, registration (in writing, not via Blackboard) or to obtain the
course manual. Maaike Kraeger-Holland will be glad to assist you. If you
would like to discuss your preferences or plans concerning internships, she
31 | Study Guide 2008/2009
can also arrange an appointment for you with the Internship Coordinator,
Peter van Eck.
CiTG Internship Office
Maaike Kraeger-Holland
Room 2.73, tel: +31 (0)15 27 81174
Open: Monday (9:00-13:00), Tuesday (13:00-17:00), Wednesday (9:0012:00), Thursday (13:00-17:00) and Friday (9:00-13:00), unless
announced otherwise.
3.8
Emergencies before or during
exams
You may have a problem reaching the venue where you are due to sit an
examination. You may be confronted with unexpected traffic jams, a
railway power cut or something else entirely beyond your control, causing
you to be late or to have to miss the exam altogether. In such cases it is
always wise, if possible, to contact one of the academic counsellors directly,
Karel Karsen (tel. +31 (0)15 27 83337) or Pascal de Smidt
(tel. +31 (0)15 27 81068). They will then contact the lecturers responsible
for the examination immediately and try to find a suitable solution. Bear in
mind that such steps can only be taken in the event of real emergencies
and that a perfect solution cannot always be found. Students who arrive
late for the examination because of travel delays are obliged to report
immediately to the invigilator. He or she will then decide on the best plan of
action. Obviously all this only applies to students who have registered in
time for examinations through the usual channels and according to the
usual procedures.
3.9
Quality Assurance
Students’ opinions are important in determining the quality of the education. This feedback allows bottlenecks to be identified. For this reason, a
quarterly course evaluation is held with the director of studies, the quality
assurance employee and the student societies. Because course evaluations
are intended to improve the quality of the education, they address both
positive and negative matters. When necessary, measures are taken to
improve the course. Those measures are published on Blackboard.
A course evaluation is compiled from information obtained from the
following sources:
z Course evaluations with the director of studies, the quality assurance
employee and any disputes
z Instructor reactions
z ’Evasys’ survey reports
The student societies play an important role in these evaluations. They
often contribute information that plays a fundamental role in the surveys.
3.10
Graduation
The administrative steps behind graduating
1 Complete the "Application Start MSc Thesis" form and hand the form in
at the Servicepunt CT.
2 Take the "Approval Start MSc Thesis" to your graduation coordinator or
to the graduation section’s secretary. If the indication V is given on
blackboard under CT5060 for 1 ECTS credit then this means that the
approval is ready.
3 Fill in the "Form Graduation Chart" in cooperation with the graduation
coordinator.
4 The graduation coordinator will then send that chart on to the education
administration office for further processing and verification. (The examination programme has to be approved by the Board of Examiners).
5 Make sure to register in time for the final MSc degree exam by handing
in the "Applicaton Form MSc Graduation" together with a passport photo
at the Servicepunt CT.
6 If, for any reason, you are under time pressure do not forget to withdraw in time with the Withdraw Form.
All forms can be downloaded from the website
http://campus.citg.tudelft.nl.
When embarking on the graduation programme it is also important to
observe what is laid down in the Rules and Guidelines Board of Examiners MSc CE:
Article 17: the graduation work
Article 18: composition of the examination committee
Article 19: the examination committee’s approach.
33 | Study Guide 2008/2009
3.11
Schedules masters programme:
Structural Engineering
Study programme
Required course for all students
Education
period 1
ECTS
Education
period 2
ECTS
Education
period 3
ECTS
Education
period 4
ECTS
WM0312CT
4
Philosophy,
Technology
Assessment
and Ethics for
CT
A) Variant-linked subjects (at least 36 ECTS) see below
B) Elective course (16 ECTS)
C) Choose two of possibilities below (22 ECTS)
CT4040, Traineeship, 11 ECTS
CT4061, Multidisciplinary Project, 11 ECTS
Extra courses, 11 ECTS
CT5050, Additional MSc thesis, 11 ECTS
D) CT5060, MSc Thesis, 42 ECTS
Course schedule
Required Courses for all Students, with the exception of those who have
opted for the Specialisation Hydraulic Structures
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education period ECTS
4
CT4110
4
Timber Structures 1***
CT3121 Steel 2 ² 4
CT3110 Analysis of 4
Slender Structures
13
CT4121 Steel 4
Structures 3 ²
CT4100 Materials 4
and Ecological
CT4160
Prestressed
Engineering ***
Concrete
CT4180 Plate
Analysis,
Theory and
Application
4
CT4140
Dynamics of
Structures 1 3
4
4
*** not for the specialisation Road and Railway Engineering
1 If Analysis of Slender Structures (CT3110) has not been done in the
Bachelor programme, then CT3110 must be completed in stead of
Dynamics of Structures (CT4140)
2 If Steel Structures 2 (CT3121) has not been done in the Bachelor
programme, then CT3121 must be done in stead of Steel Structures 3
(CT4121)
3 Students with a foreign BSc degree will do CT4145 in stead of CT3110 or
CT4140
35 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Specialisation Structural Design: Choose 12 ECTS from the following
subjects
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
AR1Am040
Architectural
Reflections **
*
AR1Am040
*
Architectural
Reflections **
AR1Am040
Architectural
Reflections **
CT4170
Construction
Technology of
Civil Engineering Structures ***
4
CT4281
4
Building Structures 2 ***
CT3221
4
Building Physics
and Building
Engineering
CT4201 Architecture and
Building Engineering **
4
BK8040
Method and
Analysis **
BK8040 Method *
and Analysis **
*
ECTS
AR1Am040
3
Architectural
Reflections **
CT5148
4
Computational
Modeling of
Structures ***
CT5251 Structural Design,
Special Structures
5
BK8040
Method and
Analysis **
*
z
z
z
3
BK8040
Method and
Analysis **
3
* course continues in the following period
** choose one out of three courses
*** choose one out of three courses
Strong advise : if CT3211 Building Structures 1 has not been followed in the
BSc, choose this course as an elective
Specialisation Structural Mechanics: choose 12 ECTS from the
following courses
Education period ECT Education
1
S
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
CT4130 Probabilistic *
Design
CT4130 Prob- 4
abilistic
Design
CT3150
Concrete
Structures 2
4
CT5100 Repair and
Maintenance of
Construction Materials
4
CT4150 Plastic 4
Analysis of
Structures
CT4140
Dynamics of
Structures 1
4
CT5148 Computational Modeling of
Structures
4
CT5123 Introduction to the
Finite Element
Method
4
ECT
S
1 if not a required course
Specialisation Concrete Structures: choose 12 ECTS from the following
courses
Education period ECT
1
S
Education
period 2
CT4170 Construction Technology of
Civil Engineering
Structures
CT4281
4
Building Structures 2
CT3150
Concrete
Structures 2
CT5100 Repair and 4
Maintenance of
CT5127
Concrete
CT5123 Intro- 4
duction to the
Bridges
4
ECTS Education
period 3
4
CT5110 Concrete - 4
Science & Technology
37 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Finite Element
Method
ECTS Education
period 4
4
ECT
S
Specialisation Steel and Timber Construction: choose 12 ECTS from
the following courses
Education period ECT
1
S
Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
CT5100 Repair and 4
Maintenance of
CT4121 Steel
Structures 3 1
4
CT5123 Intro- 4
duction to the
Finite Element
Method
CT5126 Fatigue
CT4150 Plastic 4
Analysis of
Structures
CT5124
4
Timber Structures 2
3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
CT4125 Steel 3
Case
CT4281
4
Building Structures 2
CT5125 Steel
Bridges
4
1 if not a required course
Specialisation Materials Science: choose 12 ECTS from the following
courses
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT4170
4
Construction
Technology of
Civil Engineering
Structures
CT4850 Road
Paving Materials
CT5127
Concrete
Bridges
4
CT5100 Repair
4
and Maintenance
of Construction
Materials
CT5110 Concrete 4
- Science & Technology
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
4
4
3
CT3150
Concrete
Structures 2
CT5123
4
Introduction
to the Finite
Element
Method
CT5124
Timber
Structures 2
4
CT4030
Methodology
for Scientific
Research
CT5102 Capita 3
Selecta Materials Science
Specialisation Road and Railway Engineering: choose 20 ECTS from
the following courses
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
CT4850 Road
Paving Materials
4
CT4830 Laboratory Experiments
3
CT4860 Struc- 6
tural Pavement Design
CT5850 Road
Construction
3
CT4870 Struc- 4
tural Design
of Railway
Track
ECTS
CT5871 Capita 4
Selecta Railway
and Road
Structures
Specialisation Hydraulic Structures: 40 ECTS required
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT4130
Probabilistic
Design
*
CT4300 Introduction to Coastal
Engineering
4
CT4320 Short
Waves
4
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
CT3330
Hydraulic
Structures 1
4
CT3310 Open 5
Channel Flow
CT4121 Steel
Structures 3
4
CT5129
Concrete,
Steel and
Timber in
Coastal &
River Eng.
Structures
4
CT3150
Concrete
Structures 2
4
CT4140
Dynamics of
Structures
4
CT4130 Proba- 4
bilistic Design
39 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4160
Prestressed
Concrete
ECTS
3
Other courses offered by Structural Engineering:
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
CT4145 Dynamics, 6
Slender Structures and intr.
Cont. Mech.
CT5145
4
Random Vibrations
CT5122
4
Capita Selecta
Steel and
Aluminium
Structures
CT5142
Computational
Methods in
Non-linear
Solid
Mechanics
CT5128 Fibre-rein- 3
forced Polymer
(FRP) Structures
CT5146 Micro- 3
mechanics and
Data Collection
and Analysis
CT5131 Fire 3
Safety Design
CT5143 Shell 3
Analysis,
Theory and
Application
CT5130 Capita
Selecta Concrete
Structures
3
CT5144
Stability of
Structures
3
3
3.12
Building Engineering
Study programme
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
WM0312CT
Philosophy,
Technology
Assessment
and Ethics
for CT
ECTS
4
In stead of the Multidisciplinary Project (CT4061), students can choose the
Workshop High Rise Buildings (AR2Rp110, period 4), 10 ECTS, or XXL
Design and Engineering (Ar0651, period 2), 15 ECTS.
High Rise Buildings (AR2Rp110) and XXL Design and Engineering (Ar0651)
can be done as an extra program as well.
For a Special Certificate (at least 16 ECTS extra courses, see Art. 30 Rules
and Guidelines Board of Examiners) you can use 7 ECTS of these courses.
Course schedule
Required Courses for all Students
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
CT4201 Architecture and Building
Engineering
4
CT4211
Facades
4
4
CT4251 Management in Building
Industry
4
CT4281
4
Building Structures
CT4221
Advanced
Building
Physics
ECTS
Required Courses Building Physics: 16 ECTS
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
AR0531 Smart &
Bio-climate
Design
6
4
4
3
CT5241 Applied
Building Physics
3
CT5201
Building
Component
and Material
Specification
AR0530
Smart & Bioclimate
Design
41 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5230
Technical
Building
Services
Specialisation Building Physics: advised programme part d (see
Teaching and Examination Regulations art 3)
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
EPA1321 Contin- *
uous Systems
Modelling*
EPA1321
6
Continuous
Systems Modelling
CT4270
4
Knowledge
Management
in Building
Processes
CT4130
Probabilistic
Design *
CT4130 Proba- 4
bilistic Design
AR3B300
Climate
Design &
Research
15
CT5940 C.E.
Information
Exercise
CT5940 C.E.
Information
Exercise
6
CT5940 C.E. 6
Information
Exercise
AP3141D
Environmental
Physics
*
AP3141D
Environmental
Physics
*
CT5940 C.E.
6
Information Exercise
6
AR3B300 Climate 15
Design &
Research
CT4030
Methodology for
Scientific
Research
ECTS
3
6
Required Courses Building Technology: 16 ECTS
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT5100 Repair
and Maintenance of
Construction
Materials
4
CT5241 Applied
Building Physics
3
ECTS Education
period 3
CT5201 Building 4
Component and
Material Specification
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
CT5230 Tech- 3
nical Building
Services
Specialisation Building Technology: advised programme part d
(see Teaching and Examination Regulations art 3)
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
CT5128 Fibrereinforced
Polymer Structures
3
4
CT3980 Preparation and
Execution of
Works in
Construction
ECTS Education
period 4
CT3121 Steel 4
2
CT3110
Analysis of
Slender
Structures
ECTS
4
CT4130 Probabi- *
listic Design *
CT4110 Timber 4
Structures 1
CT3150
Concrete
Structures 2
4
CT4030
3
Methodology
for Scientific
Research
CT4170
Construction
Technology of
Civil Engineering Structures
4
CT4130 Probabilistic Design
CT5131 Fire 3
Safety Design
CT5102
3
Capita
Selecta Materials Science
Special Structures
5
4
*course continues in the following period
43 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5220
3
Conservation
of the Structural Heritage
Required Courses Specialisation Structural Design: 16 ECTS
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
Special Structures
5
AR1Am040^W
Architectural
Reflections *
3
AR1Am040^G
Architectural
Reflections *
3
CT4110 Timber 4
Structures 1 **
BK8040 Method
and Analysis *
CT4180 Plates
Analysis,
Theory and
Application **
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
AR1Am040^G 3
Architectural
Reflections *
AR1Am040^W 3
Architectural
Reflections *
BK8040
Method and
Analysis *
CT3110
4
Analysis of
Slender Structures
***
4
BK8040
Method and
Analysis *
3
BK8040 Method 3
and Analysis *
* choose one out of two
** choose one out of two
*** course continues in the following period
Specialisation Structural Design: advised programme part d (see
Teaching and Examination Regulations art 3)
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
CT4110 Timber 4
Structures 1
CT4140
Dynamics of
Structures
CT4121 Steel
Structures 3
4
CT5124
4
Timber structures 2
CT4160
Prestressed
concrete
CT4180 Plates
Analysis,
Theory and
Application
4
CT5131 Fire 3
safety Design
CT5220
3
Conservation
of the structural heritage
CT5201
4
Building
Component and
Material Specification
4
ECTS
CT4125 Steel- 3
case
4
CT5230 Tech- 3
nical Building
Services
Strong advise: If Structural Mechanics, (CT3109), Steel Structures 2
(CT3121) and Concrete Structures 2 (CT3150) have not been followed in
the Bachelor programme, then choose CT3109, CT3121 and CT3150 as
electives in the Master programme.
Required Courses Design & Construction Processes: 16 ECTS
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT5981 Forms
of Collaboration in Civil
4
ECTS Education
period 3
CT4740 Plan
and Project
Evaluation
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
4
Engineering
AR1R050 Real
Estate
Economics,
Finance and
Planning
4
Choose one out
of three
CT4130 Proba- *
bilistic Design *
4
CME1200
7
Collaborative
Design and
Engineering
CT4260 Building 4
Design and
Construction
Informatics
CT5930 System 4
Dynamics
45 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5910 Func- 4
tional Design
in Civil Engineering
Specialisation Design & Construction Processes: advised programme
part d (see Teaching and Examination Regulations art 3)
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT4130 Proba- *
bilistic Design *
CT4170
Construction
Technology of
ECTS Education
period 3
4
AE4-230 Risk
Management
4
CT4260 Building 4
Design and
Construction
Informatics
AR0760 Opera- *
tions Research
*
AR0760 Opera- *
tions Research
*
CT5930 System 4
Dynamics
CT5970
4
Advanced Information Systems
CT5970
4
Advanced Information Systems
ECTS
AE4-230 Risk 3
Management
*
CT5760
4
Construction
and Infrastructure
Law
CT4270
Knowledge
Management
in Building
Processes
4
CT5910
Functional
Design in
Civil Engineering
4
AR0760
Operations
Research *
*
AR0760
Operations
Research *
10
CME1200
Collaborative
Design and
Engineering
7
CT5970
Advanced
Information
Systems
4
CT5970
Advanced
Information
Systems
4
SPM4110
6
Designing Multiactor Systems
ECTS Education
period 4
3.13
Study programme
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
WM0312CT
ECTS
4
Philosophy,
Technology
Assessment
and Ethics
for CT
Course schedule
Required Courses for all Students
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
CT4130 Proba- *
bilistic Design
CT4130 Proba- 4
bilistic Design
CT4300 Introduction to
Coastal Engineering
4
CT4310 Bed,
Bank and
Shoreline
Protection
CT4320 Short
Waves
4
ECTS Education
period 4
CT4300 Introduc- 4
tion to Coastal
Engineering
4
47 | Study Guide 2008/2009
ECTS
Required Courses Coastal Engineering
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
CT4330 Ports
*
and Waterways
1
CT4340
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and
Transport
*
CT4330 Ports
and Waterways 1
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
4
CT4340 Compu- 4
tational Modelling of Flow and
Transport
Required Course Coastal Engineering, Coastal Morphology
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
CT5309
Coastal
Morphology
and Coastal
Protection
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
4
Required Course Coastal Engineering, Coastal Structures
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
CT5308 Break- 4
waters and
Closure Dams
ECTS
Required Courses Dredging Engineering
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT4330 Ports
and Waterways 1
CT4340
*
Computational Modelling of Flow
and Transport
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
*
4
CT4340
4
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and
Transport
CT4330 Ports
and Waterways 1
ECTS
CT5300
4
Dredging Technology
Required Courses River Engineering
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT4340
*
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and
Transport
ECTS Education
period 3
CT4330 Ports
and Waterways 1
*
CT4340
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and
Transport
4
CT5311 River
Dynamics
4
ECTS Education
period 4
CT4330 Ports
4
and Waterways
1
49 | Study Guide 2008/2009
ECTS
Required Courses Ports and Waterways
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT4340
*
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and
Transport
CT5306 Ports
and Waterways 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
CT4330 Ports
and Waterways 1
*
4
CT4340
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and
Transport
4
CT4330 Ports
and Waterways 1
ECTS
4
Required Courses Environmental Fluid Mechanics
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
CT4330 Ports *
and Waterways
1
CT4340
*
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and Transport
CT4340
4
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and
Transport
CT4330 Ports
and Waterways 1
ECTS Education
period 4
4
ECTS
For the other 12 EC worth of track-oriented courses further no courses are
generally required, instead courses are selected on the basis of the graduation project and on personal preferences. Of course, some of the courses to
be selected concern environmental mechanics:
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
CT5317
Physical Oceanography
3
3
CT5316 Wind
Waves
ECTS Education
period 4
CT5302
Stratified
Flows
ECTS
3
CT5312
3
Turbulence in
Hydraulics
CT5315
Computational
Hydraulics
3
Furthermore some hydraulic engineering subjects are included, such as:
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT5310 Proba- 3
bilistic Design
in Hydraulic
Engineering
CT5318 Field- 4
work Hydraulic
Engineering
CT5311 River
Dynamics
ECTS Education
period 3
4
ECTS Education
period 4
CT5303
3
Coastal Inlets
and Tidal
Basins
CT5308
Breakwaters
and Closure
Dams
4
CT5309
Coastal
Morphology
and Coastal
Protection
4
51 | Study Guide 2008/2009
ECTS
Required Courses Hydraulic Structures
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
CT4140
Dynamics of
Structures
4
4
CT5313
Hydraulic
Structures 2
3
CT4160
Prestressed
Concrete
1 The course CT3109 Structural Mechanics 4 and CT3150 Concrete Structures 2 must be included in the 20 EC worth of specialization-linked
courses, unless these courses have already been completed in the BSc
programme. In that case, the courses CT4170 Construction Technology
of Civil Engineering Structures and CT5310 Probabilistic Design in
Hydraulic Engineering are highly recommended.
1 Students with a relevant foreign BSc degree are compelled to take the
course CT4145 Dynamics, Slender Structures and Introduction
Continuum Mechanics (6EC) instead of CT3109 Structural Mechanics 4.
Choose remaining courses to complete 36 EC of track-linked courses from
the list of courses linked to the track Hydraulic Engineering; CT3310,
CT3230, CT3330 and CT3340 have to be included in the MSc programme as
‘optional courses’ if not completed in BSc
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
*
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
CT3109 Struc- 5
tural Mechanics
4
CT3121 Steel
Structures 2
4
CT3110
Analysis of
Slender Structures
4
CT3330
4
Hydraulic Structures 1
CT3150
Concrete
Structures 2
4
CT3340 River
Engineering
4
CT3410 Water
Control
5
CT3300 Use of 3
Underground
Space
CT4160
Prestressed
Concrete
4
4
CT3310 Open
Channel Flow
CT4400 Water
Qualiy Modelling
4
5
CT4145
6
Dynamics,
Slender Structures and Introduction
Continuum
Mechanics
CT4180 Plate
4
Analysis, Theory
and Application
CT3320
4
Fundamentals
of Groundwatermechanics
and Geohydrology
CT4170
Construction
Technology of
4
CT4310 Bed,
Bank and
Shoreline
Protection
4
CT4300 Introduction to
Coastal Engineering (also
4
CT4330 Ports
*
and Waterways
1
CT4780 Under- 4
ground Space
Technology,
Special Topics
CT4140
Dynamics of
Structures
4
CT5301
Consolidation
Theory
3
CT4330 Ports
and Waterways 1
4
CT5302 Stratified Flows
3
offered in
education
period 3)
CT4320 Short
Waves
4
CT4410 Irriga- 4
tion and
Drainage
CT5304 Water- 3
power Engineering
CT5305 Bored
and Immersed
Tunnels
CT4340 Compu- *
Transport
CT4340 Compu- 4
Transport
CT4431
Hydrolic
Models
CT4380
Numerical
Modelling of
Geotechnical
Problems
3
CT5311 River
Dynamics
4
CT4440 Hydro- 4
logical Measurements
CT5307 Coastal 3
Zone Management
CT4450 Integrated Water
Management
4
CT5316 Wind
Waves
3
CT4460
Polders and
Flood Control
4
CT5312 Turbu- 3
lence in
Hydraulics
CT5306 Ports
4
and Waterways
2
CT5350 Geosynthetics in
Civil Engineering
4
CT4740 Plan
and Project
Evaluation
4
CT5315
Computational
Hydraulics
53 | Study Guide 2008/2009
4
4
3
CT5310 Proba-
3
CT5500 Water
3
CT5129
4
CT5330 Foun-
4
bilistic Design in
Law and Organisation
Concrete,
Steel and
Timber in
Coastal &
River Engineering Structures
dation and
Underground
Construction
CT5317 Physical 3
Oceanography
CT5741 Trench- 4
less Technologies
CT5300
Dredging
Technology
4
CT5401 Spatial 3
Tools in Water
Resources
Management
CT5318 Fieldwork Hydraulic
Engineering
4
OE4624
Offshore Soil
Mechanics
3
CT5303
Coastal Inlets
and Tidal
Basins
3
CT5471 Hydro- 4
logical and
Ecological Fieldwork in River
Systems
CT5450
Hydrology of
Catchments,
Rivers and
Deltas
4
OE4626
Dredging
Processes
4
CT5308 Break- 4
waters and
Closure Dams
CT5460 Ecology 3
in Water
Management
CT5309
Coastal
Morphology
and Coastal
Protection
4
FEM11051
(Erasmus
Universiteit,
prof. Welters)
CT5313
Hydraulic
Structures 2
3
CT5314 Flood
Defences
3
4
CT5510 Water *
Management
in Urban Areas
CT5570 Bioge- 3
omorphology
OE4625
4
Dredge Pumps
and Slurry
Transport
CT5510 Water 4
Management in
Urban Areas
TA3750
Geology for
Engineers
3
3.14
Water Management
Study programme
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
WM0312CT
4
Philosophy,
Technology
Assessment
and Ethics for
CT
55 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Sanitary Engineering
Required Courses
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT4471
7
Drinking Water
Treatment 1
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
CT4481 Waste- 6
water Treatment 1
CT5420 Public
Hygiene and
Epidemiology
3
CT5531 Waste 4
Water Treatment 2
CT4490
Sewerage 1
CT5520
3
Drinking Water
Treatment 2
CT5550
4
Pumping
Stations and
Transport Pipelines
4
CT5540
Sewerage 2
3
Hydrology
Required Courses
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
CT4340
*
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and
Transport
CT4340
4
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and Transport
CT4431 Hydro- 4
logic Models
CT4400 Water 4
Quality Modelling
Management
4
CT4420 Geohy- 4
drology 1
CT4440 Hydro- 4
logical Measurements
CT5471 Hydro- 4
logical and
Ecological
Fieldwork in
River Systems
CT5450
Hydrology of
Catchments,
Rivers and
Deltas
4
CT5440 Geohy- 4
drology 2
Water Resources Management
Required Courses
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
CT4340
*
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and
Transport
CT4340
4
Computational
Modelling of
Flow and Transport
CT4410 Irriga- 4
tion and
Drainage
Management
4
CT5490 Opera- 4
tional Water
Management
CT4460
Polders and
Flood Control
CT5450
Hydrology of
Catchments,
Rivers and
Deltas
4
CT5500 Water
Law and
Organisation
CT5510 Water *
Management
in Urban Areas
3
ECTS
CT5471
4
Hydrological
and Ecological
Fieldwork in
River Systems
4
CT5510 Water 4
Management
in Urban Areas
Elective Courses for all focus areas
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
CT5460
3
Ecology in
Water Management
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
CT5570 Bioge- 3
omorphology
CT5560 Civil
4
Engineering in
Developing
Countries
57 | Study Guide 2008/2009
ECTS
CT5401 Spatial 3
Tools in Water
Resources
Management
3.15
Transport & Planning
Study programme
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
WM0312CT
Philosophy,
Technology
Assessment
and Ethics for
CT
ECTS
4
Course schedule
Required courses
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
CT4801
Transportation
and Spatial
Modelling
6
CT4701 Infrastructure Planning
4
CT4740 Plan
and Project
Evaluation
4
CT4822
Dynamic
Traffic
Management
I: Traffic
Control
4
CT5730 Spatial
and Transport
Economics
4
CT4811 Design
and Control of
Public Transport
Systems
4
CT4821 Traffic 4
Flow Theory
and Simulation
WB3420-03
Introduction
Transport Engineering and
Logistics
*
WB3420 Introduction
Transport Engineering and
Logistics
5
CT4831 Data 4
Collection and
Analysis
CT5803 Rail
Traffic
Management
and Delay
Propagation
3
Elective courses
CT4010
Economics*
4
CT5804
3
Dynamic Traffic
Management II:
Intelligent
Transport
Services
SPM9402 Trans- 3
port policy:
Special topics
CT5720 Environ- 4
mental Impact
Assessment
CT5750 Planning: Policy,
Methods and
Institutions
4
CT5810 Traffic
Safety
3
CT5802
3
Advanced
Transport
Modelling and
Network
Design
CT5820 Sociology and
Psychology in
Transport
3
CT5721 Environ- 3
mental Impact
Assessment
(Condensed
Version)
* The course Economics (CT4010) is also an elective in the Bachelor
programm
59 | Study Guide 2008/2009
3.16
Geo-Engineering
Study programme
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
WM0312CT
Philosophy,
Technology
Assessment
and Ethics for
CT
ECTS
4
Required Courses Geomechanics
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
3
CT4130 Probabi- *
listic Design*
CT4130 Proba- 4
bilistic Design
CT4350
Numerical Soil
Mechanics
4
CT4353
Continuum
Mechanics
*
CT4353
Continuum
Mechanics
6
CT4390 Geo
Risk Management
3
CT4380
Numerical
Modelling of
Geotechnical
Problems
3
CT4360 Material Models for
Soil and Rocks
4
CT5142
Computional
Methods in
Non-linear
Solid
Mechanics
CT5320 Site
6
Characterisation, Testing and
Physical Model*
Required Courses Geotechnical Engineering
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
CT4130 Probabi- *
listic Design*
CT4130 Proba- 4
bilistic Design
CT4380
Numerical
Modelling of
Geotechnical
Problems
3
Soil and
Rocks*
4
CT5320 Site
6
Characterisation, Testing and
Physical Model*
CT 5350 GeoSynthetics in
Civil Engineering
4
ECTS Education
period 4
CT4390 Geo 3
Risk
Management
61 | Study Guide 2008/2009
ECTS
CT5305 Bored 4
and Immersed
Tunnels
CT5330 Foun- 4
dation and
Underground
Construction
Required Courses Underground Space Technology
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
ECTS Education
period 3
CT4130 Probabilistic Design*
*
CT4130 Proba- 4
bilistic Design
CT4380
Numerical
Modelling of
Geotechnical
Problems
3
Soil and
Rocks*
4
CT5320 Site
Characterisation, Testing
and Physical
Model*
6
CT5741
Trenchless
Technologies
4
CT4390 Geo
Risk Management
ECTS Education
period 4
3
ECTS
CT4780
4
Underground
Space Technology,
Special topics
CT5330
Foundation
and Underground
Construction
4
Convergence electives
Choose elective courses (depending on specialisation, see Study Guide
Geo-Engineering; CT3300, CT3320, CT3350, CT3360 and TA3750 have to
be included in the MSc programme as ‘optional courses’ if not completed in
the BSc)
Education
period 1
ECTS Education
period 2
AES1630 Engi- 4
neering
Geology of
Soils and
Rocks
ECTS Education
period 3
ECTS Education
period 4
ECTS
3
2
CT3360
Subsurface
Management
4
AES1650-07 D1 4
Shallow Depth
Geophysics
(Theory)
AES1710 GIS 3
Applications in
Engineering
CT5301
Theory of
Consolidation
3
CT3350
4
Embankments
and deep excavations
AES1720 Rock 4
Mechanics
Applications
CT5305 Bored 4
and Immersed
Tunnels
OE4624
Offshore Soilmechanics
CT3300 Use of 3
Underground
Space
CT5340 Soil
Dynamics
AES1640 Environmental
Geotechnics
4
AES1660
Subsidence
CT3320 Funda- 4
mentals of
Groundwatermechanics and
Geohydrology
TA3750
Geology for
Engineers
63 | Study Guide 2008/2009
3
3
3.17
General Information MSc tracks
3.17.1
General Information on Structural Engineering
Structural mechanics, materials science and structures play a very important role in the education of civil engineers. In combination with the science
of concrete, steel, wood and composite materials, structural mechanics is
applied for the design, construction and maintenance of structures. These
structures range from typical hydraulic engineering structures and bridges
to tall buildings, roads and railways. The Structural Engineering track has
seven specialisations: Structural Design, Structural Mechanics, Materials
Science, Concrete Structures, Steel and Wood Structures, Road and Railway
Engineering and Hydraulic Structures. Depending on the student’s interest,
thesis projects may focus on functional or structural design, or on the
construction or maintenance of a structure. Thesis projects may also be
devoted to theoretical or experimental research. Thesis projects may
involve the investigation of a subject in broad perspective, although
specialised projects that focus on very specific topics are also possible.
Graduates of the Structural Engineering track are employed in a wide
variety of functions (e.g. structural design, construction, maintenance,
research) in many organisations, including public authorities, consultancy
firms, contractors and research groups.
Further information:
L.J.M. Houben
Structural Engineering Coordinator
Stevin II, Room 2.27
Tel.: +31 (0)15 27 84917
3.17.2
General Information on Building Engineering
The Building Engineering track is primarily concerned with the technological
and physical aspects of buildings. The appreciation of buildings depends
not only on their architecture, but also on the quality of their functioning,
the building physics and building technology. This track emphasises the
solution of building-engineering problems, and this demands precise scientific knowledge. To obtain the required insight and skills to address these
problems, students are expected to have substantial knowledge of the
utility aspects of building, building physics, materials science, structural
design, mechanics, construction, building services, finishing works and
innovation in design, engineering and construction. The Building Engineering track (120 ECTS) includes several established courses (24 ECTS).
Students are allowed to tailor their Master’s programmes by choosing
courses from the pools of Building Engineering courses (16 ECTS), specialization related courses (22 ECTS) and free electives (16 ECTS). The Building
Engineering track concludes with a thesis project (42 ECTS).
The Master’s track in Building Engineering offers four specialisations:
z Building Physics
z Building Technology
z Structural Design
z Design & Construction Processes
K.C. Terwel
Building Engineering Coordinator
Stevin II, room 1.54
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 81512
3.17.3
General Information on Hydraulic Engineering
The Hydraulic Engineering track offers six specialisations:
z Coastal Engineering (coastal morphology, coastal inlets, methods of
coastal protection, design of breakwaters);
z Dredging Engineering (dredging processes, beach nourishment,
dredging projects);
z River Engineering (flow in rivers, sediment transport, river morphology);
z Ports and Waterways (ports, waterways, simulation techniques of
logistic aspects of ports, terminals and locks),
z Environmental Fluid Mechanics (free surface flows and related transport
processes, turbulence, density currents, surface-waves and fluid-structure interactions)
z Hydraulic Structures (relatively rigid structures, including water locks,
weirs, piers, storm-surge barriers and quay walls; the design of sub-soil
infrastructure, including immersed or bored tunnels and underground
spaces; probabilistic design methods).
65 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Although probabilistic design methods play an important role in the design
of sea defences, they are currently implied in all fields of hydraulic engineering.
Ir. W.F. Molenaar
Hydraulic Engineering Coordinator
Room 3.75
Tel: +31 (0)1527 89447
and
Dr.ir. P.J. Visser
(Programme leader)
Room 3.96
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 88005
The Study Guide for the MSc Hydraulic Engineering is available on Blackboard (MSc track Hydraulic Engineering) and from ir. W.F. Molenaar and
dr.ir. P.J. Visser.
3.17.4
General Information on Water Management
Water is essential to humans and nature, but it can also present a threat.
For example, rivers provide drinking water and water for irrigation, but they
may also cause devastating floods. The Water Management track is
concerned with understanding water flows (i.e. surface water flows and
groundwater flows) as they occur naturally, and with regulating these flows
for societal purposes. Water managers are concerned with practically relevant issues, including flood and drought predictions, drinking-water supply,
sewerage and wastewater treatment, water quality control in lakes and
streams and the operational control of water in rural and urban areas.
Water Management plays a dominant role in:
z Environment (the quantity and quality of surface water and groundwater)
z Urban and rural development (irrigation and drainage)
z Design of infrastructure for drinking-water supply, sewerage and wastewater treatment, with particular emphasis on the protection of both
public health and environment
The Water Management track has three specialisations:
z Sanitary Engineering: designing, building and operating installations
and infrastructure for drinking water supply, sewerage and wastewater
treatment
z Hydrology: description and quantification of water systems in the
natural hydrologic cycle, as well as the effects of humans on these
natural systems
z Water Resources Management: designing, building and operating water
management systems and accompanying management organisations
Modelling, laboratory work, fieldwork and pilot-plant testing play an important role in each focus area. Master’s degree students are thus actively
involved in the research projects of the department as part of their thesis
work.
Dr J. de Koning
Water Management Coordinator
Room 4.61
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 85274
Water Management Society
Room 4.74
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 84284
Secretarial offices
Sanitary Engineering:
Room 4.55
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 83347
Hydrology and Water Resources Management:
Room 4.75
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 85080 or 81646
3.17.5
General Information on Transport & Planning
The lecturers of the Department of Transport & Planning teach general and
introductory courses in transport and planning within the Bachelor’s
programme in Civil Engineering. They are also responsible for the MSc track
in Transport & Planning. This track addresses such topics as the modelling
67 | Study Guide 2008/2009
of spatial developments and transport flows, activities and trips in
networks, the analysis of traffic flows on roads and intersections, the application of informatics and communication technology for transport and
traffic management, the design and control of public transport systems and
the evaluation of the effects of traffic on the economy, road users and the
environment. Through elective courses, students can choose their own
emphases within this field (e.g. they may choose to focus on infrastructure
planning or traffic engineering). Graduates of the MSc track in Transport &
Planning have found jobs with the government (e.g. the Ministry of Transport, Public Works and Water Management; the Dutch Directorate for
Public Works and Water Management; transport and spatial planning
departments of provincial and municipal governments), public transport
companies, research institutes and consulting firms. They hold positions as
planners, designers, researchers, consultants and, after some years of
experience, managers.
P.B.L. Wiggenraad
Transport & Planning Coordinator
Room 4.05
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 84916
Website: http://www.transport.citg.tudelft.nl
3.17.6
General Information Geo-Engineering
The soil and subsoil, on and in which people live and work, is the basis for
keeping the land safe, convenient and accessible. Building structures,
bridges and quays cannot function well without good foundations. Without
knowledge of soil behaviour, civil engineers would not be able to bore
tunnels or design building pits well. Properly functioning roads and dikes,
which are constructed with soil on soil, would also be impossible without
specific knowledge of the subsoil. Furthermore, it would be impossible to
intensify the use of the substratum without modern, hybrid construction
techniques in which safety plays an important role. In short, without soil
and subsoil, there would be no land. Because the geo-engineering is
involved in all building practices, it is one of the basic fields within the discipline of civil engineering.
The Geo-Engineering track has the following specialisations:
z Geomechanics (GM)
z Geotechnical Engineering (GTE)
z Underground Space Technology (UST)
z Geo-Environmental Engineering (GEE) [under construction, not available]
z Engineering Geology (EG)
The Geo-Engineering section, which coordinates the MSc track in Geo-Engineering, is part of the Geotechnology department, and it is involved in the
Master’s degree programme in Civil Engineering and Applied Earth
Sciences.
While students focusing on Engineering Geology obtain the MSc degree in
Applied Earth Sciences, those choosing one of the other four specialisations
obtain the MSc degree in Civil Engineering. The degree that a student will
ultimately acquire thus depends upon a focused choice.
Because the entire span of the Geo-Engineering track can be classified into
two fields (i.e. Civil Engineering and Applied Earth Sciences), two MSc coordinators are appointed, one for each sub-field. These coordinators consider
the programme and supervision of the graduate students in detail with
regard to their respective subfields. The administration and organisation of
all graduate students in Applied Earth Sciences is the responsibility of Dr D.
Ngan-Tillard (Room 00.520, Laboratory for Geo-Engineering,
tel. +31 (0)15 27 83325). The coordinator for graduate students in Civil
Engineering is J.P. Oostveen (Room 00.480, Laboratory for Geo-Engineering, tel. +31 (0)15 27 85423).
3.17.7
Technology in Sustainable Development annotation
In addition to the Master’s degree, students of the Delft University of Technology can acquire an annotation for Technology in Sustainable Development. Three tasks must be fulfilled in order to be eligible for this
annotation:
z Participation in a two-week course on recent developments in SD and
the ‘Sustainable Technological Development’ method
z Passing SD courses for 11 credits, chosen from two clusters
z Completing a thesis project related to SD (45-60 credits) (The SD
referee advises students on the content of their work on SD.)
69 | Study Guide 2008/2009
This programme broadens and deepens the knowledge and skills that
students will need in order to contribute effectively to sustainable technological development. Depth is guaranteed by the thesis project, which must
focus on sustainability. Before and after each engineering programme, a
‘Sustainable Development referee’ will determine whether Sustainable
Development has been sufficiently elaborated in the research question and
in the final thesis.
Broadening of knowledge is achieved by the Technology in Sustainable
Development course (WM0922TU) and a number of electives. WM0922
consists of two full weeks of study (including a one-week boat trip), in addition to independent study. It is offered twice each year: once in English (in
the fall) and once in Dutch (in the spring).
Electives
Students are required to earn at least 11 credits from courses oriented
towards SD. These courses are divided into two clusters:
A. Design, Analysis, Tools
B. Organisation, Policy & Society
A full list of electives is available on the following website:
http://www.odo.tudelft.nl.
Education in Sustainable Development (ODO) Project Group
The Education in Sustainable Development project group supports all
departments in their efforts to integrate sustainable development into their
degree programmes. It is hosted at the Faculty of Technology, Policy and
Management.
Website: http://www.odo.tudelft.nl
C.F. Rammelt
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 88440
For Civil Engineering:
Dr A.Fraaij
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 84974
Dr.ir. M.W. Ertsen
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 87423
3.18
Master of Materials Science and
Engineering Specialisation Course
on Advanced Construction
Materials: Roads & Buildings
The department of Materials Science and Engineering (MSE) of the faculty
Mechanical, Maritime and Materials Engineering (3mE), together with the
section of Materials & Environment (M&E) of the faculty Civil Engineering
and Geosciences (CEG), have developed a joint interfaculty programme:
Specialisation Course on Advanced Construction Materials: Roads & Buildings. The MSc programme starts with a flexible first semester with ample
possibilities for fine-tuning to the educational needs of the individual
student. After completion of this semester, students from various disciplines
will have reached the common level of knowledge that is needed for the
remainder of the Generic Course, the Core Programme offered in the
second semester and containing identical modules for all students.
Within the space of the electives (20 EC), it is compulsory to choose the
Specialisation Course of 14 EC on construction materials. Besides this
Specialisation Course, 6 EC of other elective modules should be chosen.
Elective modules related to construction materials or computational
mechanics of concrete are preferred. During the final programme component (40 EC) the individual student undertakes a literature study and an
independent scientific investigation related to construction materials guided
by CEG. This should lead to an MSc thesis within 8 months.
Curriculum on Materials Science and Engineering offered at MSE,
3mE
First Semester – Individual Programme
The programme offered in the first semester can be subdivided into two
blocks (30 EC each), “Materials Science” and “Materials Engineering” to
cater respectively for those with an engineering-related or science-related
background. It should be noted that in many cases students will be offered
an Individual Programme comprising a mix of the science and the engineering block.
71 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials Science Block
Students holding a bachelors degree in an engineering-related field will
often have a limited background in materials science and the underlying
physics. These students will typically follow a programme which is based on
the Materials Science block, consisting of the following modules:
Code
Title
MS4021
Structure Characterization
EC
5
MS4031
Waves
3
MS4041
Structure of Materials
5
MS4051
Physics of Materials
6
MS4061
Thermodynamics and Kinetics
4
MS4181
Mesoscopic Structures
3
MS4121
Practicals Materials Science
4
Total
30
Materials Engineering Block
Students holding a bachelors degree in the field of fundamental sciences
will often have a limited background in engineering-related subjects. These
students will typically follow a programme that is based on the Materials
Engineering block, consisting of the following modules:
Code
Title
MS4071
Materials in Art and Design
3
MS4081
Mechanics of Materials
4
MS4091
Material Connections
4
MS4101
From Ore to Plate: Production of Materials
3
MS4151
Recycling Engineering Materials
3
MS4161
Engineering with Materials
10
MS4171
Lifetime Performance of Materials
Total
EC
3
30
Second Semester – Core Programme
The Core Programme of the second semester focuses on Materials Science
and Engineering fundamentals. It offers students a firm grounding upon
which they can build more specialised or wider ranging interests. This
programme comprises the following, compulsory lecture modules (total of
30 EC):
Code
Title
MS3011
Semiconductor Principles and Devices
EC
3
MS3021
Metals Science
4
MS3031
Computational Materials Science
4
MS4011
Mechanical Properties of Materials
3
MS4111
Thin Film Materials
3
CH4011MS
Polymer Science
4
CH4021MS
Ceramic Science
3
WM0329ST
Ethics & Engineering
3
SPM9232
Complex Organisations
3
Total
30
Curriculum on construction materials offered at M&E, CEG
Third semester- Specialisation Course
The Specialisation Course Advanced Construction Materials: Roads & Buildings is defined as:
Code
Title
CT5100
Repair and Maintenance of Construction Materials
4
CT5102
Capita selecta in civil engineering materials sciences
3
CT5110
Concrete science and technology
4
CT5146
Micromechanics and numerical modelling of concrete
Total
EC
3
14
73 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Next to these modules, 6 EC of elective modules should be taken, preferably related to construction materials or computational mechanics of
concrete:
Code
Title
EC
CT4850
Materials for road construction
4
CT4100
Materials and Ecological Engineering
4
CT4030
Methodology for scientific research
3
CT5142
Computational methods in non-linear solid mechanics
4
Research Project
In the last year of this programme, the research project (40 EC) has to be
taken individually. Microlab offers a wide range of research projects on
z Micromechanics/Fracture mechanics/Chemomechanics
z Modelling and simulation (micro and meso level) (Hymostruc / Lattice)
z Hydration and microstructure
z Extreme temperatures (Fire, cryogenic temperatures)
z Early age cracking
z Rheology / workability
z Durability / degradation processes / ageing
z Service life predictions
z Sustainability: Building materials and environments
Specialisation Course Coordinator:
For Department of Materials Science, 3Me
Dr. Michael Janssen
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 85866
For Materials & Environment, Civil Engineering:
Dr. Guang Ye
Tel: +31 (0)15 27 84001
Website: http://www.microlab.citg.tudelft.nl,
http://www.masteryourfuture.nl
4.
Course
descriptions
4 | Course descript ions
AES1630
| Engineering Properties of Soils &
Rocks
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 7.0.0.0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period Different, to be announced
Course Language English
Required for Engineering Geology Fieldwork, Professional Practice in Engineering
Geology
Expected prior know- Geology for engineers
ledge
Summary Total geological history, engineering geology, soils, rocks, impact of geological properties on engineering behaviour
Course Contents This course is primarily intended to provide an overview of the engineering geological characteristics of the major types of soils and rocks, and
their impact on engineering design and construction. The ways the source
materials, the agents responsible for their formation and the climatic
conditions in which they were formed govern their mineralogy and fabric,
and thus their behaviour, are highlighted.
This course addresses the following issues:
- how the engineering properties of soils and rocks vary according to the
geological conditions governing their deposition and their subsequent
stress history
- how the behaviour of some geological materials deviate from those of
"textbook" soils and rocks
- how geological properties impact on engineering behaviour
Study Goals To provide an overview of the engineering geological characteristics of the
major types of soils and rocks, and their impact on engineering design
and construction.
Education Method Lectures, worksheet practicals
The course consists of 2 blocks:
1 Soils: Engineering geology of soils and sediments
2 Rocks: Engineering geology of rocks: igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary.
Tuition is based broadly on three hours of lectures and four hours of practicals per week.
Literature and Study AES1630 lecture notes available on Blackboard
Materials TEXTBOOKS
Bell, F.G., 2000. Engineering Properties of Soils and Rocks. Blackwell
Science (4th edition), 482 pp.
Fookes, P.G., Lee, E.M. & Milligan, G., 2005. Geomorphology for Engineers. Whittles Publishing, 851 pp.
PERIODICALS
Fookes, P.G., 1997. The First Glossop Lecture. 'Geology for Engineers: the
Geological Model, Prediction and Performance'. Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology and Hydrogeology, 30, 293-431.
The following are the principal periodicals in the field of Engineering
Geology, and should be regularly consulted:
Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology & Hydrogeology Geological
Society of London
Engineering Geology Elsevier.
Assessment Three written assignments. The assessment will be based on questions
posed within the Worksheets. The submission will be assessed on the
basis of its technical content and relevance to engineering geology.
Submission of the first, second and third assignments is due at the end of
the first, fourth and seventh week respectively to Dominique Ngan-Tillard
by e-mail.
Enrolment / Applica- Please enroll the AES1630 BB site before the first lecture.
tion
AES1640
| Environmental Geotechnics
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. T.J. Heimovaara ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Expected prior know- Transport phenomena, basic knowledge of organic and anorganic
ledge chemistry, basic knowledge of geohydrology and partial differential equations.
Summary soil contamination, advanced concepts and technologies for site investigation, (mathematical) concepts for risk management, engineered barriers,
remediation and monitoring.
77 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents The course is lectured by Timo Heimovaara ([email protected]).
The origin of soil contamination is given. An overview is given for:
- the types of contamination
- the mechanisms which govern fate and transport of soil contaminants
- risk assessment and risk management related with soil contamination
- Type of contamination and mechanisms have consequences for:
o techniques for site investigation, recent developments and pitfalls are
addressed
o concepts to deal with risks
o concepts to control and to manage the risks
o concepts to design a cost-effective remediation
o application of passive as well as active barriers to prevent migration
o remediation technologies
o monitoring to verify behaviour and to check migration
Study Goals The goals of the lecture are:
- understanding of the principles of fate and behaviour of soil contamination
- ability which concept for site investigation and which technology is
convenient to meet the objective
- ability to identify risks and to manage risks related with soil contamination
- ability to judge which concept of remediation is the most suitable one
- ability to judge which technology fits best to the local circumstances
Education Method During a time period of 7 weeks, a lecture is given of 4 hours a week.
Presence of the lecture and regular study of the contents form the basis
for a successful exam.
Literature and Study Lecture notes and handouts (cases)
Materials
Assessment Exercises are given during the lectures. The score of the exercises forms
the result.
AES1650-07
D1
| Part 1 Shallow depth geophysicstheory
| ECTS: 4
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 3
Required for AES1650-07 D2
Expected prior know- Contents of TA3515 Introduction seismics are required before AES1650
ledge can be taken.
TA3515 (3rd period) is offered as a convergence course to the Engineering geology MSc students. To be able to follow TA3515 and the subsequent geophysics courses, knowledge on 'Systems and signals' (Fourier
analysis) and Matlab is required.
Course Contents Introduction: Integration of geophysical studies in site investigation to
better characterize the shallow subsurface by D. Ngan-Tillard
Theoretical background of seismic techniques often used by engineering
geologists and environmental engineers as a black box by R. Ghose, G.
Drijkoningen and M. Snellen
- Theoretical recap on signal processing and Fourier transforms
- High resolution seismic for on shore shallow exploration
- Linking seismics to borehole seismic and geotechnical data
- Off shore shallow depth geophysics (Boomer, Chirp)
Electromagnetism (electrical resistivity, magnetism and GPR included) by
E. Slob
- What can you do with these techniques?
- Conceptual theory related to survey design, resolution and sensitivity to
electric parameters, which relates to the sensibility of using geophysical
techniques in different circumstances
- Demonstration of equipment (GPR, multiple electrodes resistivity, em31,
em34,em43)
79 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals Geophysics is rarely included in site investigation programs designed by
Dutch engineering geologists and/or civil engineers despite the general
feeling that geophysics should lead to a better lateral definition of the
shallow depth subsurface. In order to be able to wisely implement
geophysics in site investigation, i.e., to select for given site conditions, the
best technique or a combination of them, to calculate the depth of penetration and the resolution of the chosen techniques, our engineering
geology students must have a better understanding of the following
matters:
- the request by civil engineers for a better model of the shallow depth
subsurface than the one obtained using traditional techniques such as
CPT's, boreholes and geological knowledge,
- the physics of soils and rocks which are used in geophysics to be able to
translate geophysical measurements into ground properties or contrasts in
ground properties,
- the theory behind seismic, electromagnetic, magnetic, resistivity and
borehole logging techniques,
- the acquisition and processing of geophysical signals.
- the imaging of the subsurface
Education Method Lectures and exercises
Course Relations AES1650-07 D2
Literature and Study Lecture notes (see BB)
Materials
Assessment Written examination
AES1660
| Subsidence
| ECTS: 2
Responsible Instructor Dr. R.F. Bekendam ([email protected]), R. Bekendam ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Expected prior know- Basic knowledge is required of rock mechanics, engineering geology
ledge and site investigation.
The students should also have the ability to make neat drawings,
spreadsheets and reports.
Summary Subsidence, coal, salt, salt, oil, gas, water, karst, room and pillar mines
Course Contents Subsidence is the reaction of the earth's surface to the extraction of
solids, fluids or gases from the subsurface by different mining techniques
like longwall mining, room and pillar mining, solution mining, oil, gas and
water production; problems occur as well with abandoned workings and
mineshafts. This surface reaction is only in certain cases predictable and
may happen suddenly without any forewarning. More often, subsidence
develops as the result of an interaction of different mechanisms developing in time and space. For some cases, a straightforward relation exists
between human activity and subsidence at the surface. This enables
making reasonable predictions. No economic planning of mining ore or
hydro-carbons is possible without giving attention to the resulting subsidence.
Natural subsidence occurs more often in an unpredictable way. By means
of site investigation, hazard maps can be made to reduce the risk to an
acceptable level.
Summary course description:
- General theories of mining subsidence
- Subsidence due to longwall mining
- Prediction of trough subsidence (NCB-method, influence functions)
- Working techniques to reduce or prevent subsidence
- Subsidence due to extraction of salt
- Subsidence due to pumping of oil, water and gas
- Reduction of subsidence from oil, water and gas extraction
- Damage resulting from subsidence
- Prevention of damage
- Mining subsidence resulting from old mine workings (e.g. room and pillar
mines)
- Foundation design in undermined areas
- Site investigation for subsidence areas
Study Goals After having followed this course students should be able to:
- describe the different types of natural subsidence fenomena;
- use the techniques to predict subsidence for long wall coal mining, salt,
water, gas and oil extraction;
- estimate damage and to propose measures to reduce this damage;
- evaluate the collapse potential of a room and pillar mine using a
spreadsheet;
- do a site investigation related to subsidence hazards and should be able
to report the results in an environmental impact statement;
- develop an independent, and synthesizing approach of subsidence
phenomena.
Education Method The course will be given as a series of lectures in combination with excercises. The students must carry out the excercises of the practical independently.
Literature and Study Lecture notes 'Subsidence' and handouts, Blackboard.
Materials
81 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Assessment A written examination takes place twice a year. During the examination a
calculator is required
AES1710
| GIS Applications in Engineering
Geology
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr. R.M. Hoogendoorn ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Summary Engineering geology, identification and mapping of geohazards; management of spatial data, spatial Analysis, interpolation and geostatistics,
modelling and decision Support:probability and fuzzy sets; weights of
evidence.
Course Contents This course is primarily intended to provide a working knowledge of how
GIS may be used to manage and analyse spatial information concerning
engineering geology. Examples will be drawn from the experience of the
Principal Instructor in the fields of ground investigation and geohazard
assessment. The principles are equally applicable to other geotechnical
situations where spatial controls are important.
There will be a contribution by a Guest Lecturer on the use of GIS and
geostatistics for engineering geological problems: ground water settlement problems and the tunnel works.
Study Goals To provide an introduction to the ways in which GIS (Geographical Information Systems) can be used within engineering geology. The course
concentrates on a PC-based system (Idrisi for Windows), and emphasises
the raster (cell- or pixel-based) GIS data structure. It includes an overview
of hazard assessment and risk analysis using GIS databases and is supplemented by a practical project in which geohazards will be identified and
assessed using basic engineering geological information.
Education Method Lectures, worksheet practicals.
The course will be run as 3 blocks, each comprising about 3-4 mornings of
tuition based on two one hour lectures followed by a 2-3 hour hands-on
worksheet using GIS software on a PC. The 3 blocks are as follows:
1. Geohazards: General principles of engineering geology in the context of
hazard identification and mapping; management of spatial data
2. Spatial Analysis: Interpolation and geostatistics
3. Modelling and Decision Support: Probability and fuzzy sets; weights of
evidence.
Literature and Study Lecture notes available on Blackboard
Materials Reference literature:
Bonham-Carter, G.F., 1994. Geographic information systems for geoscientists. Elsevier, 398 pp.
Burrough, P.A. & McDonnell, R.A., 1998. Principles of Geographical Information Systems, 2nd edition. Oxford University Press, 333 pp.
Culshaw, M.G., 2005. From concept towards reality: developing the attributed 3D geological model of the shallow subsurface. Quarterly Journal of
Engineering Geology and Hydrogeology, 38 (3), 231-284.
Fookes, P.G., 1997. The First Glossop Lecture. 'Geology for Engineers: the
Geological Model, Prediction and Performance'. Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology and Hydrogeology, 30, 293-431. [http://fbe.uwe.ac.uk/
public/geocal/scripts/totalgeology/home.plx]
Griffiths, J.S., 2001. Land surface evaluation for engineering practice.
Geological Society Engineering Geology Special Publication No.18, 248 pp.
Isaaks, E.H. & Srivastava, R.M., 1989. Applied geostatistics. Oxford
University Press, 561 pp.
Lee, E.M. & Jones, D.K.C., 2004. Landslide risk assessment. Thomas
Telford, 454 pp.
Prerequisites Geology for engineers
Assessment Written assignment. The assessment will comprise an assignment based
on questions posed within the Worksheets. Your submission will be
assessed on the basis of its technical content and relevance to engineering geology. Submission is at the end of the course by e-mail. Part of the
final assessment will be your attendance rate during the practicals
83 | Study Guide 2008/2009
AES1720
| Rock Mechanics Applications
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard ([email protected])]]
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Required for The content of AES1720 is required for AES1602, the Engineering Geology
fieldwork
Summary Intact rock material, construction materials, discontinuities in rock
masses, determination of rock mass parameters, modeling of discontinuous rock masses, testing and monitoring, excavatability, principles of
slope, tunnel, dam and foundation design, field trip.
Course Contents Properties and testing of intact rock and construction materials. Characterisation and properties of discontinuities in rock. Characterisation and
properties of discontinuous rock masses. Large and small scale testing
and monitoring of discontinuities and discontinuous rock masses. Mechanical and physical behaviour of rock masses. Principles of flow through
discontinuities and discontinuous rock masses. Weathering and susceptibility to weathering of discontinuous rock masses. Methods and influence
of excavation methods. Dredgeability, wear and performance of cutting
tools. Influence of blasting and other vibrations. Influence of stress and
stress changes. Rock mass classification systems. Possibilities for analytical and numerical modelling of discontinuous rock masses. Principles of
slope, tunnel, dam, foundation, rock dredging and sea water breaker
design. Case histories. Exposure to hard soils/weak rocks, karst formations, excavations, slopes and slope reinforcement in discontinuous
limestone during fieldwork in Belgium, Germany and the Netherlands.
Study Goals Know-how to describe rock masses. Complete understanding of the
mechanical and physical behaviour of discontinuous rock masses and the
interaction between engineering structures and discontinuous rock
masses. Familiarity with rock mechanics aspects relevant to the dredging
industry. Know-how to design tunnels, dams, seawater breakers and pile
foundations foundations in/on rock masses.
Education Method Lectures, guess lectures, exercises, laboratory tests, case studies, 3 days
fieldwork
Literature and Study Book 'Introduction to rock mechanics', Goodman, 2nd edition, hand-outs.
Materials Reference literature:
Practical Rock Engineering, Hoek, edition 2000 (http://www.rocscience.com/hoek/PracticalRockEngineering.asp)
Engineering Rock Mechanics, John Harrison and John Hudson
- An introduction to Principles, 1997
- Illustrative worked Examples, 2000
Prerequisites Content of TA3700 Introduction to Rock Mechanics
Assessment Written exam
Enrolment / Applica- Please enroll the BB site for AES1720 before the start of the course.
tion
AR0531
| Smart & Bioclimatic Design
| ECTS: 6
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A.A.J.F. van den Dobbelsteen ([email protected]), Ing. A.K. Lassen ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. A. van Timmeren ([email protected]), Ir. A.C. van der
Linden ([email protected]), Ir. P. Mensinga
([email protected]), Prof.ir. P.G. Luscuere ([email protected])
Education Period 1, 3
Start Education 1, 3
Exam Period 1, 3
Expected prior know- BSc, basic knowledge of Architecture, building technology, climate design
ledge and sustaiable building
Summary Smart & Bioclimatic design is a design approach that deploys local characteristics intelligently into the design of buildings and urban plans, in order
to make these more sustainable. AR0531 teaches students the elementary
knowledge and skills for smart & bioclimatic design through self directing
learning (see Education Method)
Course Contents The course offers lectures on smart & bioclimatic architecture and urban
planning, sustainable technology and elementary building physics. A lot of
attention is paid to examples from practice, and climate design researchers present their latest findings.
Course Contents Architectoniek, Explorelab, Climate Adaptation Lab
Continuation
85 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals -
-
acquisition of insight into and knowledge of physical aspects of the
climate design of a building
acquisition of insight into and knowledge of the possibilities and techniques to apply specific environmental features and the local climate
in the design of a building
the skill to integrate the mentioned possibilities and techniques in the
architectural or urban concept (smart & bioclimatic design)
the skill to conduct individual research into a topic chosen by oneself
the skill to write a practical manual for designers
Education Method We call the education method self-directing learning: students pick their
own topic, collect information on this topic and process this into a
designer's manual, to be worked with afterwards.
The first part of the course offers various lectures. There are workshops,
tutorials and an excursion. Students present their designer's manual midterm and when finished. In-between, the students need to study (literature and desk investigations) and work independently.
Literature and Study Will be provided through lectures, workshops and tutorials. Furthermore,
Materials students need to survey the library and internet for information on their
specific topic.
Assessment Assessment of the designer manual (the student writes a designer's
manual about a specific topic of smart & bioclimatic design)
Exam Hours The whole qaurter (students write a designer's manual, which will be
assessed after the quarter)
Special Information The course is offered in English
Remarks We expect that students who subscribe to this course, will attend all
lectures, workshops and tutorials. Our experience is that students do not
finish the course if they fail to attend repetitively
AR1Am040
| Architectural Reflections
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr. T.L.P. Avermaete ([email protected]), Ir. J.R. van Zwol
([email protected])
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Essay on Architectural Reflections indicating the relationship between
precedence and the student's own design in relation to the theme of
'modernity' and theory building.
Study Goals Exit qualifications:
- b. appropriate knowledge of the history and theory of architecture,
related forms of art and the humanities, and also of social and cultural
flows in so far as these affect architectural design.
Education Method Workshop 28 hours
Independent study 52 hours
Assessment Report, week 21
AR1R050
| Real Estate Economics, Finance
and Planning
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Drs. J.P. Soeter ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. P.P.J. van Loon ([email protected]), Ir. R. Binnekamp
([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 27 hours per semester
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2, 5
Course Contents Real Estate Economics, Finance and planning deals with the development
of buildings, urban areas and infrastructure from the viewpoint of market
demand, government regulation, programming, financial feasibility and
project planning.
The application of economic, financial and planning principles is exercised
in an intensive course with lectures and computer practicals.
Economics:
- Development and structure of real estate markets.
- Real Estate and Construction forecasts.
- Market mechanism and government intervention.
- Area and project development.
- From market analysis to financial planning.
Financing:
- Financial feasibility of real estate development.
- Investment criteria (internal return, net present value, payback period).
- Residual method (capital value - building costs = land value).
- Present value and future value calculations in relation to land use and
infrastructure planning.
87 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Planning:
(continued) - Modelling of real estate and infrastructure development.
- Multi-actor planning.
- Integral planning: initiative and DBFMOT (design, build, finance, maintenance, operate, transfer).
- Budgets, contracts and real estate performance.
- Planning principles (critical path, PERT).
- Stochastic elements of planning: risk assesment.
Study Goals - Knowledge of and insight into economic and financial aspects of real
estate and infrastructure planning.
- Ability to assess and incorporate financial, market-based and time
related elements of project planning.
Education Method Real Estate Economics, finance and planning deals with the development
of buildings, areas and infrastructure from the viewpoint of market
demand, government regulation, programming, financing feasibility and
project planning. The application of economic, financial and planning principles is exercised in an intensive course with lectures and computer practicals.The subject starts in the first period of the academic year
(September).
The lectures and computer practicals are concentrated in 5 hours a week
over 6 weeks.
Week 1: lectures and introduction of the computer practicals.
Week 2-5: computer practicals, instruction and lectures.
Week 6: computer test (2 ECTS).
Week 9: examination (2 ECTS).
Assessment Examination (open and closed questions) and computer test. An English
version of the exam is available.
BK8040
| Method and Analysis
Verantwoordelijk Ir. M. Koehler ([email protected])
Docent
Docent A. Guney ([email protected])
Contacturen / week 28 uur per semester
x/x/x/x
Onderwijsperiode 1, 2, 3, 4
Start onderwijs 1, 3
Tentamenperiode 1, 3
Cursustaal Nederlands
Is vereist voor MSc opleiding
Voorkennis Afgeronde HBO Bouwkunde opleiding.
| ECTS: 3
Samenvatting Analyse van bestaande gebouwen.
Vakinhoud Het ontwerpproces beschrijven in 4 stappen:
zien, herkennen, transformeren, produceren
Leerdoelen De student:
- is in staat zijn kennis te ontwikkelen van de programmatische, architectonische en typologtische kenmerken van de opgave door bestudering van
relevante precedenten.
Sub-leerdoelen:
- is in staat tot verzamelen van de benodigde documentatie
- is in staat tot een analyse van de planmiddelen;
- is in staat tot een verklarende, kritische analyse van een klein openbaar
gebouw;
- is bouwkundige begrippen hanteren en met informatiebronnen wetenschappelijk omgaan;
- is in staat onderzoek te verrichten en presenteren volgens de academische normen met verwijzingen naar eerder gepleegd onderzoek volgens
de geldende conventies;
- is in staat met verwijzing naar het corpus van architectuur-/stedenbouwtheorie, architectuur-/stedenbouwgeschiedenis en met het gebruik van
architectonische basisbegrippen, de eigen vorming gestalte te geven.
Onderwijsvorm contacturen: 28 uur
zelfstudie:
84 uur
Literatuur en studie- wordt uitgereikt.
materiaal
Wijze van toetsen Methode en Analyse wordt getoetst door middel van een A3 boekwerk.
Inlichtingen Secretariaat Architecture
CT3109
| Structural Mechanics 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. J.W. Welleman ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 0/8/0/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
89 | Study Guide 2008/2009
| ECTS: 5
Course Contents - Introduction into continuum mechanics and failure models in 3D like
Tresa and von Mises
- General method for analyzing stresses and strains in beams with arbitrary cross sections
- Introduction to plasticity and failure
- Influence lines.
Education Method tutorial
Course Relations CT3109
CT3109
CT3109
CT3109
CT3109
uses
uses
uses
uses
uses
CT1031
CT1041
CT2031
WI1316CT
WI3097TU
Literature and Study Course introduction via the website or blackboard
Materials
syllabus: "ConstructieMechanica 4: Introduction into Energy Methods in
Engineering Mechanics", J.W. Welleman (downloaden als pdf via BlackBoard)
syllabus: "ConstructieMechanica 4: Niet-symmetrische en inhomogene
doorsneden", J.W. Welleman
syllabus: "ConstructieMechanica 4: Invloedslijnen", J.W. Welleman (downloaden als pdf via BlackBoard)
book: "Toegepaste Mechanica deel 3; Coenraad Hartsuijker en Hans
Welleman, ISBN 9039505950
Sheets, assignments and software via http://go.to/jw-welleman or blackboard.
Assessment Written exam (open questions)
CT3110
| Analysis of Slender Structures
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A. Simone ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
| ECTS: 4
Parts Part 1 - Basic differential equations of the theory of structures
Elementary loading cases and continuously distributed elastic reaction
forces for:
- Axial deformation of bars
- Shear beams and frames
- Euler-Bernoulli bending beam and static Timoshenko shear beams
- Cables
- Curved beams
Part 2 - The mechanical behaviour of combined systems
- Introduction to parallel and series systems
- The suspension bridge as a beam-cable structure
- Taut cable with flexural rigidity
- Slender beam under tension
- Sea-floor pipe laying
- Off-shore riser
- Shear wall-frame structures
- Parabolic roof structures
Part 3 - Fundamentals of matrix structural analysis
The matrix displacement method:
- Axial, shear and bending deformation
- Truss element, Euler-Bernoulli and Timoshenko beam elements
- Equivalent nodal forces
- Constraint equations
- Rotation of element arrays
Course Contents This course serves as an introduction to the static analysis of characteristic civil engineering slender structures. Structures like tall buildings,
suspension bridges and offshore structures, just to cite a few examples,
will be reduced to the equivalent one dimensional mechanical system. A
systematic approach is used to express the mechanical behaviour of these
systems into mathematical terms.
Study Goals Learning to express in mathematical terms the mechanical behaviour of
characteristic civil engineering slender structures. Learning to apply the
appropriate procedure for solving the differential equations. Learning to
recognise and explain characteristic phenomena.
Education Method Lectures and compulsory exercises.
Course Relations CT3110 uses CT1031, CT1041, CT2031, WI2253CT
Literature and Study "Analysis of Slender Structures" by A. Simone.
Materials Available at the Blackboard website.
Assessment Written exam.
91 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Remarks Registration for the compulsory exercise by filling out a form provided
during the first lecture hours.
Acceptance of the exercise is a prerequisite to exam participation.
Judgement The final grade is determined on the basis of the written exam.
CT3121
| Steel Structures 2
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. R. Abspoel ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. A.M. Gresnigt ([email protected]), Prof.dr.ir. J. Wardenier
([email protected]), Prof.ir. F.S.K. Bijlaard ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Course Contents Plastic design of girders and frames:
Redistribution of stresses over the section
Failure mechanisms
Applications
Stability:
Forms of instability
Column buckling (centric and excentric)
Buckling length
Torsional stability
Non prismatic members
Built up members
Members in a truss beam
Lateral torsional buckling of beams
Compression and bending
Torsional buckling
Load introduction
Course Contents Joints:
(continued) Flexible and partial strength joints
Joints with pre loaded bolts
Tubular structures:
Types of tubular sections
Properties of tubular sections
Applications
Fatigue
Tubular joints, general:
Design
Criteria for verification
Calculations (introduction)
Design tables
Statically loaded tubular joints:
Circular hollow sections
Rectangular hollow sections
Others
Education Method Lectures
Permitted Materials Pen, drawing attributes and a calculator
during Tests
Judgement The result for the exam is the final result.
CT3150
| Concrete Structures 2
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ing. A.P. van der Marel ([email protected])
Instructor C.B.M. Blom ([email protected]), Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
93 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents In the lecture Concrete Structures 2, the design and the principle of statically determinate prestressed structures will be treated. Also will be
treated the behaviour of a prestressed structure in the serviceability limit
state from time is zero till time is infinity. Also will be treated the determination of the ultimate moment and design moment to judge if the structure has sufficient safety against failure.
Concerning the buildings, the following subjects will be treated, namely
the load-transfer of:
- unbraced portal frames,
- braced portal frames for which the stability is obtained by a core.
- braced portal frames for which the stability is obtained from a combination of walls.
For drilled tunnels the theory as well as the practical implementation will
be treated.
Exercise
- Prestressed concrete
The exercise "Prestressed concrete" is part of the lecture. For this exercise you don't get assistances. But, if you have any questions, you can ask
these questions to A.P. van der Marel.
Study Goals To be able independent a design and to determine the dimensions from a
prestressed concrete construction for different systems of prestressing.
To be able independent to determine the dimensions and a calculation of
a drilled tunnel.
Insight in the loading structures and possibilities of stability of buildings.
Education Method Lectures, exercise, practical
Course Relations CT3150 uses CT2051 and CT3051
Literature and Study Study Guide.
Materials See the website of Blackboard.
Study material
- Book "Prestressed Concrete" by Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven.
- Book "Concrete linings for shield driven tunnels" by Dr.ir. C.B.M. Blom
- Exercise prestressed concrete girder
- Syllabus Buildings
- Exercise reinforced concrete structures.
- Abstract from the Dutch Regulations for concrete.
(required for the exercise "Reinforced concrete structures).
- Abstract from GTB - tables.
(required for the exercise "Reinforced concrete structures).
- Syllabus Buildings belonging to the lecture CT3150,
Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven.
- Syllabus examples Prestressed Concrete by Ing. A.P. van der Marel
Permitted Materials 1 - A4 described to one side.
during Tests
Judgement Result of the examination.
The both exercises have to be ready.
CT3221
| Building Physics and Building
Engineering
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. H.R. Schipper ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. W.H. van der Spoel ([email protected]), E.R. van den Ham
([email protected]), Ir. A.C. van der Linden
([email protected]), Ir. G.J. Dijk ([email protected]), Ir. S.
Pasterkamp ([email protected])
Assistent O.S.M. van Pinxteren ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 0/0/6/0 + Exercise 0/0/1/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Required for CT4211 - Facades
Expected prior know- CT3071 - Integrated structural Design of Buildings
ledge
Course Contents Branch Building physics:
The implications of thermal quality, humidity behaviour, sound insulation,
sound adsorption, ventilation and light for external and internal separating
constructions. Design exercises.
Branch Building technique:
Selection of materials, production and finishing of various façade
constructions. Window and door frame constructions in various materials
and how they fit. Curtain walls. Design exercise about two façades and
matching fittings for an utilitarian building with mixed functionality.
Study Goals This course offers insight into the most important aspects of designing a
façade or finishing structure. The understanding of the most relevant
subjects of building physics is deepened and applied. The student is able
to understand and judge detailling, building technology and building
physical quality.
Education Method Lectures, exercise, seminar
95 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Literature and Study obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Materials Reader ct3071: Ontwerpen van gebouwen, deel "Inleiding Bouwfysica"
Vier modulen: Basisbegrippen licht en daglichtberekening (Blackboard)
Boek Bouwfysica, Thieme Meulenhoff
Dictaat "Afbouwconstructies I en II.
Available on Blackboard.
recommended textbook (also usable for CT4211):
Façades: Principles of Construction (Paperback)
by Ulrich Knaack, Tillmann Klein, Marcel Bilow, Thomas Auer
(Available at Bouwkunde bookshop)
Assessment Building physics: report on building physics (2 ECTS points) with oral
evaluation;
Building technique: presentation of detailed design exercise (2 ECTS
points)
Judgement Proportionally to number of course credit points
CT3300
| Use of Underground Space
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. J.W. Bosch ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. G. Arends ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Summary Multidisciplinary course for students CiTG, WB, TB and BK dealing with the
realisation of underground structures for small and large infrastructure
and other purposes via a multidisciplinary approach. There for the lectures
cover in a basic way many topics as safety, legal issues, decision making
process, geo technique and environmental aspects.
Course Contents Overview
Introduction to soil science
Introduction to subsurface management
Basements and special constructions
Tunnels
Safety and risk management
Decision making process
Multiple use of land
Small infrastructure, trenchless technologies
Legal aspects
Site visit to major project
Study Goals Students obtain basic knowledge of the multidisciplinary aspects of the
use of underground space. Based on knowledge about the characteristics
of several construction technologies they are able to asses their applicability in different situations. They have insight in complex decision making
processes and are able to define an integral approach.
Education Method Lectures. Excursion.
Literature and Study "Underground Space Technology", available at Bookshop.
Materials Hand outs available at Black Board.
Assessment Written assignment
CT3310
| Open Channel Flow
Verantwoordelijk Ir. R.J. Labeur ([email protected])
Docent
Contacturen / week 0/0/8/0
x/x/x/x
Onderwijsperiode 3
Start onderwijs 3
97 | Study Guide 2008/2009
| ECTS: 5
Vakinhoud Basisvergelijkingen voor tijdsafhankelijke stroming in open waterlopen en
gesloten leidingen (1-D lange-golfvergelijkingen); classificatie en analyse
van lange-golfverschijnselen; hydrostatische drukverdeling, verhouding
traagheid-weerstand; elementaire golfvergelijking: oplossing en eigenschappen; translatiegolven: (partiële) terugkaatsing en vervorming,
schokgolven; karakteristiekenmethode, begin- en randvoorwaarden, suben superkritische stroming, drukgolven in gesloten leidingen (waterslag);
systemen met discrete berging, traagheid en weerstand: kombergingsbenadering, sluitgat-benadering; harmonische golven: invloed weerstand op
golfvoortplanting, oscillaties in een bekken (seiches), getijvoortplanting in
een estuarium; hoogwatergolven op een rivier: hysterese, quasi-eenparige benadering, diffusiemodel; stroming bij kunstwerken: stroomfunctie,
rotatie en snelheidspotentiaal, oplossing d.m.v. vierkantennet; transportprocessen in waterlopen: advectie, moleculaire en turbulente diffusie,
dispersie, concentratieverloop bij continue en momentane lozingen.
Leerdoelen Leren schematiseren en analyseren van tijdsafhankelijke stromingsverschijnselen in relatief ondiepe 1-dimensionale watersystemen
Onderwijsvorm Colleges, 4 (verplichte) oefeningen
Literatuur en studie- Studiehandleiding:
materiaal Verkrijgbaar tijdens het eerste college.
Dictaat/studieboek verplicht:
Verkrijgbaar online via Microweb Edu.
Oefenbundel/handleiding oefeningen:
Verkrijgbaar online via Microweb Edu
Collegesheets:
downloaden via Blackboard
Oefententamens met uitwerkingen:
downloaden via Blackboard
Wijze van toetsen Tentamen, schriftelijk
Toegestane middelen Rekenmachine, schrijf- en tekengerei
bij tentamen
Opmerkingen Deelname aan de oefeningen voorafgaande aan het tentamen is verplicht.
Beoordeling Toetsen van het tentamenwerk aan vooraf opgestelde modelantwoorden;
tentamencijfer vastgesteld op grond van vooraf vastgestelde criteria en
gewichten. Tentamencijfer=eindcijfer.
CT3320
| Fundamentals of Groundwaterme- | ECTS: 4
chanics and Geohydrology
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. G.J.M. Uffink ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. F.B.J. Barends ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Course Contents Fundamentals and basic applications of groundwater flow and the corresponding mechanics in dams, dikes and breakwaters; introduction in transport phenomena for groundwater exploitation, control and management.
Study Goals The course teaches the student the basic skills to determine groundwater
motion and effects and to evaluate specific situations by using modelling
techniques.
Education Method Computer supported studying, lectures, exercise
Course Relations CT3320
CT3320
CT3320
CT3320
uses
uses
uses
uses
CT1310
CT2090
CT2320
WI1316CT
Materials Groundwater mechanics, flow and transport (CT3320)
obligatory other materials:
Syllabus Grondwatermechanica (CT3320)
Assessment Computer examination (4 parts)
Permitted Materials Lecture notes and syllabus
during Tests
Judgement Credit: Average of the 4 computer test ( each at least 3.5 out of 10)
99 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT3330
| Hydraulic Structures 1
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. W.F. Molenaar ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Functional analysis and structural design of hydraulic structures like:
Bridge piers, artificial islands, (caisson)breakwaters, retaining structures,
quays & jetties, construction pits and docks, floating docks, storm surge
barriers, dams, locks/sluices, immersed and bored tunnels, etc.
Design aspects:
Design governed functional and operational analysis, using a holistic
approach, including economic considerations (costs, benefits, NPV and
optimization), environmental considerations, Life Cycle Management and
planning & phasing of the overall project.
Load and material strength aspects:
Load and resistance factor design (LRD) or Working stress design (WSD),
load combinations and Limit States
Construction aspects:
Construction 'in the dry' or using floating equipment, in-situ or prefab
construction, construction pits, with or without dewatering
Navigation Locks are the prime subject for design calculations, design of a
caisson and/or jetties may be put in the the spotlight alternatively.
Study Goals The course should enable students to produce a conceptual design of the
common hydraulic engineering structures based on 'hand'calculation.
Education Method Lectures and a COZ test to train the student in analysing the structure
and/or (load) situation, plus getting used to producing calculations effectively
Course Relations CT3330 uses CT2090, CT2100, CT2320, CT2330, CT3310
Literature and Study Lecture note(s):
Materials Hydraulic Structures 1 - General
Hydraulic Structures 1 - Locks
Hydraulic Structures - Manual
Check the information on Blackboard - Course Documents
1 00 | Civil Engineering
Assessment Combination of computer tests and a written exam.
Permitted Materials Hydraulic Structures - Manual = pencil + drawer + pocket calculator that
during Tests cannot be programmed.
Remarks All the computer tests have to be finished and passed, at least 10 working
days before the written exam, and all computer test scores should be 5 or
more, to be allowed to enter the written (final) exam. Fraud with regard
to computer tests, e.g. using a fake study or student number, will result in
a disqualification for the written exam.
Judgement Final mark = 0,1 * (average mark of all computer tests) + 0,9 * (mark for
the written final exam)
CT3340
| River Engineering
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. P.J. Visser ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. Z.B. Wang ([email protected]), Ir. H. Havinga
([email protected]), Prof.dr.ir. H.J. de Vriend ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Course Contents Phenomenology of rivers (hydrology, hydraulics, sedimentology, ecology),
river measurements, use of rivers, discharge, sediment transport,
morphological processes, measures (structures, groynes, bend cut-offs,
dredging, etc.), effects of measures (backwater curves, long-term morphological consequences, ecological consequences), design of measures.
Education Method Lectures, tutorial
Literature and Study syllabus:
Materials River Engineering
Permitted Materials One A4 with own notes, on both sides written
during Tests
1 01 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT3350
| Embankments and Deep Excavations
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ing. H.J. Everts ([email protected])
Instructor Ing. H.J. Everts ([email protected]), Ir. J.P. Oostveen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents Main topics of retaining structures:
specification and interpretation of soil investigation;
determination of design parameters (soil and structure);
design models;
interaction between soil and structure;
anchorage;
installation methods;
effects of installation on adjacent structures (noise, vibrations);
costs.
Course Contents Main topics of soil structures:
(continue)
short overview of design methods with evaluation of limitations and prospects;
specification and interpretation of soil investigation;
design soil structures;
performance aspects;
methods to increase the stability;
methods to shorten construction time;
widening of embankments and dikes;
"Terre armée".
Study Goals The educational objectives are to gain the knowledge and the proficiency
to identify all relevant aspects concerning the design and installation of
retaining structures and soil structures.
Education Method Lectures, exercise
Materials
CUR 162 Building on soft soils, available at Civieltechnisch Centrum
Uitvoering Research en Regelgeving: P.O.Box 420, 2800 AK Gouda (NL)
CUR 166 Damwandconstructies, available at Civieltechnisch Centrum
Uitvoering Research en Regelgeving: P.O.Box 420, 2800 AK Gouda (NL)
Copy of CUR 162
Copy of CUR 166
Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.
lecture notes
Available at the Blackboard website.
recommended other materials:
The use of geotechnical software of GeoDelft
Assessment Written presentation, oral presentation and practice(s)
Prerequisite:
Attendance of the lectures
CT3360
| Subsurface Management
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. T.J. Heimovaara ([email protected])
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Course Contents The subsurface (properties, genesis, processes, functions). Subsurface
contamination (sources, migration, simulation). Subsurface policy (policy
levels, history, new policy). Subsurface management (ownership, norm
setting, indicators, risk analysis, subsurface remediation, subsurface
protection). Trends (future developments in subsurface management).
Study Goals To be able to supervise and to research with respect to sustainable use of
the subsoil.
Education Method Lectures. Practical.
Assessment Oral exam.
1 03 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT3410
| Water Control
| ECTS: 5
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. M.W. Ertsen ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. G.H.W. Schoups ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents In this course the hydraulic and hydrological design and functioning of
water systems consisting of open channels and structures is the central
issue. Applications from different water management contexts (irrigation,
drainage, urban) are discussed.
Education Method Exercise, seminar
Course Relations CT3410 uses CT2100
Literature and Study Syllabus:
Materials Available at as download from blackboard .
obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Design of open-channels and hydraulic structures, 2002
Permitted Materials Calculator, study material
during Tests
Judgement Exam mark is final mark
CT3980
| Preparation and Execution of
Works in Construction
Verantwoordelijk Msc. K.B. Braat ([email protected])
Docent
Contacturen / week 0/6/0/0
x/x/x/x
Onderwijsperiode 2
Start onderwijs 2
| ECTS: 4
Vakinhoud Het vak geeft inzicht in het voorbereiden en uitvoeren van werken in de
bouwnijverheid. De theoretische structuur van het bouwproces wordt
behandeld met een verwijzing naar het streven om in de praktijk de
communicatie te standaardiseren. Er wordt ingegaan op het ontwerpen
van een uitvoeringsmethode aan de hand van de stappen uit de elementaire ontwerpcyclus. De activiteiten die tot het verwerven van een
opdracht leiden, worden toegelicht. Vervolgens komen de werkvoorbereiding, de bouwplaatsorganisatie, -inrichting en -logistiek aan de orde. Een
aantal onderdelen van het vervaardigingproces zoals grondverzet, in situ
bouw, prefabricage en assemblage, worden besproken. De bewaking/
beheersing van de uitvoering met behulp van het TGKIO model wordt
toegelicht. Tot slot worden de oplevering en nacalculatie behandeld.
Daarnaast worden vaardigheden verworven door het maken van een
aantal aan de bouwpraktijk ontleende oefeningen:
1. het schrijven van een (STABU) bestek
2a. het beschrijven van een werk/bouwmethode
2b. het opzetten van een bouwplanning
3. het maken van inschrijvingsbegroting
Stof wordt alleen in het Nederlands aangeboden vanwege het specifieke
karakter van het vak en de te gebruiken software: de Nederlandse bouwwereld en -cultuur met de standaardisering daarin.
Leerdoelen Het verwerven van inzicht en kennis van de processen die een rol spelen
in de fases van verwerving, uitvoering en afronding van bouwprojecten en
civieltechnische werken in respectievelijk de B&U en GWW sector. Het
leren verkennen van de bruikbaarheid en de inzetbaarheid van technieken
door middel van oefeningen. De kennisaspecten zijn verantwoord in het
collegedictaat. De vaardigheden worden aangeleerd tijdens de verplichte
oefeningen.
Onderwijsvorm Oefeningen, colleges
Vakrelaties CT3980 gebruikt CT1101, CT1210, CT2061, CT3061
Literatuur en studie- Voorbereiding en uitvoering in de bouw(nijverheid).
materiaal
Wijze van toetsen Schriftelijk tentamen (open vragen), toetsen (multiple choice)en oefeningen.
Beoordeling De resultaten van de vier oefeningen plus twee maal het cijfer voor het
schriftelijke tentamen, gedeeld door zes, levert het eindcijfer op. Het
resultaat van de kennistoetsen worden gebruikt ter afronding.
1 05 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4010
| Economics
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. R.J. Verhaeghe ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.dr. A.H. Kleinknecht ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Course Contents General: introduction to the different disciplines in economics. Emphasis
on illustration of concepts and application to civil engineering objects/
projects.
Macro-economics: national income: economic circle, role of technology in
growth; international economics: productivity, balance of payments,
theory of money, role of banks; Dutch economy: national budget, corporatism, price control; role of sunk costs in economic evaluation;
Micro-economics: consumer - and producer behavior, markets, demand
projection for civil engineering projects, types of costs, efficiency criteria,
production function, applications;
Commercial economics (management accounting): accounting for a firm
(balance- and result account), types of costs, gains and losses, solvability,
occupation rate, current ratio;
Feasibility analysis: financial and economic analysis, set up of cost/benefit
pattern, investment criteria, applications;
Introduction/illustration of specific subjects: environmental economics,
innovation economics, financing of infrastructure, transport economics,
economic models, natural resource management.
Study Goals Provide insight into the economic background of engineering projects with
the objective to contribute to a complete and efficient decision making in
planning and design
Literature and Study textbook: available at bookshop and VSSD
Materials lecture notes, available on-line
Assessment Written exam (multiple choice)
Judgement examination mark is final mark
CT4030
| Methodology for Scientific Research | ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A.L.A. Fraaij ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period Exam by appointment
Course Contents The growth of knowledge
The course starts with the meaning of research methodology, the coincidence, chance and context in a reconstruction of research. The research
will be analyzed in the classroom with the aid of questions asked by the
instructor and the observations of the students.
Methodological fundamentals
Aspects such as different types of variables, different control systems to
monitor and check the variables will be analyzed with the aid of examples
in experimental research. Topics that will be discussed also are: types of
experiments, statistical control, validity of research, the relation between
the random sample survey and the total population, sample size and the
effects of sample size, power of the test and meta-analysis.
The analysis of research papers
Published technical papers in the field of civil engineering will be
discussed in depth on the topics mentioned above. Is the paper a correct
reflection of a correct research, are there flaws in the research, is the
methodology sound, did the researcher actually investigate the topic he/
she wanted to research, are the conclusions correct, is the statistics
correct or "forgotten"?
The empirical cycle
The empirical cycle will be highlighted to provide the student a theoretical
basis and will be discussed with examples of different types of research.
Aggravation to putting into operation and measurement
Topics to be discussed are operational versus constitutive definitions,
constructs, making more explicit of the measurement procedures and
schemes, systems versus properties, what is actually "measuring" and
some opinions about it.
1 07 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Research design
(continued) In this section experimental and quasi-experimental designs for research
will be discussed including topics as controlled factors in relation with
experimental validity, representativeness
Validity, reliability, generalization and quality judgement
The concepts of validity and empirical validity (as well as predictive validity), reliability aspects (test and re-test, parallel measurements, splithalf), the quality of the judgements and interpretations, research, objectivity, inter subjectivity, epistemology will be highlighted:
design possibilities for research including research materials, research
strategies, research planning;
the analysis of the different topics of a more complicated research paper
in the field of civil engineering with the aid of the above mentioned items;
examples from the field of civil engineering (also in the framework of
cases to be studied by the student).
Qualitative Research
Design studies: 75% modelling
Exercises 25%
Project Management
Study Goals After the course the student should be able to design a research project
and to examine critically the literature on the proper research methodology.
Education Method Lectures, discussion, case study, exercise
Literature and Study For Dutch speaking students the book from Christiaans, Fraaij, de Graaff
Materials & Hendriks "Onderzoeksmethodologie". This book can be bought at the
secrtetariat of the section Materials Science.
For non-Dutch speaking students: The English book on "Research
Methods for Construction" is recommended. The book must be ordered
and bought at a bookshop.
Obligatory other materials:
cases
Available at the section secretariat.
Assessment The student can choose to do an oral examination or a written examination.
The written exam consists of open questions.
The oral examination focuses on the three cases presented by the
student.
Remarks This course is meant for those MSc students who plan to perform research
activities and can be attended by students of different MSc studies in the
technical educations.
Prerequisite for participation in the exam is finishing the cases.
Judgement Average of the cases and the examination questions
CT4040
| Traineeship
| ECTS: 11
Course Coordinator Ir. P. van Eck ([email protected])
Contact Hours / week n.a.
x/x/x/x
Education period 1, 2, 3, 4, Summer Holidays
Start Education 1, 2, 3, 4
Exam Period none
Course Language Dutch, English
CT4061
| Multidisciplinary Project
| ECTS: 11
Responsible Instructor There is no single “responsible instructor” for this subject.
Responsible staff varies for each section. Consult Blackboard for details.
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1, 2, 3, 4
Exam period none
Course Contents Phase 1: preliminary investigation (Problem exploration and treatment).
By means of supplied and found information (project file, informers, literature) an inventory and analysis of the problem must be made. This
results in a (substantive) problem formulation and an objective. Coupled
to that, a treatment will be formulated. Which methods will be used,
which contribution can different disciplines provide to the project, which
steps have been passed through successively, which information is still
necessary, where can that information be found? Finally the organization
of the group must be fixed.
1 09 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Phase 2: design. At this stage is alternatively worked for the complete
(continued) problem and for sub-problems. The work exists for a part of research, for
a another part of developing design alternatives or solution alternatives,
and from developing the sub-problems. Ongoing, the consistency with the
whole design must be monitored.
Phase 3: Round-off. In the round-off, the last hand is laid to the results of
the project. First of all the handed in report is discussed with the speculator team, whereupon the definite version is made. The participants evaluate the project, both substantive and concerning the project process.
Finally, the presentation is prepared and a summary for the presentation
is established.
Note: For some students there is the possibiliy to participate in a project
called High-rise Buildings.Teams are formed together with the students
form the Faculty of Architecture with a task to design a big scale high-rise
building. The teams consist of about five students. Each student is
assigned to represent a specific discipline (architect, structural engineer,
project manager, building services engineer, etc.) with a specific task and
responsibility in the team, covering architectural and functional design,
structural design, building physics, finishes, building services, real estate
development and construction and management. The civil engineering
students are mostly assigned the function of the structural engineer. The
time reserved for this workshop project is approx. 8 weeks. The teams are
coached and guided in the lines of the mentioned disciplines, by a number
of lecturers from the faculty of Architecture and Civil Engineering and
engineers and architects from daily practice. For more information see:
www.aal.Bk.tudelft.nl
Study Goals 1. Design learning on a sub-sector of civil engineering in multidisciplinary
link.
2. Integrated appliance of knowledge and skills from previous years.
3. Application of design knowledge and skills from the first, second and
third year.
4. Learning to work by means of an interdisciplinary approach.
5. Learning to report, present and defending the end product.
6. Learning to apply elementary quality guarantee principles (e.g. MCE,
SWOT) during the design process.7. Evaluate learning of the interdisciplinary work process
Education Method Teamwork in a group of 4-6 students
Literature and Study A syllabus is available via Blackboard; the e-book "report writing" is
Materials recommended. This e-book is part of the course on report writing
(WM0201), and can be downloaded from the blackboardsite of that
course.
Prerequisites Starting the project is only allowed when you have completed your BSc:
"Students may not embark on the multidisciplinary project until, in case of
a subsidiary programme outlined in Article3, subsection 2, this programme
has been rounded of and, if applicable, the bachelor of science
programme of civil engineering at Delft University has been rounded
of."(Article 17 of Teaching and Examination Regulation, implementation
regulations 2006-2007)
Article 3 sub 2 reads:"Students who have been admitted to the course on
the basis of a bachelor's degree gained from a Dutch higher vocational
institute must complete a subsidiary programme as stipulated in article 11
sub1"
Assessment The group has to write a report and to give an oral presentation. The
mark is based on
Witten and oral report
• readability of report
• size (not too large, not too small)• readability of drawings
• quality oral presentation
Group process
• is there a division of tasks
• is the project well prepared• has there been delivered in time
Quality final design
• assessment and choice of alternatives
• good schematisation of the real problem
• contentional quality of design and computations
Integration and multidisciplinary aspects
• coherence of the different parts
• view on the full scope of the project
Enrolment / Applica- The students have to form a group by themselves. Ideas for subjects can
tion be found via the coordinator; ideas of the group itself are welcomed. As
soon as a group is formed, they should register with the coordinator.Groupwork can be done outside the Netherlands; the group should
realise that this require a lengthy preparation period.
Special Information Important notice:
There is no single "responsible instructor" for this subject. Responsible
staff varies for each section. Consult Blackboard for details.
1 11 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4100
| Materials and Ecological Engineering
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Drs.ing. H.D. van Bohemen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Course Contents Topic 1
The eco-cost/value ratio: This model (that has been developed at TUDelft) enables comparison of several variants of products and services.
The model comprises not only the usual LCA parameters but also spatial
criteria. The model emphasizes prevention and compensation and tries to
avoid the necessity of precautions due to damage.
Topic 2
Quality assurance, environmental conservation, certification, attestations,
guarantees, and responsibility. In this part of the course the student will
be familiarized with the principles of acuality assurance. Several alternatives will be discussed (with their advantages and disadvantages). Also
the combination of quality assurance with environmental conservation will
be highlighted.
Topic 3
Ecological engineering in construction and maintenance of our infrastructure. Here will be discussed with a set of examples in what way ecological
criteria can be added to the list of requirements as well as the possible
ways of realization and the possible results.
Topic 4
Durable decision: In the framework of Delft Cluster a decision support
system has been developed. This support system will be explained and
used in a case.
Topic 5
Spatial examination: This topic is treated with models developed in the
DIOC Ecological City. The issue is to couple above mentioned models and
criteria in the framework of environmental effect studies.
Course Contents Practices
(continued) The DuBes Practical (1 day)
a case that must result into a paper
Study Goals After the course the student is able to discuss relevant topics with stakeholders in the decision process concerning construction and infrastructure.
He/she can act as participant in the discussion and can act as advisor for
certain (contracting) parties in the field.
Education Method Lectures, discussion, exercise, practical, paper, case study
Course Relations CT4100 uses CT3053, CT2122
Materials Book on Ecological Engineering
Obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Powerpoint Presentation
The Eco-cost Value Ratio
Available at bookshop and VSSD.
Assessment Written exam, scription
Remarks Practical must be done and case must be written as well as 1 day Sustainable Development Exercise.
Judgement Final result is the combination of examination result and the result of the
case. Calculation: 50%-50%
CT4110
| Timber Structures 1
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J.W.G. van de Kuilen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents The course deals with material properties of timber and timber products,
the design of timber structures including strength, stiffness and stability
verifications for columns and beams. Bracings for stabilizing whole structures and the design of timber joints with several fastener types like bolts
and dowels are included. Attention is also given to design and manufacturing of timber frame housing.
1 13 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Timber and wood-based panels: properties and production of timber,
(continued) glulam and wood-based panels, anisotropy.
Beam calculations: tension/compression, bending/torsion, shear, holes
and notches, stress combinations, buckling and lateral torsional buckling.
Joints: dowel type fasteners (nails, dowels, screws and bolts), steel
plates, split-ring joints, toothed-plate joints.
Design rules for built-up beams. Trusses: shapes of trusses, joints in
trusses.
Facades and stability of structures: structures of facades, bracings.
Portal frams and arches, Tapered and curved beams. Timber frame
housing: structural aspects, structural detailling, diaphragms. Bridge Building Contest.
Study Goals Students will be able to design a wide variety of timber structures, using
modern materials such as glulam, perform strength and stability verifications in accordance with modern design codes.
Materials STEP Timber Engineering 1
Lecture notes
Judgement Written exam grade is final grade
CT4121
| Steel Structures 3
| ECTS: 4
Instructor Prof.ir. F.S.K. Bijlaard ([email protected]), Prof.ir. J.W.B. Stark
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Composite structures
Composite beams:
Types of composite action between steel and concrete
Application of composite beams
Properties of shear connectors
Simply supported beams with full strength shear connection and partial
strength shear connection
Statically undeterminate composite beams
Shear force
Calculation according to the elastic theory
Calculation of the deflections
Cracks of the concrete
Composite floors:
Application of composite steel concrete plate floors
Execution stage of composite steel concrete floors
Verification of the bearing capacity in the ultimate limit state
Calculations of the deflections in the serviceability limit state
Design tables
Composite colums:
Application of composite steel concrete columns
Principles of the calculation
Capacity of a composite steel concrete column under compression
Relative slenderness
Composite steel concrete column under compression and bending
Composite steel concrete column under compression and bi-axial bending
Joints in composite steel concrete structures:
Design and shapes
Calculation
Fire resistance of composite steel concrete structures:
Composite steel concrete beams
Composite steel concrete columns
Composite steel concrete floors
Plate buckling:
Plate buckling of stiffened plates
Plate buckling of unstiffened plates
Linear elastic plate buckling theory
Stress reduction method
Post critical strength
Effective with methode
1 15 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Special beams:
(continue) Plate girders
Cold formed sections
Castellated beams
Literature and Study Available at the Blackboard website.
Materials
Assessment Written exam.
Permitted Materials Pen, drawing attributes and a calculator
during Tests
Judgement The result for the exam is the final result.
CT4125
| Structural design - Case study
Steel, Timber or FRP
| ECTS: 3
Instructor Dr. A. Romeijn ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week n.a.
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents In this case study a structure in steel, timber or FRP has to be designed
and checked. The choice is:
Steel:
An industrial hall including a crane girder
A bridge
An office building
Timber:
An industrial hall
A bridge
FRP:
A bridge
Study Goals Specific knowledge, skills and understanding to design a structure including calculations and drawings;
Understanding the use of national or international codes
Education Method Case study
Literature and Study The case study is available from the supervisor;
Materials National or international code free at the internet page of TU-Delft
Assessment A report and an oral explanation
Judgement Both parts are taken into account for the mark
The result for the drawing is 20% of the final result.
CT4130
| Probabilistic Design
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. P.H.A.J.M. van Gelder ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. M.A. Burgmeijer ([email protected]), Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling
([email protected]), Prof.ir. A.C.W.M. Vrouwenvelder ([email protected])
Exam Coordinator Dr.ir. P.H.A.J.M. van Gelder ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Objectives of probabilistic design of civil structures.
Probability Calculus; Steps in a Risk Analysis; Inventory of possible
unwanted events, effects and consequences; Determining and evaluating
the risk.
Decision-making based on risk analysis; Decision-making under uncertainties; Probabilistic analysis of the decision problem; Frame of reference
concerning safety; Current dutch safety standards; Generally applicable
safety standards.
Reliability of an element; Limit state functions, strength and load; Ultimate
and serviceability limit states; Strength of concrete, steel, timber, soil, etc;
Loads of traffic, wind, waves, water, earthquakes, precipitation, ice, etc;
Time dependence.
Reliability calculation methods; Level III methods; Numerical integration;
Monte carlo method; Level II methods; Non-linear limit state functions;
Non-normally distributed variables; Dependent random variables; Comparison of different calculation methods.
Failure probability and life span; Deterioration processes; Risk calculation
of systems with a variable rate of failure; Non availability; Markov
processes; Load combinations.
Strength calculation with level I method; Linking the level I method to the
failure probability calculation; Standardisation of álpha-values; Load
combinations for level I strength calculations.
1 17 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Reliability of systems; Probability of failure of the serial system; Probability
of failure of the parallel system; FMEA (Failure Modes and Effects
Analysis); FMECA (Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis); Event
tree; Fault tree; Cause consequence chart; Reliability of correctable
systems.
Scheduling the realisation of activities; Introduction to scheduling
uncertainties; Influence of corrective measures on duration and costs;
Maintenance; Introduction to maintenance strategies; Effect of maintenance on risk; Influence of inspections.
Application areas; Structural safety of buildings, dikes, offshore platforms,
bridges, etc; Maintenance and management; Quality assurance; Safety
management; Geostatistics; Reliability of software.
Study Goals After the course, the student has to be able to do Level I, II and III calculations, risk-based optimisations and system probability calculations.
Literature and Study Obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Materials Probabilistic Design
Recommended other materials:
Tentamenbundel
Available on blackboard.
Assessment Written exam: three questions, they refer mainly to different parts of the
course
Permitted Materials No restrictions
during Tests
Judgement One mark, based on written exam.
CT4140
| Dynamics of Structures
Responsible Instructor Dr. A. Metrikine ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
| ECTS: 4
Course Contents Challenging dynamic problems of modern civil engineering; Types and
sources of dynamic loading on structures; Dynamic behavior of systems
with 1 and 2 degrees of freedom revisited: main phenomena, introduction
to the Fourier Analysis, aero-elastic instabilities (galloping and flutter).
Vibrations of discrete systems with N degrees of freedom (N DOF).
Derivation of equations of motion; Free vibrations of undamped N DOF
systems: natural frequencies and normal modes, modal mass matrix and
modal stiffness matrix, the Rayleigh method; Forced vibrations of
undamped N DOF systems: Modal Analysis, the steady-state response to a
harmonic load, the frequency-response function. Modal Analysis, Fourier
Analysis, the steady-state response to a harmonic load of N DOF systems
with viscous damping.
Vibrations of one-dimensional (1D) continuous systems of finite length.
Derivation of equations of motion for beam in bending, beam in shear, rod
in axial motion, rod in torsion and taut cable; The boundary and interface
conditions for continuous systems; Free vibrations of undamped 1D continuous systems: the method of separation of variables, natural frequencies
and normal modes; Forced vibrations of 1D continuous systems (both with
and without viscous damping): Modal Analysis, Fourier Analysis, the
steady-state response to a harmonic load.
Waves of one-dimensional (1D) continuous systems.
Excitation, propagation, reflection and transmission of pulses in cables
and rods; Harmonic waves and representation of traveling pulses as the
superposition of the harmonic waves; Dispersion Analysis; The steadystate response of piles and rails to harmonic loads.
Study Goals The goal of this course is to introduce various dynamic models of structures and to acquaint the students with the main ideas and methods of
structural dynamics.
Course Relations CT 4140 is strongly based upon CT2022 and CT 3110
Literature and Study Mandatory Material:
Materials 1. Spijkers J.M.J., Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M., Klaver E.C., Structural Dynamics; Part 1: Structural Vibrations. Lecture Notes CT 4140.
2. Metrikine, A.V., Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M., Structural Dynamics; Part 2:
Wave Dynamics. Lecture Notes CT 4140.
3. Lecture Slides (available on Blackboard)
Assessment Written open book exam.
Permitted Materials Consulting any written text brought in by the students is permitted during
during Tests the exam; although texting (as well as talking) by mobile phone is prohibited.
1 19 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Judgement Based on the result of the written exam.
CT4145
| Dynamics, Slender Struct. and intr. | ECTS: 6
cont. mech.
Responsible Instructor Ir. J.W. Welleman ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents Modelling of civil engineering structures by means of lumped and continuous systems. Static and dynamic analysis. Introduction to continuum
elasticity and plasticity.
Theme A: Dynamics of Systems and Slender Structures
Fundamental assumptions leading to lumped and continuous models,
mathematical formulation of single- and multi-degree(s)-of-freedom
models and of continuous models.
Dynamics of lumped systems: One-degree-of freedom systems without
damping, free vibrations and forced vibrations under a harmonic load,
forced vibrations under a pulse loading, one-degree-of freedom systems
with viscous damping, transient vibrations, steady-state vibrations, twodegrees of freedom systems without damping.
Slender structures: Introduction to dynamics of slender structures, statics
of slender structures, general solution of an ordinary, inhomogeneous
differential equation, boundary conditions and matrix form of the solution
to a boundary-value problem, static response of various slender structures: analysis in MAPLE.
Two computer aided written assignments
Theme B: Introduction to Continuum Mechanics
Tensors: notation and transformations, strain tensor, stress tensor, stressstrain relation for linear elastic homogeneous materials, Mohr's circle.
Failure models: limit state, von Mises and Tresca, visualisations in different
stress states.
Stresses in asymmetric and/or non homogeneous cross sections.
One computer aided written assignment.
Study Goals The course provides students with the required background for the
mechanics courses of the MSc Programme for Structural Engineering.
After completing the course students should be able to:
- Apply modelling techniques with appropriate sign conventions
- Analyse static and dynamic problems of structural mechanics
- Analyse stress and strain states and the limit state
This course is for students with a relevant foreign BSc-degree. Students
following CT4145 are not allowed to follow CT3110.
Education Method Lectures, discussion, exercise, computer supported studying
Materials Theme A: Dynamics and Slender Structures
Theme B: Introduction to Continuum Mechanics
Available at the first lecture.
Available at the Blackboard website
Assessment Oral exam, depending on the number of participants the exam will be
organised like a seminar or an interview.
Remarks This course is one of the first courses for students with a relevant foreign
BSc-degree who are entering the MSc Programme of Structural Engineering and is of MSc level. Lectures and course material are in English.
The course is composed of lectures and computer-aided exercises. The
lecture material is condensed relative to corresponding BSc courses.
Consequently, the course attendants are expected to spend considerable
effort to complete exercises. The excersises are part of the exam.
1 21 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4150
| Plastic Analysis of Structures
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. P.C.J. Hoogenboom ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.ir. A.C.W.M. Vrouwenvelder ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Plastic material behaviour and the consequences for structural behaviour.
Incremental computations where the load is gradually increased from zero
until the collapse limit (suitable for computer implementation). Upper- and
lower-bound approximations (suitable for hand calculations). Discussion
on the theory and its application to beams, portals, frames and inplane
and laterally loaded plates. Fundamental aspects of yield criteria (Von
Mises, Tresca, reinforced concrete). Interaction of bending moment, shear
force and normal force. Normality rule. Upper- and lower-bound theorems
and deformation capacity.
Study Goals After completion of this course you will know how plastic hinges develop
in concrete and steel beams. You will understand commonly used material
yield criteria and beam interaction diagrams. You will be able to calculate
the ultimate load of beams, frames and plates. You will understand redistribution of the force flow in structures and you will understand the limitations of plasticity theory.
Education Method lectures
Course Relations CT3109, CT5144, CT5142
Literature and Study Two lecture books are used. Both can be obtained from www.uniportaal.nl
Materials
Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M. and Witteveen, J. "Plastic Analysis of Structures,
The plastic behaviour and the calculation of beams and frames subjected
to bending", Lecture book Delft University of Technology, March 2003.
Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M. and Witteveen, J. "Plastic Analysis of Structures,
The plastic behaviour and the calculation of plates subjected to bending",
Lecture book Delft University of Technology, March 2003.
Assessment Written examination, The exam mark is the final mark. It is allowed to use
books and notes during the exam.
CT4160
| Prestressed Concrete
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. W.J.M. Peperkamp ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Course Contents This course concerns the fundamental aspects and points of interest in
the design and detailing of prestressed concrete structures. A detailed
overview of different techniques and their characterics are presented
covering pre-tensioning, post-tensioning, partially prestressing, bonded,
and unbonded tendons. The Load balancing approach as a general procedure in the flexural analysis of statically determined and statically undetermined structures is introduced. The effects of shrinkage, creep and
relaxation on loss of prestressing and redistribution of forces are
discussed. Special attention is given to the crack width control in partially
prestressed members, the ultimate moment and shear resistance capacity
design. Application of truss idealisation for shear and disturbed regions is
considered as well as detailing of prestressed structures. In the final part
two-way slab design is treated.
Description
Basic concepts of prestressing and technology aspects of pretensioning
and post-tensioning
Prestressed concrete behaviour presented for members subjected to pure
axial load and to combined flexure and axial load
Response of prestressed concrete members to sectional forces such as
axial load, moment and shear
Allowable stresses in design computations satisfying the strength and
serviceability limit states
Load-balancing approach in determining the prestressed load in statically
indeterminate prestressed systems
Fundamentals of shrinkage, creep and relaxation
1 23 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Loss of prestressing and redistribution of forces due to shrinkage, creep
(continue and relaxation
Ultimate moment capacity; failure moment in ultimate limit-state
Shear resistance capacity of prestressed concrete, design for shear based
on Strut and Tie models
Partially prestressed concrete; control of crack width
Detailing of prestressed structures, disturbed regions due to concentrated
axial load in end anchorage zones
Example design truss idealisation for a beam with a dapped end
Characteristics of partially prestressed concrete
Example design analysis partially prestressed concrete
Unbonded post-tensioning
External post-tensioning
Project from practice
Discussion case study
Study Goals Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to
understand and to predict the response of prestressed concrete members
and to design prestressed concrete structures. The student should be
capable of understanding and applying the basic concepts of prestressed
concrete behaviour and the involved technology in pretensioning and
post-tensioning. The student should be able to demonstrate the influence
of time depended effects on loss of prestressing and the characteristic
advantages and disadvantages in applying external prestressing. He
should be able to calculate the shear resistance capacity of prestressed
concrete based on strut and tie models and to describe the behaviour
under load of statically determinate and statically indeterminate prestressed concrete beams. The case study integrates the course topics and
reinforces the concepts learned.
Education Method Instruction, lectures, case study
Materials Prestressed Concrete
Elaborated exams and examples on Prestressed Concrete
Recommended lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Tijdschrift "Cement";
Obtainable from the Betonvereniging Gouda (Dutch Concrete Association)
and Betondispuut
Prerequisites - CT3051 Structural design 3
- CT3150 Fundamentals of prestressed concrete with regard to
statically determined structures according to the
lecture notes "Reinforced Concrete"
- CT1030 Structural Mechanics 1
Assessment Student grades are based on a case study and a written exam with open
questions
Permitted Materials One page A4-format with homemade notes and a calculator
during Tests
Enrolment / Applica- Enrolment through TAS (Exam Enrolment System)
tion
Remarks Participation in exam is only permitted after having succesfully performed
the case study
Judgement The examination contributes 90% of the grade; the case study 10% of
the grade. For each of both parts a minimal grade of 5.0 is valid.
Contact Ir. W.J.M. Peperkamp
room: 1.04 Stevin II
telephone:2784576
e-mail:[email protected]
1 25 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4170
| Construction Technology of
Concrete Structures
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. A.Q.C. van der Horst ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior know- CT3051 Structural Design (Bachelor)
ledge CT3150 Reinforced concrete 2 (Bachelor)
Course Contents Understanding the nature and implication of selected structural design
aspects such as shape, dimensions, material and design approaches on
the one hand and the construction considerations such as execution
methods, schedules and costs on the other hand and their interdependency in an integrated building process of a concrete structure. This
involves thorough knowledge and understanding of project characteristics,
control systems, methodology of the process and supporting systems in
order to optimise cost driver aspects in conceptual and final design.
Lectures:
Construction technology from a process prospective: interdependency of
functional requirements, conceptual design, engineering and construction.
Identification of cost drivers and optimisation of cost driver effects in both
conceptual and final design.
Outline design and optimisation of concrete structures based on principles
of repetition, shape effects, planning aspects and governing details.
Tender phase of design - construct contracts: multidisciplinairy interaction
between engineering, cost estimate, planning and construction aspects;
strategic outline design development; risk management in engineering;
IDEF technology to structure engineering processes.
The added value and weakness of serviceability Limit State Design: principles of SLS; interaction of SLS aspects with construction technology; interdependency of functional requirements and workmanship.
Construction technology in support of durability of concrete structures:
effects of workmanship and details; mix design effects.
Formwork: conventional and tailor made formwork.
Handling of concrete at site: sequence of events, basics of handling,
placing, treatment and curing of concrete.
Course Contents Underwater concrete: historical perspective and state of the art of under(continued) water concrete applications. Design of underwater concrete concepts
including foundation concepts and details. Construction aspects of underwater concrete: equipment, tolerances and workmanship.
Quality assurance of both the engineering process and the construction
process of concrete structures.
Details as far as governing the performance of concrete structures: joints,
cast in items and box outs.
Examples of interdependency and interaction between structural engineering and construction in the field of port structures: caissons, blockwalls
and jetties.
Case study:
A case study is performed as group work. The case can be selected from
either Construction or Heavy Civil Engineering.
Presentation, as a team, of the group work.
Studie Goals Upon succesful completion of this subject, the student should be able to:
To identify the basic elements such as project characteristics, control
systems, methodology and supporting systems in an integrated design
process for concrete structures;
To identify characteristics dictating the way a concrete building project is
being managed in practice and emphasis on the methodology to be
adopted when worked out;
To optimise the process of design and construction in terms of costs, time
and maintenance in selecting a construction process, a construction schedule and investment in temporary works;
To develop a design methodology in which cost aspects regarding repetition effect, investments in type and amount of formwork and schedules of
levelling labour force are being dealt with;
To demonstrate actions which can be taken to control the design process
and to assure the quality of the engineering process and the construction
process;
To generate different design concepts and to select one of them in view of
costs, execution time and durability;
To implement all these aspects in a case study.
Education Method Lectures, instructions, case study
1 27 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials Construction Technology of civil engineering structures
(Lecture notes September 2008)
Available at Blackboard.
Powerpoint presentations of lectures (Blackboard)
Handwritten notes during lectures
Assessment Case study and oral examination
Enrolment / Applica- Enrolment through TAS (Exam Enrolment System)
tion
Remarks Participation in examination is only permitted after succesful completion of
the case study.
Judgement The examination and case study each contribute 50% of the mark.
Contact Ir. W. Peperkamp
Room:
1.04 Stevin II
Telephone: 2784576
Prof. ir. A.Q.C. van der Horst
Room:
2.04 Stevin II
Telephone 27845.. / 0182 - 590627
CT4180
| Plate Analysis, Theory and Applica- | ECTS: 4
tion
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A. Scarpas ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. C. Kasbergen ([email protected])
Practical Coordinator Ir. W. Sutjiadi ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Plates loaded in plane:
The three systems of basic equations (kinematic, constitutive, equilibrium); rigid body displacements and deformations; several analytic solutions for rectangular plates; application of plane stress/strain engineering
structures; introduction to the finite element method; formulation of plane
stress/strain elements; numerical integration schemes.
Plates loaded out of plane (slabs):
The three systems of basic equations for plate bending including shear
deformation; simplification to the pure bending equation; formulation of
special boundary conditions; several analytical solutions and various load
and boundary conditions; finite element formulation of slab element;
computational issues.
Education Method Lectures, case study
Literature and Study Plate analysis, theory and application, Volume 1, Theory
Materials Plate analysis, theory and application, Volume 2, Numerical methods
CAPA-3D program will be distributed during lectures.
Remarks Assignment:
Application of the finite element method to a plane stress and a slab
bending problem. The CAPA-3D computer program is used. The results
are presented in a professional report.
1 29 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4201
| Architecture and Building Enginee- | ECTS: 4
ring
Responsible Instructor Ir. G.J. Dijk ([email protected])
Instructor I. Salomons ([email protected]), L.K.R. Dietz ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Course Contents Definitions and principles of architectural design. History of architecture.
Relations between architecture and structural design.
History of structural design, with an accent on the period 1800-1970.
Relations with architectural design. Analyses of structural design. Analyse
of the evolution of functional, architectural and structural design on building type. Report.
Education Method Lectures, seminar
Literature and Study Available at the section secretariat.
Materials
Assessment Written exam (open questions), written assignment
Judgement Architectuur en gesch. 33% (tentamen)
Bouwtechniek en gesch.: 33% (tentamen)
Werkstuk: 33%
CT4211
| Facades
| ECTS: 4
instructor Ir. G.J. Dijk ([email protected]), Ir. S. Pasterkamp ([email protected]), O.S.M. van Pinxteren ([email protected])
Contact Hours / week 0.2.0.0 + practicum 0.4.0.0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Language English, Dutch (on request English)
Course Contents Requirements for façades, building physical demands, material characteristics, manifacturing in workshop and assembly on the building site.
Design aspects of several types of façade: Exterior leaf of concrete, bricks,
cladding or panels. Double glass façades and atria. Criteria for selection.
Modelling in façade design: Resistance and deflection of glass units. Wind
loads on ventilated façades. Movement as a result of changes in temperature and moisture. Flexibility of joints and connections. Criteria for deformation of the load bearing structure.
Study Goals This course developes your factual knowledge of and insight into detailing
and modelling of several façade types. You will learn how to make a calculation model for determination of structural characteristics, such as material thickness, seam widths, stiffness, deflections and anchor forces.
Education Method Lectures, design studies in small groups, making drawings and calculations at home
Literature and Study Obligatory lecture notes/textbooks:
Materials Afbouwconstructies I, II en III.
Study material is available on Blackboard.
Recommended textbook (also usable for ct3221): Façades: Principles of
Construction (Paperback) by Ulrich Knaack, Tillmann Klein, Marcel Bilow,
Thomas Auer (Available at Bouwkunde bookshop)
assessment Two design studies and two modelling exercises
judgement Design studies: 75%, modelling
Exercises: 25%
CT4221
| Advanced Building Physics
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. W.H. van der Spoel ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. A.C. van der Linden ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 0/0/4/0 + 1 afternoon
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
1 31 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Continuation of CT3071 Design of buildings and CT3221 Building physics
& Building technique. The physical characteristics of the subjects treated
are examined more deeply in this course. The subject matter aims at the
practical application of building physics.
Main subjects:
Inside climate
Thermal comfort: thermophysiological models of man
Heat
Mechanisms of heat transfer: free and forced convection, exchange of
radiation, conduction. Heat transfer in cavity walls, non-stationary heat
transfer in semi-infinite media, analytical solutions for heat transport in
constructions.
First- and second-order thermal room models. Exercise: dynamic heat
transport.
Moisture
Mechanisms of moisture transfer in constructions. First and second-order
hygric room models.
Sound
Laboratory test: measuring air-sound insulation.
Air
Natural ventilation and infiltration. Wind discomfort around buildings.
Building physics design brief.
Education Method Practical, lectures, exercise
Literature and Study Lecture notes and modules on Blackboard
Materials
Assessment - exercise dynamic heat transport
- report laboratory measurements sound insulation
- individual computer test (Etude)
Judgement Individual test and exercises account for 65% and 35% of the final mark
resp.
CT4251
| Management in Building Industry
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. G.A. van Nederveen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents Elucidation to the 'environment' of construction in general, specfic for the
Netherlands. The structure of the building process and the role of the
manager in there. Stakeholders in the construction process: client or
owner, construction companies, contractors, sub-contractors, consultants
(management, cost, structural). Types of cooperation. Risk assessment in
these cooperations. Typology of parties involved. Building construction
'culture' in the Netherlands and abroad. Trends in construction and civil
engineering to be studied in order to draw the future picture. Theory of
Construction Management. Production management versus process
management. Modern construction management as systems management. Techniques of risk assessment in the implementation process.
Phasing the construction process. Decision making in the construction
process. Management and monitoring. Cost engineering. Calculation
methods. Calculation norms and regulations. Labor management techniques. Multi moment diagrams. Deviation monitoring systems. Techniques
for generating alternatives. Scheduling of preparation and execution.
Information management in preparation and execution. Design control
and project administration. Procurement management. Contracts with the
procurement processes. Environment and environmental legislation. Material, soil and chemical pollution. Systematical environment protection
systems. Construction legislation in general and in building execution in
particular. Contracting and U.A.V. and FIDIC. Planning the execution and
time management on site. Types of project organisation.
1 33 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials Inserted in the reader
Reader: "Project Management in Construction"
Information and Material on CBK website.
Available at the website.
Listing of advised Literature in Reader.
Assessment Evaluation and presentation of the report in writing and orally with the
oral examination
CT4260
| Building Design and Construction
Informatics
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. M.R. Beheshti ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 2+4 instr.COO/0/0/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Parts Lectures and discussion:
A series of weekly lectures followed by discussion
Self-study of the study material, recorded lectures and associated Reading
List
The study of literature provided and/or recommended for the course.
Exercises (1 or 2 students):
The practical use of information and feature modelling carried out by a
group of students. A weekly supervision is provided but students have to
spend additional hours completing the exercises.
Parts Report of the exercises (1 or 2 students):
(continue) The exercise group will prepare a written report of the exercises (conform
instructions). A report of the exercises have to be delivered on a CD-ROM
containing all project files (UML, ArchiCAD, PowerPoint presentation and
the MS Word file of the written report) before the examination date. The
students are asked to register for an oral examination on a registration list
at a suitable time of their choice. This list will be announced two weeks
before the examination week on the Noticeborad opposite Room 3.28.
Presentation of the exercises (individual):
The exercise group will prepare a PowerPoint presentation of the exercises
that will be presented by each individual student during the examination
session.
Oral examination (individual):
Each individual student will be examined on his or her knowledge and
skills of the course contents (this may include a small exercise). In addition, the student will be asked to present results of the exercises (PowerPoint presentation).
Course Contents This is an introductory course of theories, methods and techniques regarding the application of information and communication technologies, to
improve the quality, efficiency and effectivity of design and construction
processes. The main emphasis of the course (and its accompanying
course CT4270) is on information modelling and product data technology
for the building and construction industry.
The following issues are presented and discussed during the lecture
series:
Information modelling techniques, tools and languages (UML)
Form description, geometry and topology
Product modelling (PM), Product Data Technology (PDT)
Features and Feature Modelling, Parametric Design Systems
Standardisation and communication in the Building and Construction
industry
Presentation, Representation and Implementation issues
The State-of-the-art ICT building design and construction
The lectures are complemented with a series of exercises:
Solid modelling exercise (AutoCAD, MicroStation or ArchiCAD)
Information Modelling Exercise (UML)
Feature Modelling Exercise (ArchiCAD)
1 35 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals The goal of the course (and its accompanying course CT4270) is to
provide the students with the fundamental knowledge and skills of ICT
tools in building design and construction. The goal of exercises is to familiarise the students with the basic skills of information modelling using
UML (Unified Modelling Language) as well as Feature Modelling using
ArchiCAD.
Education Method Lectures, tutorial, exercise
Course Relations CT4260 complements CT4270
CT4260 is used by CT5940 and CT5970
Literature and Study Material on blackboard.
Materials
Assessment Oral examination and oral presentation of exercises (both individual)
Detailed report of exercises on a CD-ROM containing all exercise files, the
report and the presentation (see Instructions on the Blackboard)
Remarks Students of all disciplines at the Faculty of Civil Engineering and
Geosciences can take part in this course which is also open to students of
other faculties at Delft University of Technology and in particular those of
the Faculty of Architecture and TBM.
Also, CT4260 is an elective course for the 3TU MSc Construction Management Engineering (CME) as well as for the MSc Geomatics. More detailed
information about the course content, time-schedule, registration, etc.
can be found on the course website on the Blackboard.
Judgement The final mark of the course will be an average of the written report of the
exercises, the presentation and the oral examination.
CT4270
| Knowledge Management in Building Processes
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor S.S. Ozsariyildiz ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. M.R. Beheshti ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 0/0/2+4 instr.COO/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Parts Lectures and discussion:
A series of weekly lectures followed by discussion
Self-study of the study material and its associated Reading List
The study of literature provided and/or recommended for the course.
Exercises (1 or 2 students):
The practical use of process and knowledge modelling carried out by a
group of students. A weekly supervision is provided but the students have
to spend additional hours completing the exercises.
Report of the Exercises (1 or 2 students):
The exercise group will prepare a written report of the exercises (conform
instructions). One bounded hardcopy of the exercises report together with
a CD-ROM containing all project files (IDEF0, UML, Process Model, Knowledge Rules, Information Model, PowerPoint presentation and the MS
Word file of the written report) have to be delivered before the examination date. The students are asked to register for an oral examination on a
registration list at a suitable time of their choice. This list will be
announced two weeks before the examination week.
Presentation of the exercises (individual):
The exercise group will prepare a PowerPoint presentation of the exercises
to be presented by each individual student during the examination
session.
Oral examination (individual):
Each individual student will be examined on his or her knowledge and
skills of the course contents (this may include a small exercise). In addition the student will be asked to present results of the exercises (PowerPoint presentation).
1 37 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents This is an introductory course of theories, methods and techniques regarding the application of information and communication technologies, to
improve the quality, efficiency and effectivity of design and construction
processes. The main emphasis of the course (and its accompanying
course CT4260) is on information management and knowledge technology for the building and construction industry.
The following issues are presented and discussed during the lecture
series:
Process Modelling
IDEF0
Process Modelling Techniques
Knowledge Technology
Knowledge Modelling
Knowledge-based Systems
Project Modelling
Electronic Document-oriented Applications
Organisation-oriented Applications
Teamwork Support
Information Management in the Building and Construction Industry
The state-of-the-art ICT Building design and Construction
The lectures are complemented with a series of exercises:
Process Modelling Exercise (IDEF0)
Knowledge Modelling Exercise
Students of all disciplines at Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences
can take part in this course which is also open to the students of other
faculties at Delft University of Technology and in particular those of the
Faculty of Architecture. More detailed information about the course
content, time-schedule, registration, etc. can be found on the course
website on Blackboard.
Study Goals The goal of the course (and its accompanying course CT4260) is to
provide students with the fundamental knowledge and skills of ICT tools
in building design and construction. The goal of exercises is to familiarise
the students with the basic skills of process modelling using IDEF0 as well
as knowledge modelling using a real-life case.
Education Method Lectures, exercise, tutorial
Literature and Study Material via blackboard
Materials
Assessment Oral exam (individual)
Oral presentation of exercises
Detailed report of exercises (hardcopy) and a CD-ROM of all exercise files
exercises and the oral examination
CT4281
| Building Structures 2
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. S. Pasterkamp ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. K.C. Terwel ([email protected]), Ir. R. Abspoel
([email protected]), Ir. W.J.M. Peperkamp ([email protected]), Prof.dipl.ing. J.N.J.A. Vambersky
([email protected]), Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Introduction review of multi-store buildings. Examples out of practice.
Design principles. Structural systems and stability. Connections.
Precast and in-situ concrete.
Steel, hybrid and composite structures
Study Goals Being able to design load-bearing structures for buildings in concrete and
steel.
Literature and Study Text and study books of the relevant parts of these will be indicated
Materials during the lectures.
Contact ir. S. Pasterkamp
1 39 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4300
| Introduction to Coastal Engineering | ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. M.J.F. Stive ([email protected])
Course Coordinator Ir. J. Bosboom ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. J. Bosboom ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Course Contents This course intends to provide an initial insight into the physical phenomena and some related hydraulic engineering interventions that play a
role in offshore, coastal and harbour engineering. The emphasis is on
abiotic physical aspects, but also some attention is payed to biotic and
management aspects.
The following subjects are treated:
Coastal formation on recent geologic scales
Holocene geological evolution of the Netherlands
The most important oceanographic processes and parameters
Tides; generation, propagation and prediction
Coastal processes, and specifically
Longshore and cross-shore sediment transport by wave action along a
coast and Longshore transport capacity and gradients therein causing
shoreline change
Tidal basin and estuarine processes, including biogeomorphology
The exchange of salt and fresh water in harbours, both by tide and
density currents
Siltation in harbour basins
Dredging equipment and methods
Coastal Zone Management
Reading and interpreting nautical charts and pilots for use in coastal engineering.
Study Goals Specifically, knowledge and abilities of the following aspects of coastal
engineering should be obtained.
Coastal formations
To be able to describe the different coastal formations
To describe their evolution on recent geological scale
To describe the Holocene evolution of the Netherlands
To understand the role of biogeomorphology
Oceanography
To be able to describe the influence of salinity and temperature on the
density of seawater in both a qualitative and quantitative way
To be aware of the existence of geostrophic currents, their origin and their
influence on coastal morphology
To know what the effect is of the geostrophic current on climate
To be able to describe and explain (qualitatively) the trade wind systems
To know qualitatively the effect of the Coriolis-force on the sea
Tides
To be able to describe the origin of tides by means of the moon, the sun
and the centrifugal forces
To be able to explain spring tide, neap tide and the periods of different
tidal components
To be aware of the fact that the tide is a long wave and be able to
compute its propagation celerity
To know how to describe a tide in harmonic components
To give a limited number of harmonic components, be able to calculate
the water level at a given moment
To be able to determine the water level in secondary stations, given the
data of the main stations, using phase and amplitude differences
To know the definition of a seiche and be able to compute the sensitivity
of basins to seiches for simple cases
Beach processes (non-cohesive material)
To know that a coastal profile has a parabolic shape; be able to describe
qualitatively the effect of storm erosion on a beach and beach restoration
in the calm season
To know that obliquely breaking waves cause a longshore current in the
breakerzone, which act as the propelling force for longshore sediment
transport
To know that the transport in the coastal zone is caused by stirring and
water flow; realise the effect of stirring on the sediment transport capacity
To know the sediment transport formula of CERC and be able to make
computations, given an offshore wave climate
1 41 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals To know the difference between sediment transport capacity and sedi(continued) ment transport and be able to interpret these differences at a real coast
To understand qualitatively the effect of groynes at the beach and the
effect of seawalls
To understand quantitatively the effect of artificial beach nourishment
To be able to explain the various types of delta-formation using information from sediment yield from the river and the effect of the waves
Density difference, siltation
To know the fact that density differences exists in the mouth of rivers
To know that there might be some mixing processes and know the criteria
for this mixing process
To be aware of the phenomenon of internal waves and be able to compute
the celerity of these internal waves
To be able to compute the length of a static salt wedge and to assess the
extent of the 'mixing zone'
To be aware of the relation between salinity and siltation of fine particles
To be able to compute salt/fresh water exchange in harbour basins due to
'sudden' density differences, be able to apply this in a practical case
Dredging
To know the different dredging equipment
To know when to apply these
To have an understanding of the cost components
Hydrographic or nautical information
To know how to obtain nautical maps and related information (pilots, tidal
atlases etc.)
To understand the basic purpose of a nautical map and understand where
nautical maps are inaccurate, be aware of the various survey dates
To be able to read from a map information regarding the depth, currents
and water levels
To be able to read information regarding the bottom texture from the map
To be able to explain morphological features on nautical maps
Materials Available at the first lecture and at Blackboard.
CT4300, introduction to Coastal Engineering
Available at BookShop VSSD.
Lecture slides and video recordings available at Blackboard
Assessment Oral exam
CT4310
| Bed, Bank and Shoreline Protection | ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. H.J. Verhagen ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. J. Olthof ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period Exam by appointment
Course Contents Design of shoreline protection along rivers, canals and the sea; load on
bed and shoreline by currents, wind waves and ship motion; stability of
elements under current and wave conditions; stability of shore protection
elements; design methods, construction methods.
Flow: recapitulation of basics from fluid mechanics (flow, turbulence),
stability of individual grains (sand, but also rock) in different type of flow
conditions (weirs, jets), scour and erosion.
Porous Media: basic equation, pressures and velocities on the stability on
the boundary layer; groundwater flow with impermeable and semi-impermeable structures; granular filters and geotextiles.
Waves: recapitulation of the basics of waves, focus on wave forces on the
land-water boundary, specific aspects of ship induced waves, stability of
elements under wave action (loose rock, placed blocks, impermeable
layers)
Design: overview of the various types of protections, construction and
maintenance; design requirements, deterministic and probabilistic design;
case studies, examples
Materials and environment: overview of materials to be used, teraction
with the aquatic environment, role of the land-water boundary as part of
the ecosystem; environmentally sound shoreline design.
1 43 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals After this course the student has to:
* be able to design individually a shoreline protection along a river, a canal
or the sea
* understand the processes acting on the land-water boundary and be
able to judge which parameters are relevant for the design
* be able to determine the boundary conditions for the design of a shoreline protection, and their probability of occurrence
* understand the basics of stability in flow and wave conditions (understand the concepts of Shields, Izbash, Sleath, Iribarren, Van der Meer)
* be able to design intermediate layers between armour and susoil (filter
design), both using a granular filter as well as a geotextile
* be able to design relevant details, like a toe protection
* be able to determine the method to construct the design (execution
methods), especially how to place the rock and/or concrete element as
well as the bed protection
Education Method Lectures, computer supported studying
Computer Use Students are advised to make some computational examples with the
computer package CRESS; for chapter 10 some exercise with the package
VaP is recommended.
Course Relations CT4310 uses CT2320, CT4300, CT4320
Literature and Study Course Information is available at the Blackboard website.
Materials
Bed, Bank and Shoreline protection (G.J. Schiereck)
Available at VSSD (also available in normal bookshops, but without reduction).
Several handouts
Rock Manual (CIRIA CUR, 2007; available from bookshops,but free downloadable as pdf.
Overtopping Manual (downloadable from www.overtopping-manual.com)
Assessment Oral exam - make appointment in room 3.71
Exam Hours usually on monday and friday, see schedule with secretary)
Permitted Materials Open book examination (bring the book with you)
during Tests
CT4320
| Short Waves
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. L.H. Holthuijsen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Course Contents Introduction to the mechanics of short gravity surface gravity waves, typically encompass both sea and swell waves, for applications in coastal and
offshore engineering. Topics include (but are not restricted to) wave
refraction, wave diffraction, wave relection, wave energy balance, wave
breaking, radiation stresses, wave statistics and forces on structures.
Study Goals Insight in and knowledge of the mechanics of gravity surface waves in the
context of coastal and offshore engineering; knowledge of computation
methods; ability to formulate application techniques.
Literature and Study "Waves in oceanic and coastal waters" by L.H. Holthuijsen and published
Materials by Cambridge University Press
This book is available in any quality book shop for EURO 80,- (hard back;
or usually somewhat cheaper on internet). A 50% sized copy is available,
with special permission of the publisher, for EURO 10,- from the secretary
of the Fluid Mechanics section of the Civil Engineering faculty (mrs. Otti
Kievits, room 2.91). This book will also be used later in the wind-wave
course (CT5316). In other words: this book serves two courses.
Books See literature and study material
Permitted Materials None
during Tests
Judgement Based exclusively on written exam
1 45 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4330
| Ports and Waterways 1
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. H. Ligteringen ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. H.J. Verheij ([email protected]), T. Vellinga ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 3
Required for CT 5306
Course Contents Ports and Waterways:
Maritime transport
Specific data of merchant ships, commodity and vessel types, tramp and
liner trade
Port functions and organisation
Functions, transport chain, organisation of seaports
Port planning methodology
Types of planning, planning process, planning tasks, general observations
Planning and design of the water areas
Ship manoeuvring and hydrodynamic behaviour, approach channels,
manoeuvring areas within the port, port basins and berth areas, morphological aspects
Planning and design of port terminals
Services provided, terminal components, types of terminals, terminal
capacity (maximum or optimum) and terminal dimensions
Container terminals
Container transport, terminal operations and lay-out development
Course Contents Queueing theory for ports and inland waterways:
(continue) Port studies
Aspects in port design
Organisation, ship handling, cargo handling and inland transport
Methods for solving capacity problems in ports
empirical rules of thumb, queueing theory and simulation techniques
Queueing theory
Arrival process, service process, queue discipline
Queueing systems
M/M/1 -system, M/M/n-system, M/G/1 M/D/1 and N/Ek/1 systems, M/D/n
and D/M/n systems
Queueing systems with more general distributions of arrival and service
time
Approach to an Ek/Em/1 queue system and approach to an Ek/Em/n
queue system
Some applications
Inland waterways:
Shipping on inland waterways
Significance of inland navigation, classification of ships and waterways,
ship characteristics, ship types
Interaction between ship and waterway
Primary water movement, secondary water movement, remaining
hydraulic phenomena
Navigation speed
Ship's resistance, installed engine power, example speed-engine power
Navigation
Encounters, overtaking manoeuvres, navigation in bends, cross sections,
stopping distance
Design of inland waterway profiles
Design vessels, traffic intensity, cross-section and design parameters and
cross-sections in bends
Natural waterways
Navigation on rivers, improvements, classification of rivers, ship dimensions, river ports and mooring places.
Integration of environmental issues in port planning and design
Environmental aspects which affect port-layout
Land use planning, visual amenity, dangerous goods, dredging and
disposal of dredged material, prevention nuisance, contamination of soil
and groundwater, reception of ballast water and waste and wetlands and
nature areas
Relevant aspects for environmental impact assessment
Environmental impact assessment, pollution control, ecology and nature
habitats, use of recourses, social and gender aspects and quality of life
1 47 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals The student has understanding of his own capacity and affinity in the field
of ports and waterways.
The student has a broad overview of the field ports and waterways and
recognises the interest of related sciences.
The student understands the functions of ports and waterways in the total
transport chain with different transport modalities.
The student has knowledge of vessel types and demands with respect to
port infrastructure.
The student has knowledge of relevant hydraulic aspects for the design of
the wet infrastructures.
The student is capable to develop a design of the lay-out of a port and a
container terminal.
The student is capable to apply the queueing theory in order to determine
capacities of service systems in ports and waterways.
The student has knowledge of hydraulic phenomena in the interaction
between ship and inland waterway.
The student is capable to estimate the required dimensions of an inland
waterway.
The student understands the relevance of environmental issues in port
planning and design.
Education Method Lectures and Exercise
Course Relations CT4330 uses CT2320, CT3330, CT3340, CT4300
Literature and Study Readers:
Materials Ports and terminals
Service systems in ports and inland waterways
Capacities of inland waterways
Integration of environmental issues in port planning and design
Available at VSSD.
Permitted Materials One A4 with notes
during Tests
Judgement The case study can be rewarded with a bonus of 1, 0.5 or 0 points; rewarding of the bonus only counts when the mark of next examination is at
least 5 (not rounded off).
CT4340
| Computational Modelling of Flow
and Transport
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. G.S. Stelling ([email protected])
Exam Coordinator Dr.ir. M. Zijlema ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Elementary notions of computational modelling of flow and transport.
The following topics are dealt with during the course:
Ordinary Differential Equations, Box models/Mass spring systems
Numerical methods for ODE's, consistency, convergence, stability, stiffness
Transport equations, advection and diffusion
Numerical methods for transport equations, CFL condition, Von Neumann
analysis, Numerical diffusion
1D shallow water equations, Preissmann scheme, Staggered grids, applications
Education Method Lectures, practical
Course Relations CT4340 uses WI1316CT, WI2253CT
Literature and Study Syllabus: "Computational Modelling Flow and Transport"
Materials
Assessment Written exam, open questions
Remarks Participation in the exam only after successful completion of three practicals
1 49 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4350
| Numerical Soil Mechanics
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. F. Molenkamp ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. O.M. Heeres ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents The aim of this teaching module is to clarify the process behind the
composition of industrial finite element software. Starting from the differential field equations, boundary and possibly initial conditions the corresponding integral equation for finite element analyses are composed using
a.o. Galerkin's method. These integral equations are implemented in
numerical code and the resulting output of that code is interpreted using
computer graphics. These processes are considered in details for four
types of geomechanics problems. Finally the industrial finite element
packages Plaxis and Diana are discussed. Rather than remaining black
boxes, in this way the capabilities and limitations of industrial software
become better appreciated.
The following five topics are taught:
Introduction of programming in Fortran95. Formulation and programming
in Fortran95 by means of Finite Elements of the following 4 topics:
Foundations on elastic bedding. The distributions of the settlement of the
foundation and the bending and shear forces in the foundation are
derived. This formulation is also considered for lateral soil-pile interaction.
Plane deformation and failure of elasto-plastic solid with Mohr-Coulomb
failure criterion. The plastic failure criterion is satisfied by means of a
visco-plastic numerical iteration scheme. The factor of safety is estimated
on the basis of a series of analyses with reduced strength parameters.
The finite element analysis is compared to the classical slope stability
analysis using slip circles.
Ground water flows through embankment, involving both a free surface
and a seepage surface.
Consolidation of elastic 1-dimensional and plane-strain compression with
drainage at the upper surface due to ramp type of loading on the upper
surface. The accuracy of the numerical solution is demonstrated, both by
comparing to analytical solutions and by considering numerical solutions
with both spatial and temporal refinements. The same problems are also
analyzed by means of the industrial finite element package Plaxis.
Course Contents To assess the student's performance reports are requested on five assign(continue) ments, concerning:
Hands-on Fortran95
Beam on elastic foundation
Slope stability
Groundwater flow
Consolidation
Study Goals The students develop an insight in the way geomechanical and numerical
aspects are combined in order to achieve numerical predictions of the
behaviour of geomechanical structures both by F.E. code and industrial
F.E. software.
Education Method Lectures, case study, exercise, instruction
Materials Available at the first lecture.
Lecture notes by prof.dr.ir. A. Verruijt o-n Numerical Geomechanics
Course book by I.M. Smith, D.V. Griffiths, "Programming the finite element
method", 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons (1998), ISBN: 0-471-96543-X
available at: VSSD, Poortlandplein 6 te Delft
Assessment Assignments: 5
1 51 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4353
| Continuum Mechanics
| ECTS: 6
x/x/x/x
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents The module starts with the solution of linear equations, matrix algebra,
eigenvalues and eigenvectors and polar decomposition. Then vectors and
Cartesian tensors are considered, including dyadic products, invariants,
isotropic and deviatoric tensors, spectral representation of tensors, skewsymmetric and orthogonal tensors. Also tensor calculus is discussed and
some common integral theorems are introduced. Next the kinematics of
deformable bodies is considered, including the Lagrangian and Eulerian
descriptions of the material time derivatives of material vectors and
tensors. Particle paths, streamlines and streak lines are described as well.
Then rigid body motion is considered.
The larger topic concerns motion and deformation. This starts with the
deformation and velocity gradient tensors and the deformation of material
lines, surfaces and volumes and their rates of change. Then the polar
decomposition of the large deformation tensor, the principal stretches and
their direction and the large strain and material rotation tensors are
discussed. Also the principal strain space is introduced to facilitate the
illustration of the strain history. For small deformation the infinitesimal
strain and rotation tensors, the conditions of strain compatibility and the
displacement gradient circle are described. Finally the strain rate, spin and
vorticity tensors are considered.
Next the stress tensor is introduced, including traction and stress components, principal stresses and their directions, isotropic and deviatoric
stress tensors, the principal stress space for the illustration of the stress
history, the stress circle and various simple stress states. Additionally
other stress tensors and their related strain measures are reviewed.
Finally co-rotational material time derivatives of vector and tensor fields
are described and their physical significance is clarified, including the
Jaumann stress rate.
Course Contents Then the rates of change of integrals along material curves, surfaces and
(continue) volumes are derived and applied to the conservation laws of mass,
momentum and energy. Also flow of heat and the physical principle of
non-negative internal dissipation are introduced. These laws are also
expressed with respect to a general reference volume, thus facilitating
application in analyses of large deformation and flow.
Next some basic constitutive equations are considered, including isotropic
linear and non-linear elasticity and visco-elasticity, Newtonian viscous
fluids and some general aspects of material modelling, plasticity and
visco-plasticity, including geomechanical constitutive concepts as stressdilatancy and state of ultimate deviatoric deformation. Also transverse
anisotropy is considered. The concepts of material instability and the
controllability of constitutive models, the parameter range of uniqueness
and the occurrence of bifurcations into localized deformation modes are
described.
Finally the basic laws of physics for two- and three-phase materials (a.o.
saturated and unsaturated geomechanics) are formulated. The same
physical laws are deployed for each phase of the multi-phase continuum,
inclusive of interaction terms. Then constitutive laws for each of the
phases and their interactions are discussed. Finally the stiffness and
strength of the solid phase, the interaction with the liquid and air phases
and the flow of the pore fluid, the pore air and the heat are formulated in
general terms.
Assignments
hands-on fortran95
eigenvalue analysis of 3*3 symmetric matrix
polar decomposition of 3*3 non-symmetric matrix
stress-strain paths (in the principal spaces)
Study Goals Understanding and usage of tensor calculus
Calculation and interpretation of both large deformation and rotation of
materials and stress in materials
Understanding of the combined application of the laws of physics and
constitutive relations in order to:
- measure, interpret and formulate the properties of continuum materials
- formulate engineering problems in continuum mechanics
Understanding of the background of the mechanics and physics of multiphase continuum materials in large deformation and flow, a.o. as applied
for saturated and unsaturated geomechanics
1 53 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Relations CT4352 uses CT1021, CT1121, CT2022, CT2090, CT2100, CT3320,
CT3330, WI1316CT, WI1317CT, WI2253CT, WI3097TU
Literature and Study Eglit, M.E., Hodges, D.H., "Continuum Mechanics via problems and exerMaterials cises", Part 1: Theory and Problems, World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte.
Ltd, 1996, ISBN: 981-02-2962-3. Part 2: Answer and Solutions, World
Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd, 1996, ISBN: 981-02-2963-1.
Haupt, P., "Continuum Mechanics and theory of materials", SpringerVerlag, 2000, ISBN: 3-540-66114-x.
Available at the bookshop
Assessment Written exam (open questions), assignments
Judgement Final mark consists 70% of mark of examination and 30% of mark of
assignments
CT4360
| Material Models for Soil and Rocks | ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. R.B.J. Brinkgreve ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Required for MSc Geo-engineering
Expected prior know- BSc courses on "Grondmechanica" (Soil Mechanics) and "Toegepaste
ledge Mechanica" (Applied Mechanics)
Course Contents The course deals with backgrounds of different constitutive models to
describe deformation behaviour of soils and rock (stress-strain relationships). The models are formulated on the basis of elasticity and plasticity
theory. A part of the course is devoted to parameter determination and
the use of constitutive models in the finite element method.
-
Introduction to continuum mechanics
Stress and deformation tensors
Hooke's law
Influence of pore pressures
Simulation of standard tests (triaxal tests, oedometer tests)
Drained and undrained behaviour
Hardening, softening, hysteresis, dilatancy
Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion
Course Contents -
Parameter selection
Non-linear elastic and pseudo-elastic models
Plasticity theory, yield function, plastic potential function
Yield functions of Mohr-Coulomb, Tresca, Drucker-Prager, Von Mises
Advanced soil models
Cam-Clay, Soft-Soil model, Hardening-Soil model, Creep model
Application of models in the finite element method.
Study Goals To provide knowledge about:
- Backgrounds and theoretical aspects of constitutive models for soil and
rock
- The possibilities and limitations of constitutive models
- The selection of model parameters
- The application of constitutive models
Education Method Lectures, Assignments (exercises, as a part of the exam)
Course Relations This course is part of the core lectures of the MSc programme Geo-engineering
Materials Sitters C.W.M. (1996). Material Models for Soil and Rock.
- Sitters C.W.M. (1996). Continuum Mechanics.
- Molenkamp, F. (2003). Continuum mechanics (see Blackboard).
- Brinkgreve R.B.J. (1994) Geomaterial Models and Numerical Analysis of
Softening. Dissertation. Delft University of Technology.
At the library or :
http://www.library.tudelft.nl/ws/search/publications/search/metadata/
index.htm?docname=200834
- Brinkgreve R.B.J., Broere, W. (2004) PLAXIS Finite Element Code for Soil
and Rock Analysis, Version 8 (available at www.plaxis.nl).
Assessment Assignments (four in total), computer test (Blackboard)
Optionally: Oral presentation (only when assignments have been
completed)
Enrolment / Applica- See Blackboard
tion
Judgement Average mark from assignments and test.
1 55 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4380
| Numerical Modelling of Geotechnical Problems
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. O.M. Heeres ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Course Contents During the last decades, the numerical modeling of geotechnical problems
has become increasingly important in geotechnical practice.
This course focuses on the numerical modeling of geotechnical problems,
and consists of the following modules: construction excavations, embankments, tunneling, groundwater flow and pollution transport, dynamics,
installation of foundations, 3d modeling, inverse modeling, discrete
elements, and the use of finite elements within the framework of standards, such as the Eurocode. As much as possible, the modules are based
on engineering examples.
Starting from engineering experience, rules of thumb and basic
approaches, modeling aspects are discussed. The choice of appropriate
numerical techniques and soil models is addressed. Attention is given to
parameter determination. Capabilities and limitations of the various
analysis types and techniques are discussed, and the numerical formulations are given.
Emphasis is put on interpretation, checking, and judging the numerical
results.
Study Goals During the last decades, the numerical modeling of geotechnical problems
has become increasingly important in geotechnical practice. This course
provides the student with knowledge to perform numerical analyses of
geotechnical problems, and interpret and judge the results.
Literature and Study Reader and hand-outs
Materials
CT4390
| Geo Risk Management
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. A.F. van Tol ([email protected])
Instructor M. van der Meer ([email protected]), Prof.ir. J.W. Bosch
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Summary Ground conditions are widely acknowledged as one of the main risk
factors in most construction projects. Geo Risk Management aims to teach
the student how to apply structured management of ground-related risk
during the entire process of any construction project. The GeoQ approach
for ground-related risk management in construction projects serves as
basis. Due attention will be given to the key-roles of individuals and teams
within the risk management process of construction projects during the
feasibility, pre-design, design, contracting, construction and maintenance
phases of projects. Numerous cases from practice will demonstrate the
pitfalls and opportunities of ground-related risk management.
Course Contents Introduction: Ground-related risk and the construction industry, challenges and opportunities, construction projects, processes and contracts.
Geo-bloopers, state-of-the-art construction and a vision towards the
future.
From uncertainty via risk to geo risk management: The concepts of
uncertainty, risk, and ground conditions, introduction of the GeoQ concept
with 6 steps and 6 project phases, the link with the RISMAN approach, the
position of GeoQ towards soil mechanics, geotechnical engineering,
quality management, hazard management and knowledge management.
The human factor in ground risk management: Individuals and risk - the
concepts of individuals, risk perceptions and how individuals contribute to
geo risk management. Teams and risk - the concept of the team, teams
and risk communication and how teams contribute to geo risk management. Clients, society and ground-related risk.
The GeoQ ground risk management process: The 6 steps of the GeoQ
process - gathering information, identifying risk, classifying risk, remediating risk, evaluating risk, mobilising risk. The 6 project phases of the GeoQ
process - feasibility, pre-design, design, contracting, construction and
maintenance.
1 57 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Ground risk management tools in 6 project phases: Site classification,
scenario analysis, team-based risk indentification and classification, riskdriven ground investigations, risk allocation and dealing with differing site
conditions, the approach of the Geotechnical Baseline Report, Dispute
Review Boards, conventional and innovative contracts, the observational
method, the life cycle approach for cost-effective maintenance, an ICTsupported and risk-driven approach for dike safety assessment.
Ground risk management and ground properties: Ground layering and
properties, geostatistics, dealing with differtent types of uncertainties and
combining different types of information, sampling theories, groundwater
related problems.
Ground risk management and underground construction: Tunneling techniques, ground conditions and risk profiles, specialist foundation techniques, interaction with existing structures.
Ground risk management and building projects: Projects and construction
methods with various risk profiles, parking garages, construction pits,
interaction with existing structures, external risks e.g. vibration and noise,
use of experience data and GeoBrain.
Ground risk management and dikes: Mechanics of ground, stability and
risk, dealing with proven strength, advisors-factor (Bergambacht), relations with failure probability, (un)identified anomalies.
Ground risk management and infrastructure projects: Mechanics of
ground, settlements and risk, observational method, risks related to
vacuumconsolidation and other ground improvement techniques, case
Betuwe Route - Waardse Alliance.
Geoenvironmental ground risk management: Impact on building and
infrastructure projects during 6 main project phases, processes of
(polluted) groundwater flow, dissipation of contamination, geo-biological
processes and technical solutions like flexible emission control.
Ground risk management and some special issues: Apparent reliability of
standards, decision problem offshore projects, sand reclamation projects.
Study Goals After the course the student is aware of the inherent risk of ground within
civil engineering and construction, including the impact and difficulties of
the human factor. Furthermore, the student is able to apply principles of
ground-related risk management during the entire process for a variety of
civil engineering constructions.
Literature and Study Syllabus: Geo Risk Management.
Materials
Required lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
- Uncertainty and Ground Conditions
- A Risk Management Approach (by Martin van Staveren, published by
Elsevier, Oxford, 2006)
recommended materials:
- Risicomanagement voor Projecten
- De RISMAN-Methode Toegepast (by D. van Well-Stam, F. Lindenaar, S.
van Kinderen and B.P. van den Bunt, published by Het Spectrum, Utrecht,
2003)
available at Bookshop
Judgement One mark, based on written exam.
CT4400
| Water Quality Modelling
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije ([email protected])
Instructor Drs. G. Bolier ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Course Contents Water Quality Modelling (CT4400) deals with mathematical modelling of
water quality processes in surface waters (rivers, lakes and estuaries) and
the interrelationships between water quality and ecosystems.
The modelling of water quality processes relies heavily on physicallybased hydrodynamic processes, therefore deterministic mathematical
models are applied, with special attention to analytical solutions.
The lecture starts with transport processes and simplified 1-dimensional
solutions of the advection-diffusion equation.
1 59 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents It then continues with water quality parameters, subsequently bacteria,
(continue) nutrients & eutrophication, oxygen & BOD, suspended sediment and
temperature. To investigate the fate and transport of these constituents,
often semi-empirical approaches are needed.
Furthermore, the course will address the links between water quality and
the aquatic ecosystem.
Special attention will be given to salinity intrusion modelling in estuaries,
making use of analytical solutions that can be directly linked to ecological
relationships.
Finally, you will be taught to construct a simple water quality model for a
real-world case study.
Study Goals To be able to formulate the mass balance for the following substances:
salt, oxygen, nutrients, heat, bacteria and algae.
To be able to apply a mass balance of dissolved substances in a river, lake
or estuary
To be able to explain the influence of dispersion on the transport of
substances.
To be able to assess the linkage between hydrodynamics, water quality
and ecosystems, particularly in estuaries.
To be able to formulate a simple water quality model for a real-world case
study.
Education Method Lectures and computer exercises
Literature and Study Lecture Notes:
Materials "Water Quality Modelling"
Available at the on-line shop.
Book:
"Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries" by H.H.G. Savenije
Available at Waltman bookshop.
Assessment An interim assignment of making a water quality model
An oral exam
CT4410
| Irrigation and Drainage
| ECTS: 4
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Course Contents The course will discuss the objectives and functions of water management
systems for irrigation and drainage purposed. Analysing systems requirements in terms of technical engineering constraints, management possibilities and water users (wishes and options) is central. This includes the
design and operation of regulation structures, dams, reservoirs, weirs and
conveyance systems; balancing water supply and water requirements in
time and space is a main focus of analysis too.
The course will discuss a number of aspects, including the importance of
irrigation and drainage for agriculture worldwide; position of irrigation and
drainage within the water management discipline; determination of (crop)
water requirements, taking into account type of crop, leaching, effective
rainfall, efficiency considerations and system performance, salinisation;
design capacity for irrigation and drainage systems and canals in relation
to hydraulic behavior. Design of several types of canals; discharge and
measurement structures; selection and design of structures depending on
management requirements and options; management institutions in irrigation and drainage systems as design criteria; design of an irrigation
system, including the design process, data needed and methodologies;
hydrodynamic modelling of systems for operational optimalisation; relation between user demands and hydraulic engineering.
Study Goals Analyse a (preliminary) design for an irrigation/drainage system, taking
into account the proper procedures and data
Discuss management implications in relation to hydraulic design and
behaviour of the system
Explain the importance of a number of issues in relation to irrigation,
including salinisation, multiple use and sanitation.
Education Method Exercise, lectures
Design exercise (handed in separately from exam)
1 61 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Permitted Materials Calculator, drawing materials, study material
during Tests
Judgement Average of exam and exercise marks is final mark
CT4420
| Geohydrology 1
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor T.N. Olsthoorn ([email protected])
Instructor C. Maas ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents The student has to gain insight in the natural groundwater regime, the
processes involved and the way the groundwater system can be schematised. The student has to acquire the knowledge and skills to apply sui
table techniques in order to solve geohydrological problems. Especially the
(side)effects caused by human interference in the geohydrological system
is relevant.
After an introduction in engineering geology, involving the lithology and
stratigraphy, the relevance is made clear of geohydrology for deltaic areas
in general and the Netherlands in particular.
After this introduction groundwater and its behaviour, both physical and
chemical, are being presented.
The schematisation of the underground in aquifers and aquitards,
(in)homogeneity, (an)isotropy, systemparameters, Darcy's Law and the
law of conservation of mass are described and explained. The general
groundwater differential equation for a number of groundwater systems is
derived and analytical solutions are presented. In a computer practicum
several flow situations are calculated and analysed.
Course Contents Groundwater quality parameters, interaction between infiltration and
(continue) groundwater, artificial recharge, density driven flow (f.i. salt water intrusion) in groundwater and transport of substances in groundwater.
Finally management and exploitation and the legal aspects of groundwater are subject of discussion. In the lecture notes a number of exercises
are presented and during the lectures groundwater problems are
discussed as a preparation with respect to the written examination.
Study Goals The student has to acquire insight in the occurrence and behaviour of
groundwater, which processes play a role and how natural groundwater
systems can be schematised. Further the student has to acquire knowledge of applicable solution methods in order to be able to solve geohydrological problems and to describe the (side-) effects of certain interventions for the groundwater system concerned.
Education Method Lectures, discussion, exercise, practical
Materials Fitts, Ch.; Groundwater Science (2002)
Foltes, CW ( ); Applied Hydrology
Dufour, CF (2000); Groundwater in the Netherlands
1 63 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4431
| Hydrologic Models
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr. E.J.M. Veling ([email protected])
Course Coordinator Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije ([email protected])
Instructor Dr. E.J.M. Veling ([email protected])
Exam Coordinator Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents Modelling is an essential component of hydrological research. Philosophically speaking, the hydrological model is the codification of our knowledge
and understanding of the hydrological reality. The word model has a
double meaning. It means our perception of reality: the perceptual model;
and it means the mathematical description of this perceptual model: the
mathematical model.
As engineers, we tend to think of a hydrological model as a piece of software, but it is essential to remain aware that a perceptual model is always
underlying the mathematical model and that this perceptual model is the
most important. It is not the outside appearance of a model that characterizes it; it is the internal structure, architecture and conceptualization. Just
like a person's soul, nature and character is more important than his or
her appearance.
In this course we are mostly addressing the soul, nature and character of
hydrological models and we shall distinguish different model types
(conceptual, physical, or data-driven), different model architectures
(distributed, lumped), and different scales and processes (plot-scale to
river basin scale, groundwater, soil, river routing, etc.).
Course Contents The course is partly theoretical and partly practical. In workshops
students will receive hands-on training in the development and use of
different hydrological models. An important component of the course is
the individual assignment that students have to complete in one of the
selected fields of modelling. The oral exam is largely based on the individual assignment but will also examine the entire lecture material as
described in this lecture note and the related reference material that is
presented on Blackboard.
The course consists of the following lectures, given on 7 days:
1. Introduction.
2. Conceptual modelling.
3. Distributed models.
4. Physically based modelling.
5. Data-driven modelling.
6. Groundwater modelling.
7. Calibration and uncertainty.
8. Scaling and reduction of parameters.
9. Remarks on floating point numbers and programming style.
Study Goals The first objective is to introduce hydrological modelling. Topics discussed
relate to the selected conceptual model, model structure, mathematical
description, model calibration and validation, boundary conditions, spatial
and temporal discretisations, model parameterisation, etc. The second
objective is to present fundamental modelling issues that commonly relate
to model uncertainty and the fundamental relation between "model
complexity" and "model performance". The overall objective is to be able
to build computer models that are reliable and trustworthy, and to be able
to critically evaluate and analyse model results.
Education Method Lectures, interlaced with computer exercises. After the course an individual assignment on one particular topic of the course has to be made by
two students together. In this assignment the students have to go into
somewhat deeper detail than for the exercises during the lectures.
Literature and Study There will be a syllabus available, "Hydrological Modelling" by H.H.G.
Materials Savenije, at the start of the course. Background material will be put on
Blackboard.
Assessment Oral. Discussion of the individual assignment is an important part of the
oral exam.
Remarks The exercises during the lecture days and the individual assignment have
to be completed before the examination can take place.
1 65 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4440
| Hydrological Measurements
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. W.M.J. Luxemburg ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents Introduction:
Relation of purpose of data to data requirements. Relation of data to
costs.
Accuracy requirements of measurements and error propagation:
Related to a problem the required accuracy of measurements and the
consequences for accuracy in the final result are discussed. Different
types of errors are handled. Propagation of errors; for dependent and
independent measurements, from mathematical relations and regression
is demonstrated. Recapitulated is the theory of regression and correlation.
Interpretation of measurements, data completion:
By standard statistical methods screening of measured data is performed;
double mass analysis, residual mass, simple rainfall-runoff modelling.
Detection of trends; split record tests, Spearman rank tests. Methods to
fill data gaps and do filtering on data series for noise reduction.
Methods of measurements and measuring equipment:
To determine quantitatively the most important elements in the hydrological cycle an overview is presented of most common measurements,
measuring equipment and indirect determination methods i.e. for precipitation, evaporation, transpiration, soil moisture, river discharge and
groundwater table. Measurement of tracers for hydrograph separation and
water aging.
Advantages and disadvantages and specific condition/application of
methods are discussed. Equipment is demonstrated and discussed.
Areal distributed observation:
Areal interpolation techniques of point observations: inverse distance,
Thiessen, contouring, Kriging. Comparison of interpolation techniques and
estimation of errors. Correlation analysis of areal distributed observation
of rainfall.
Course Contents Design of measuring networks:
(continue) Based on correlation characteristics from point measurements (e.g. rainfall stations) and accuracy requirements the design of a network of
stations is demonstrated.
Aspects of electronics in measurement and data logging
are discussed and demonstrated
Computer Exercise:
Theories on processing and screening of data are applied with data from
actual river catchments. Exercises on stage-discharge relations and
discharge measurements, hydrograph seperation from tracer observationsand and areal interpolation
Study Goals After having studied the lecture material and attended the lectures the
following is expected:
Having an overview of measuring methods in hydrology and recognizing
specific conditions and requirements
Being able to assess the necessity of measurements for design, management and research. Capable of executing measurements and defining a
measurement campaign
Recognition of possible errors and propagation of errors in the final result
Recognition of the measurable parameters in the hydrological processes
and rainfall runoff relation, with the aim to participate in research or definition of research in this field
The computer exercises aim at applying the theories of data screening at
the scale of an actual catchment and applying theories and calculation of
most relevant techniques of hydrological measurements.
Education Method < 50% lectures, with invited speakers, and demonstrations
> 50% exercise
Course Relations CT4440 uses CT1310, CT3340, CT3410, CT3310, CT4440 is applied in
CT5471
Literature and Study Lecture notes "Hydrological measurements"
Materials Presentations and exercises on blackboard
Permitted Materials Formula paper
during Tests
1 67 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4450
| Integrated Water Management
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. N.C. van de Giesen ([email protected])
Instructor Dr. E. Mostert ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Course Contents The course Integrated Water Resources Management (IWRM) consists of
the following elements:
- A series of lectures
- Supervised computer lab exercises
- Unsupervised modeling exercise
- A role-play
- Group presentations
The lectures introduce a number of topics that are important for IWRM
and the modeling exercise. The lectures introduce water management
issues in the Netherlands, Rhine Basin, and Volta Basin. The role-play is
meant to experience some of the social processes that - together with
technical knowledge - determine water management.
For the modeling exercise, the class will be divided in several groups of 5
to 6 persons. Each group will model a set of integrated water resources
management issues and simulate possible development scenario's. The
two problem sets are:
- Heating up of the Rhine due to climate change
- The effects of small reservoirs for irrigation in the Volta basin
The simulation exercise and the reporting should incorporate the concerns
of the groups that are mostly affected by the issue and the groups that
can contribute most to its resolution. The report on the modeling exercise
should contain concrete recommendations.
The main modeling software to be used is WEAP, which has been developed by SEI-Boston. Students of CT4450 can use this software for the
duration of one year.
Study Goals Definitions of Water Resources Management (WRM) tend to be rather
broad and vague.
This is how it should be, but in practice, the context and the problems at
hand constrain the engineer to such an extent that any particular case
quickly becomes clear. WRM is always context dependent and should
always be problem-driven. This explains why, just as in Business Management, case studies play such an important role in teaching. The
general framework or theory of WRM will receive less attention in this
introductory course.
Skills that a WRM engineer should have:
- Good basic skills in hydraulics, hydrology, and numerical modeling. One
should be able to work from "first" principles.
- The ability to listen to other disciplines and to come to grasp quickly with
the core problems and constraints put forward by other professionals. In
practice, one may have to interact with economists, lawyers, anthropologists, ecologists, medical scientists, etc. It would not make too much
sense to teach the basics of all these disciplines to WRM engineers.
Rather, WRM engineers should develop general skills and confidence to
interact.
- Similarly, the WRM engineer should be able to present the possibilties
and constraints of hydraulic and hydrological management to non-engineers.
- WRM normally involves working in (small) interdisciplinary teams. Small
team work is, therefore, part of the course.
- Because experiments are (almost) not possible in WRM, simulation
models are the main analytical instrument available. Simulation models
serve to predict the impact of potential management interventions. At the
same time, developing simulation models helps/forces one to understand
the system at hand. Using and developing models is, therefore, the key
activity in the course.
Study Goals - Finally, it is important that the WRM engineer treats models, both exis(continue) ting and newly developed, critically. Different types of software and
models will be used to create a certain facility in dealing with these tools
in general. Through comparisons and the development of own models, a
critical attitude will be fostered.
Education Method Lectures, exercise, case study, computer lab
Literature and Study Lecture notes, Reader, WEAP Software
Materials All materials will be provided through Blackboard.
Assessment The final product will consist of a group presentation and a group report,
which will be assessed by the teachers. Peer comments from within the
groups will be used to adjust grades upwards or downwards for individuals that contributed more or less than average.
1 69 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4460
| Polders and Flood Control
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. O.A.C. Hoes ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Course Contents The lecture 'Polders and Flood Control' covers the theory and the design
practices of lowland development, land reclamation and flood control, as
applicable in deltaic areas like The Netherlands and elsewhere in the
world.
The lecture focusses especially on project preparation, reclamation of tidal
lowlands, impoldering of shallow seas and lakes, creating The Netherlands, methods of flood control, design of flood and drainage channels,
structures in drainage channels, design of flood diversion structures.
Study Goals This coarse applies hydrologic, hydraulic and integrated water management principles in the design and operation of regional water systems and
flood control.
Literature and Study Hand outs (provided during the course)
Materials
Assessment Written exam and practice
Permitted Materials Calculator
during Tests
Judgement 1/3 excercise
2/3 written exam
CT4471
| Drinking Water Treatment 1
| ECTS: 7
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. J.C. van Dijk ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. J.Q.J.C. Verberk ([email protected]), Dr.ir. L.C. Rietveld
([email protected]), Dr.ir. S.G.J. Heijman ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 4.0.0.0 + Practical 6.0.0.0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Course Contents The course gives the technological backgrounds of treatment processes
applied for production of drinking water. The treatment processes are
demonstrated with laboratory experiments.
Lectures:
The course deals with the technological backgrounds of drinking water
treatment processes:
- treatment scheme (ground water, surface water, infiltration water, bank
filtration water)
- chemistry, microbiology
- aeration and degasification (cascades, spray aeration, tower aeration)
- rapid filtration (filter materials, simple/dual media, up/down flow, pressure/gravitation, backwashing)
- activated carbon filtration (adsorption, pesticides)
- softening (carbonic-acid equilibrium, pellet reactor)
- micro and ultra filtration
- anofiltration and reverse osmosis
- coagulation and flooculations- sedimentation
Experiments:
Several unit operations - used in drinking water purification - are simulated in pilot installations on laboratory scale. The unit operations are:
activated carbon absorption
filtration of surface water
gas stripping
- hydraulic aspects of filter materials
- jar test
- softening
- nanofiltration
- flocculent settling
1 71 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Different measuring techniques and chemical analyses are used to
(continue) monitor the experiments. Where applicable, the experimental results are
used to design a full scale treatment unit. Each experiment has to worked
out in a report.
Study Goals Knowledge of technological basics and design parameters of drinking
water treatment processes.
Education Method Lectures with multimediasupport
Practical on water treatment processes, excursions
Materials Lecture notes also available at Black Board
Available at secretary Sanitary Engineering, room 4.55, Faculty of Civil
Engineering
Powerpointpresentations and exam exercises
Laboratory coat and safety glasses; available at the laboratory
Reports of experiments
Remarks Condition: reports of experiments have to be handed in before written
exam is made
Judgement Exam: average of all questions
Experiments: 80% reporting, 20% laboratory experiments
Final mark: 4/7 exam, 3/7 experiments
Contact Jasper Verberk, kamer 4.48, tel: 015-2785838,
[email protected]
CT4481
| Wastewater Treatment 1
| ECTS: 6
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J. de Koning ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Basic principles and backgrounds of wastewater treatment. General
aspects. Quality and quantity of wastewater. Fysical treatment processes
as gritremoval, screening and sedimentation. Biological processes, reactors and kinetics. Trickling filters. Activated sludge including oxygen
balance, practical aspects and final sedimentation. Sludge thickening,
sludge digestion. Operation. Design aspects.
Lectures:
The course deals with the technological backgrounds of wastewater treatment processes:
- design of a wastewater treatment plant
- wastewater: quantity and composition
- pre-treatment with screens
- settling: theory and application in grit chambers and primary sedimentation
- biological treatment: biological processes, (bio)reactors, application in
trickling filters
- activated sludge process: principles, relation between aeration and sedimentation, oxygen balance, aeration systems, types of activated sludge
processes, process control
- sludge thickening: theory and types of thickeners
- anaerobic sludge stabilization: theory, practical experiences, process
control
- management, design aspects, costs
Experiments:
Several unit operations - used in wastewater treatment - are simulated in
pilot installations on laboratory scale. The unit operations are:
- activated sludge kinetics
- bubble aeration
- flocculent settling
Study Goals Acquire basic knowledge in the field of wastewater treatment.
Education Method Lectures, practical
1 73 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials Lecture notes, handouts
Available at Blackboard
Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse, 4th Edition (Metcalf and
Eddy), George Tchobanoglous, Franklin L. Burton, H. David Stensel, ISBN
0071122508 (Paperback), ISBN 0070418780 (Hard cover).
Available at Bookshop
Reports of experiments
exam is made
Judgement Exam: average of all questions
Contact Dr.ir. J. de Koning
room 4.61, telephone (015 27)85274
email: [email protected]
CT4490
| Sewerage 1
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. J.A.E. ten Veldhuis ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.ir. F.H.L.R. Clemens ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Required for Course Sewerage II, CT 5540
Expected prior know- Knowledge of fluid dynamics is a prerequisite.
ledge
Course Contents 1. History
Relevant information on public and private hygiene, sanitary facilities,
urban drainage and sewer systems from early civilizations to present time
2. Basic principles
Wastewater system, functions of sewer systems, types of sewer systems,
sewer systems in relation to public health and housing/work conditions,
sewer systems and the environment, components of sewer systems,
concepts
3. Design basics
Quantities of domestic and industrial wastewater, rainfall statistics, rainfall
runoff, infiltration and inflow. Legal provisions and regulations.
4. Selection of sewer system
Aspects of urban planning, environmental aspects, reduction of waste
load
5. Required data
Type of information and data, sources, research to be done, questions to
be answered, accuracy of the required data
6. Proposing an appropriate conduit
Hydraulic basics, assessment of calculation results, dimensions of
networks, branched and mazed networks, examples
7. System components
Functioning of components, types of components, effectiveness, appearances, cleansing, regulations in the Netherlands
8. Pumping stations and pressure mains
Types and selection of pumping stations, design and organisation of a
pumping station, pressure mains for wastewater, selection of material,
appendages
9. Sewer asset management
Inspection techniques, cleaning techniques, failure registration, reliability
of inspection and failure data
Study Goals After successful finishing of this course, the student should be able to:
(in general)
1. design a separate and a combined sewer system
Urban drainage and selection of type of sewer system
2. know the historical developments of sewer systems
3. understand the goals of sewer systems
4. understand the differences between combined and separate sewer
systems
5. identify and reason the choice for a combined or separate sewer
system
1 75 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals Wastewater and rainfall
(continue) 6. know various kinds of wastewater and characteristics of wastewater
7. understand causes and effects of infiltration and inflow in sewer
systems
8. apply and derive Intensity Duration Frequency curves for sewer
systems
9. apply and derive the characteristics of Rain Duration curves for sewer
systems
Stormwater
10. understand the factors that influence the amount of rainfall runoff,
infiltration and inflow in sewer systems
11. apply a Unit Hydrograph and a Time Area diagram to the layout of a
sewer system
12. apply a Reservoir Model to the layout of a sewer system
Layout
13. design a layout of a sewer system, including its different elements
14. apply the various steps of the sewer design process
Storm sewers
15. apply the design procedure of storm sewers
16. analyse a certain area and select the Return Period, Intensity, and
Duration of storm water
17. analyse a certain area and quantify the Catchment Area, Surface
Types, and Imperviousness of storm water for a certain area
18. derive the Peak Flow Rates of Hydrographs for storm water sewer
systems
19. 20. evaluate the steps in the rational method and the design method for a
storm water sewer system
21. design a storm sewer on the basis of the design method including pipe
roughness, velocities, depths, pipe sizes, gradients and excavation
depths
Operation and maintenance
22. understand the principles of sewer system maintenance strategies
23. understand the reasons for inspection and maintenance, available
techniques and and their advantages and disadvantages
24. 25. understand sources of uncertainty in operational data, influencing
choices for sewer rehabilitation
26. evaluate which kind of rehabilitation of sewer systems is preferred
Combined sewers and combined overflows
27. design a Combined Sewer Overflow (CSO)
Education Method 1. Lectures: theory, basic principles including examples
2. Individual design assignment: design a sewer system for a small
housing area, including terms of reference for the design, lay-out of sewer
system, detailed design of main sewer.
Literature and Study Obligatory textbook:
Materials Book by Butler and Davies, "Urban drainage", ISBN 0-419-22340-1, publ.
E & FN Spon, 2000 / 2nd edition: 2004
Assessment Oral exam and report of design assigment; questions about design assignment can be part of oral exam.
Remarks Participation in the oral exam only after completion of design assignment.
Delivery of assignment at least 2 weeks before oral exam in order to allow
sufficient time for review.
Judgement The final exam-result is composed of 50% of the result of the exercise
and 50% of the result of the oral examination.
CT4701
| Infrastructure Planning
| ECTS: 4
Instructor Drs. E. de Boer ([email protected]), Prof.ir. F.M. Sanders
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Module A: Planning
(continued) Systems analysis: role of infrastructural services, decision making structure, decomposition into sub-problems
Demand analysis: purpose (relationship to capacity planning), methods
Identification of scenarios: functioning of infrastructure within a future
society; formulation of scenarios to describe this future, methodology
Capacity planning: methodology
Role of feasibility studies to support decision making
Actor analysis: insight into the role, the interests and the activities of
actors in design, decision making, implementation and exploitation of
infrastructure
1 77 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Module B: Design
Set up of a feasibility study: general context
Detailing of design requirements: legal procedures, functionality, environmental, safety, etc
Development of alternatives: systematic exploration of a complex decision
space (covering options for construction/technology, implementation and
exploitation)
Physical planning in relation to large infrastructure projects: interactions
with regional planning objectives and conditions; specification of mitigating and/or compensating measures
Module C: Evaluation
Application of evaluation techniques to specific infrastructure projects
(cost-benefit,...)
Identification of economic, financial and environmental impacts
Analysis of financial exploitation
Risk analysis for large projects.
Module D: Implementation
Asset management
Implementation/process planning: phasing (preparation, implementation,
exploitation)- methods for project budgeting and cost and time monitoring
Overview of possibilities/formats for financing of infrastructure: institutional, organizational, and contractual aspects; application to cases
Study Goals Basic knowledge of, and insight into, the planning, design, exploitation
and implementation of infrastructure. Generation of insight in public decision making and associated institutions and actors. Basic knowledge of/
and insight into the application of generic methods to the planning of
infrastructure. Transfer of experiences with the practical application of
methods to large infrastructure projects.
Education Method Lectures; presentations by practicioners in the field
Literature and Study Lecture notes; available on-line
Materials
Assessment Written closed book exam
Judgement Final grade based on written exam at the end of the course
CT4740
| Plan and Project Evaluation
| ECTS: 4
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Course Contents Evaluation fundamentals and application to various types of plans and
projects for civil engineering systems. Overview of evaluation methods:
Cost-effectiveness, Benefit/Cost, multi-criteria. Schematisation of evaluation problems: benefit and cost pattern, discounting. Valuation of effects.
Indirect effects. External effects. Indirect valuation. Valuation environmental components. Financial, economical, and social evaluation. Cost
recovery. Optimisation of the composition of projects and plans. Applications: analysis of different themes in evaluation based on recent studies.
a) Fundamentals for evaluation - basic methodology
overview of development in evaluation methods
significance/necessity for evaluation of plans and projects: examples
cost-effectiveness
multi-criteria methods
benefit/cost analysis: schematization of benefits and costs, time valuation,
discounting, shadow price, criteria, repayment period, cost recovery
b) Impact assessment
potential problems with estimation of effects and prices
valuation of effects: direct and indirect effects, external effects
indirect economic valuation
valuation environmental impacts
allocation of benefits and costs
financial-, economic-, and social evaluation
uncertainty in evaluation
1 79 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents c) Optimisation of plans/projects - prioritisation
optimal allocation/use of inputs
scale effects; cost types
relation between investment and maintenance costs
prioritisation within a set of projects (plan) with a budget limitation
incremental analysis
d) Applications: analysis of different themes in evaluation using recent
studies
evaluation of a flooding/drainage problem (quantification of uncertainty;
damage function; application of standards)
regional water supply (multi-sectoral strategy development; capacity planning)
evaluation of High Speed Rail Transport options in the USA (consumer
surplus; environmental impact; possibilities for public/private partnerships)
evaluation of the High Speed Rail connection in the Netherlands (accessibility)
overview of the evaluation of the Betuwe freight line (long term strategy;
international competition)
environment and economics in the transport sector (internalising external
effects)
Study Goals The main goal of the course is to provide the student with the concepts
and tools for an optimal design/composition of plans and projects, incorporating aspects from a technical-, financial-, economical-, and social
viewpoint. Evaluation, including systems analysis, impact assessment and
application of efficiency criteria and prioritization techniques, is essential
in such optimization.
The basic concepts are presented and illustrated/applied in the lectures
and presentations. The concepts and techniques are universal, the
examples in the course are primarily derived from the transport- and
water sectors.
After passing the course the participant will be able to set up his/her own
evaluation or make a critical review of existing ones. Based on the many
worked examples the course will further provide the participant with a
sense (combination of technical/financial/economical insight) for optimization of projects/plans.
Education Method Lectures; presentations by practicioners in the field
Literature and Study Course Notes, available on-line
Materials
Assessment Closed book written examination; about 2/3 of the questions concern
practical problem formulations for which an evaluation has to be
composed; 1/3 of the questions test the understanding of concepts in
evaluation based on the material from the lectures
CT4780
| Underground Space Technology,
Special Topics
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. J.W. Bosch ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Expected prior know- Course CT 3300, Use of Underground Space
ledge
Summary The course is a follow up of the course CT3300 "Use of Underground
Space". It deals in depth with a number of topics related to the realisation
and use of underground constructions. New developments, special
construction technologies and safety will be addressed as well as underground storage, logistic systems and multiple use of land.
Course Contents Bored Tunnels: new developments
Soil treatment
Social Safety
Operational Safety
Risk management
New Construction Technology like sandwich wall (hybrid constructions),
grout studs and vertical micro tunneling.
Underground storage
Underground Logistic Systems
Tunnel facility management
Immersed tunnels: new developments
Deep building pits
Smart Soils
Multiple use of land; cases, like South axis Amsterdam or other major
development.
Case, new tunnel projects in The Netherlands.
Study Goals Students obtain deep knowledge of the latest developments in the use of
underground space. Based on this knowledge they are able to study and
asses complex circumstances, resulting in integral solutions.
Education Method Lectures, cases.
Literature and Study Lecture notes.
Materials Handouts, available at Blackboard.
1 81 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4801
| Transportation and Spatial Modelling
| ECTS: 6
Responsible Instructor Dr. M.C.J. Bliemer ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. P.H.L. Bovy ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Course Contents Objectives of modelling in transport and spatial planning. Model types.
Theory of travel and locational behaviour. System description of planning
area. Theory of choice models. Aggregate and disaggregate models. Mode
choice, route choice and assignment modelling. Locational choice modelling. Parameter estimation and model calibration. Cases and exercises in
model application.
Role of models in transportation and spatial systems analysis; model
types; designing system description of study area (zonal segmentation,
network selection); role of shortest path trees
Utility theory for travel and location choice; trip generation models, trip
distribution models; applications
Theory of spatial interaction model; role of side constraints; distribution
functions and their estimations; constructing base matrices and estimating OD-tables
Theory of individual choice models
Disaggregated choice models of the logit and probit type for time choice,
mode choice, route choice and location choice
Integrated models (sequential and simultaneous) for constructing ODtables
Equilibrium theory in networks and spatial systems
Course Contents Route choice and assignment; derivation of different model types (all-or(continue) nothing model, multiple route model, (stochastic) equilibrium model);
assignment in public transportation networks; analyses of effects
Calibration of parameters and model validation; observation, estimation,
validation; estimation methods
Individual exercise computing travel demand in networks; getting familiar
with software; computing all transportation modelling steps; analyse own
planning scenarios; writing a report
Study Goals Insight in the function of mathematical models in transportation and
spatial planning;
Knowledge of theoretical backgrounds of models;
Knowledge of application areas of models;
Ability to develop one's own plan of analysis for model computations;
Ability to apply models on planning problems;
Ability to present outcomes of model computations.
Education Method Lectures, exercise, practical
Materials Lecture notes Transportation and Lecture notes Spatial Modeling
Manual of exercises in Omnitrans
Transparancies and other material on Blackboard
Assessment Written exam (open questions, closed book)
Practice(s) with a reporting and oral defence
Remarks The individual exercise must be completed and the deadline for handing in
the report is week 7. The exercise grade will remain for a maximum of 13
months.
NB: In case the exercises are not completed in time, one will not be
allowed to make the final written exam.
Judgement Written exam (3/4) + exercise and oral defence (1/4)
1 83 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4811
| Design and Control of Public Trans- | ECTS: 4
port Systems
Responsible Instructor Ir. P.B.L. Wiggenraad ([email protected])
Instructor Dr. R.M.P. Goverde ([email protected]), Dr.ir. R. van Nes
([email protected]), Prof.dr.ing. I.A. Hansen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents Part I: Networks and timetable
Functional design of networks; types of lines and services; functional
design of rail, metro, tram and bus (transfer) stations and stops; timetable
design variables, tools and efficiency indicators; duty roster
Part II: Operation and control
Automatic vehicle/train detection and monitoring; signalling and train
protection systems (ATP, ATC, ATO); ETCS, ERTMS; reliability, punctuality,
regularity of services; deterministic and stochastic models; queuing
theory; network stability estimation; simulation tools; dispatching and
conflict resolution; dynamic passenger information
Part III: Public transport systems
High-speed lines and rolling stock design; Maglev and LIM-technology; ICand regional train characteristics; steel and rubber metro technologies;
peoplemover systems; mixed operation of heavy and light rail; (low floor)
tramway design; diesel, trolley, natural gaz and battery buses; dial-a-bus;
paratransit
Part IV: Air transport systems
Airport allocation, development and layout; aircraft characteristics; flight
rules and headway; runway, taxiway and terminal design; interterminal
transport; airport access
Part V: Policy and management
Deregulation policy; tendering and franchising of public transport
services; deregulation models of railways; privatisation of British Railways;
separation of railway infrastructure and operation in NL
Study Goals Getting knowledge and insight in the function of operations planning and
control of public transport systems. Developing the ability to design public
transport networks, timetables and signalling system. Estimating the
capacity, stability and punctuality of line services. Understanding the
policy and principles of deregulation of public transport and tendering of
line services. Estimating and controlling the performance and quality of
public transport services.
Education Method Lectures, assignments, essay
Course Relations CT4811 uses CT2071, CT3041, and CT4801
Literature and Study Hansen I.A., Pachl J., "Railway Timetable & Traffic", Eurailpress Hamburg
Materials 2008, ISBN 978-3-7771-0371-6, available at the secretariat Transport &
Planning, (room 4.11)
Remarks Submission of assignments and essay before the examination
Judgement 1/3 essay, 2/3 written examination
CT4821
| Traffic Flow Theory and Simulation | ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. S.P. Hoogendoorn ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.dr. H.J. van Zuylen ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 0.0.4.0 + Exercise 0.0.4.0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
1 85 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Part 1 of the lectures discusses fundamental traffic flow characteristic,
introducing traffic flow variables speed, density, and volume. Their definitions are presented, and visualization/analysis techniques are discussed
and emperical facts are presented.
Part 2 pertains to the emperical relation between the flow variables.
Part 3 discusses bottleneck capacity analysis.
Part 4 presents shockware analysis, which is one of the techniques available to analyze oversaturated traffic systems.
Part 5 presents a review of macroscopic traffic flow models and their principal properties, as well as innovative macroscopic traffic flow models
developed at Delft University of Technology. It shows how macroscopic
models are derived from microscopic principles. Furthermore, traffic flow
stability issues are discussed as well as numerical solution approaches.
Part 6 handles microscopic traffic flow characteristics, such as headways,
speeds, etc.
Part 7 provides an overview of human factors relevant for the behaviour of
drivers. This part discusses the different levels of the driving task execution, responses times, etc.
Part 8 discusses car-following models and other approaches describing the
lateral driving task.
Part 9 pertains to general gap-acceptance modelling and lane-changing.
Part 10 presents an in-depth discussion of microscopic simulation models.
Different approaches to microscopic model derivation are discussed as
well.
Part 11 discussed microscopic models for pedestrian flow behaviour.
Study Goals Gain insight into theory / modelling of traffic flow operations (generic)
Learn to apply theory and mathematical models to solve practical
problems
Gain experience with using simulation programmes for ex-ante assessment studies
Education Method Lectures, computer assignments
Materials Lecture notes available via blackboard
Old examinations
May, A. (1990) Traffic Flow Fundamentals Prentice-Hall
Assessment Written examen, open questions
Practical (groups of 3 students)
Remarks Written exam >5
Practical >5
Judgement Calculation: 2/3 written exam
1/3 practical
CT4822
| Dynamic Traffic Management I:
Ttraffic Control
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr. H.J. van Zuylen ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. T.H.J. Muller ([email protected])
Assistent Dr.ir. A. Hegyi ([email protected]), F.S. Zuurbier ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Course Contents The course teaches the design, optimization, simulation and evaluation of
traffic control on intersections, urban networks and ramps. The objectives
that can be realized are discussed and the ways how on a tactical level
traffic control can be optimized to realise the goals. Traffic control is developed for multimodal networks use is made of design and simulation
programs.Traffic flow models for intersections and networks.
Development process for dynamic traffic management.
Traveller's behaviour and the impact of dynamic traffic management.
Traffic control as strategy to realise policy goals.
Computer tools for design and evaluation of traffic control.
Tactics for the optimization of traffic control.
Building a simulation program for controlled networks using VISSIM.
Assessment of traffic control.
Traffic control for public transport.
Optimisation of controlled networks.
Study Goals Knowledge about the development of a strategic Dynamic Traffic Management plan
Knowledge about the possibilities of traffic control
Knowledge about the use of digital simulation programs
Skills in the design, simulation and evaluation of traffic control for intersections
Education Method Lectures, exercise, practical, paper
Literature and Study Syllabus: op Blackboard
Materials Lecture notes
Supplement
Available at the lecturer or at lecture.
1 87 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Assessment Written exam (open questions), assignments, paper
Remarks Exercises completed with grade >= 5
Time between exercise report and examination no longer than 13 months.
Judgement Calculation: 2/3 examination and 1/3 exercise report
CT4830
| Laboratory Experiments
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Ir. M.F.C. van de Ven ([email protected])
Instructor Ing. J. Moraal ([email protected]), Ing. W. Verwaal
([email protected]), Ir. L.J.M. Houben ([email protected]),
M.R. Poot ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents In groups of about 4 students a number of tests on an asphalt mix and on
unbound materials are done as well as measurements on a pavement
structure and a railway structure. For every test and measurement an
individual measuring report has to be made.
Education Method Laboratory experiments
Materials Handout of laboratory experiments
Research on asphalt mixes (in Dutch), Publication 2 of VBW-Asfalt, Breukelen
Assessment Examination parts: measuring reports
Judgement The final mark is the average of the marks for the individual measuring
reports
CT4831
| Data Collection and Analysis
| ECTS: 4
Instructor Dr.ir. J.W.C. van Lint ([email protected]), Dr.ir. S.P. Hoogendoorn
([email protected]), Ir. E.A.I. Bogers ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Course Contents This course addresses data collection, modeling and decision making
methods in a number of typical planning and research problems in the
areas of transport - and infrastructure (& spatial) planning. The course
has a workshop format comprising introduction of the problem and
methodology, followed by application in assignments. The emphasis is on
identification of an appropriate analysis technique. Various software
packages are introduced in an user-friendly way based on a tutorial and
application to a case. The participant obtains hands-on experience in the
set up and application of the methodology in a number of assignments.
The following methodologies are covered:
- derivation of relationships between variables in observed data: lineair
and non-lineair regression, logistical regression, cross-tables
- analysis of survey data ; estimation of transport parameters: set up and
execution of a data collection program and interpretation of results
- use of time-series in planning and design; information content of time
series; analysis of time series, preparation of projections
- modeling discrete choice relationships
- uncertainty analysis; need for sensitivity analysis; analysis with MonteCarlo simulation
- structuring of problems using decision trees
- problems with a large/complex solution space: network- and sequential
type problems.
The participant works out a set of assignments; he makes a selection from
an available list to match his interests. A minimum number of assignments
have to be completed to pass the course.
The following software is being used: spreadsheet, SPPS (statistics),
SOLVER (integer and lineair programming), Cristal Ball (add-on for Excel:
Monte-Carlo simulation), Predictor (time series analysis + projection).
1 89 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals The course aims to create quantitative insight into problems related to
transport- and infrastructure planning (interpretation, schematization,
modeling, trade-offs) and cultivate analytical skills to solve such problems.
A wide range of methods/techniques and available software are introduced and applied. The course will be especially useful to generate ideas/
approaches for analysis in research/thesis projects and provides tools for
such work.
Literature and Study Course notes containing lecture notes and assignment instructions; avaiMaterials lable on-line
Other materials:
Software will be handed out as required.
Assessment Written open book exam, report on assignments
Remarks The assignments require to solve a particular case problem and the participant is required to write a report on her/his findings. The written open
book exam contains open questions in which the participant is tested on
her/his insight into the problems and methods
Judgement Final grade calculation: 50% assignments + 50% open book exam
CT4850
| Road Paving Materials
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. L.J.M. Houben ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. A.L.A. Fraaij ([email protected]), Ir. M.F.C. van de Ven
([email protected]), Prof.dr.ir. A.A.A. Molenaar ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents Stresses and deformations in pavement structures. Characterisation of
various road building materials, such as clay, laterite, sand, stabilised
soils, base materials, concrete, (modified) butimen and bituminous
mixtures. Mechanical behaviour of these materials as a function of the
external conditions (stress levels, loading time, temperature, moisture),
the performance based design of mixtures, tests, specifications, recycling
and environmental aspects. Measures and materials for road maintenance.
Course Contents Qualitative insight into stresses and deformations in road pavements and
into the various damage types (such as cracking/fatigue, rutting and
ravelling);
Clay, laterite and sand: grain size distribution, classification, tests (CBRtest, triaxial test), effect of moisture content and compaction, principles of
swell/shrinkage and suction, mechanical behaviour (failure, stress-dependent resilient and permanent deformation behaviour);
Soil stabilisation: principles, application of binders (lime, cement,
bitumen), construction techniques, variation of material properties;
Base materials: overview of materials (including industrial waste products
and recycled materials) with environmental aspects, mechanical behaviour
(failure, stress-dependent resilient and permanent deformation behaviour);
Concrete: types of cement with their properties, admixtures, mix design,
use of secondary materials, factors influencing the behaviour, tests,
special concrete types (such as porous concrete and high strength
concrete), shrinkage and high temperature stresses especially within
'fresh' concrete;
Bitumen: origin, production, rheological characterisation and mechanical
behaviour, aging, specifications, fit-to-purpose modifications;
Course Contents Bituminous mixtures: raw materials and mix composition, type of mixes
related to behaviour, aggregate skeleton, performance based mix design
(B15, SHRP, France), interaction bitumen/aggregate, bond, materials for
maintenance, fatigue behaviour and dissipated energy, permanent deformation, durability, practical behaviour and test methods, specifications,
special mixes (such as mixes impermeable for fluids, mixes for bridge
decks and dikes);
Maintenance measures such as milling, overlays and repair of cracks and
ruts.
Study Goals Gaining insight into the effects of both internal factors (such as grading,
composition and degree of compaction) and external factors (stress
levels, loading time, temperature) on the structural behaviour of road
materials in a pavement structure.
Literature and Study Road Materials Parts I, II and III (Section Road and Railway Engineering).
Materials Available at the section secretariat.
Road Building Materials (Section Materials Science)
1 91 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT4860
| Structural Pavement Design
| ECTS: 6
Instructor Dr.ir. M. Huurman ([email protected]), Ir. M.F.C. van de Ven
([email protected]), Prof.dr.ir. A.A.A. Molenaar ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents Stresses and strains in flexible pavements: theory of Boussinesq for
homogeneous half-space, Odemark's equivalency theory, (non)lineairelastic multi-layer theory with comparison of calculated and measured
stresses and strains, lineair visco-elastic multi-layer theory.
Structural design of asphalt pavement, distress types, input data for the
design (traffic loadings, climate, material behaviour), analytical design
procedures incl. stochastic aspects, software packages for design of
asphalt mixes (PRADO) and asphalt pavements (BISAR), measurements
to determine the functional condition of the pavement (visual condition
survey, axle loads, deflection measurements), design of overlays.
Structural design of concrete pavements: areas of application, types of
concrete pavements, pavement structure, stresses and deformations in
plain concrete pavements due to traffic loadings and temperature, design
criteria, analytical design methods (especially the Dutch design method,
including the software package VENCON2).
Structural design of small element pavements: areas of application, pavement structure, research into the structural behaviour, design criteria,
analytical design methods (especially the Dutch design method, including
the software package BESCON/DELPAVE).
Probabilistics: the principles of probabilistics applied in the structural
design of road pavements (with calculation examples).
Special pavement structures such as pavement with light-weight
Expanded Polystyrene Foam, plastics and sheets, reinforced asphalt,
asphalt on bridge decks and parking garages.
Exercise: the computer-aided structural design of an asphalt pavement
(including the design of the asphalt mix and probabilistics), a concrete
pavement and a small element pavement.
Study Goals Gaining insight into the structural design and performance, and into their
influencing factors, of the various types of road pavements. Acquiring
practical skills through an exercise that includes the computer-aided structural design of an asphalt pavement, a concrete pavement and a small
element pavement.
Literature and Study "Structural Design of Pavements", Part I, II, III, IV, V and VI.
Remarks Prerequisite: Exercise approved (mark 6 or higher)
Judgement Exercise approved (mark 6 or higher)
CT4870
| Structural Design of Railway Struc- | ECTS: 4
tures
Instructor Dr. V.L. Markine ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents Principles of rail guidance
Wheelset and track interaction, lateral movement of a wheelset on
straight track, effective conicity, hunting movement, worn wheel profiles,
optimum wheel profile design, risk of derailment, macro and micro
geometry of track, adhesion, train resistance, track force diagram.
Numerical analysis of track structure
Track stiffness, numerical models of track: continuously and discretely
supported beam on elastic foundation, two- and multi-layer track models,
static and dynamic analyses of track structure, effects of incidental and
periodical perturbations, dynamic numerical models vehicle-track interaction, analysis of switches.
1 93 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Temperature effects and stability of track
(continued) Lateral resistance of track (elastic, plastic, bi-linear), analytical solutions,
temperature effects in tracks on bridges, numerical models for estimation
of track longitudinal forces, analytical approach for track stability analysis,
critical values, situations in curves, computer-based models for track
stability analysis.
Rails
Rail properties, wear, lubrication, wheel-rail contact mechanics, rail fracture mechanics, residual stresses in rails, stresses due to combined Q/Y
load, production requirements, testing methods.
Inspection methods
Recording systems, wheel band defects, relevant wave bands, deterioration of track geometry, ultrasonic rail inspection, life cycle costs.
Track building and maintenance methods
Track maintenance and renewal, correction systems, maintenance of track
components, safety aspects and train speed restrictions.
Numerical models in railway engineering
Introduction to numerical modelling, static analysis of track using
MATLAB, dynamic analysis of track and train interaction using RAIL
program, analysis of longitudinal forces in rails and track stability analysis
using LONGSTAB software.
Computer exercises
Use of numerical models in railway engineering
Study Goals Acquiring understanding of the functional and mechanical behaviour of
railway structures under various loadings and conditions.
Education Method Exercise, lectures, instruction
Materials Book C. Esveld (2001) Modern Railway Track. Second Edition
Handouts of the lectures
via internet: www.rail.tudelft.nl
Remarks Completing computer exercises (mark 6 or higher)
Judgement Calculation: The final mark is based on the mark of the exercises (20%)
and of the oral examination (80%)
CT5050
| Additional MSc Thesis
| ECTS: 11
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. F.M. Sanders ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period None (Self Study)
Exam Period none
Course Contents Additional Graduation Work may or may not be related to the MSc
Graduation Work, but it may, in any case, be seperately distinguished. The
content of the project is defined by appointed staff members. Suggestions
may come from students as well.
Study Goals Demonstration of ability to perform research at an academic level
Education Method Assistence of supervisor when needed.
Assessment Report
CT5060
| MSc Thesis
| ECTS: 42
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. F.M. Sanders ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period none (self study)
Exam Period none
Course Contents The Graduation Work consists of a graduation project, a thesis report, a
summary of the report and a final presentation.
Study Goals - Demonstrate scientific and technological skills- Show ability to work
independently- Demonstrate capacity to mange, both technically and
time-wise, a research or design project- Familiarise with fundamental
research, possibly to prepare for a PhD study.
Education Method Independent work
Assessment Assessment
1 95 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5100
| Repair and Maintenance of
| ECTS: 4
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents This course deals into greater depth with durability aspects and the maintenance and repair of materials in constructions. The course is obliged for
students who want to get their MSc degree in Materials Science at the
Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences.
Topics are:
degradation of concrete, metals, wood, polymers and bitumen/asphalt
maintenance technology, strategies and management
quality systems and certification
examples from practice presented by experts from the field such as:
protection and maintenance and repair of steel structures
protection and maintenance and repair of concrete structures
protection of wood in constructions
the monitoring of asphalt roads, repair and re-use of old asphalt in road
constructions
inspection methods, aspects concerning environment and ARBO as well as
economics
paint systems
Failure Mode Analyses
Study Goals After the course the student has gained knowledge on the theories of
maintenance, repair, quality systems and certifications on the one hand as
well as on the degradation behaviour of materials on the other hand. The
cases will help the student to apply the two aspects at the operational
level.
Education Method Lectures, discussion, 3 case studies
1 obligatory excursion to TNO (The Thursday excursion to at the end of
the course plus city walk while looking at old stony materials)
Materials Book of prof. Bijen "Durability of Engineering Structures"
Available at the secretariat of the section Materials Science of the Department of Civil Engineering.
Hand-outs and powerpoint presentations
Available at the section secretariat
Assessment Oral examination.
Remarks Lectures will be given partly in the classrooms at the Department of Civil
Engineering and partly during an excursion at the site by the instructor
and experts in the field.
The student is requested to prepare 3 cases on topics discussed at the
excursion in groups and to participate actively in the discussion sessions
during the excursions.
Judgement Based on the results of the cases (75%), presentation and discussion with
experts in het field (25%)
CT5102
| Capita Selecta Materials Science
| ECTS: 3
Instructor Dr. H.S. Pietersen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Required for Student who want to be a consultant in Civil Engineering Materials practice
Expected prior know- A basic course on Materials Science
ledge
Parts Concrete, Concrete Petrograph, ESEM, FMEA, Corrosion, Polymers and
coatings
1 97 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents This course is for students who want to get their MSc Degree in Mechanics, Materials and Constructions and who want to learn more about
Experimental Aspects of Consultancy in Civil Engineering Materials.
Some topics are: Rehabilitation, maintenance and materials control, corrosion, coatings and paints, renovation and maintenance of concretes,
microscopical techniques in materials control such as petrographic
analyses in concrete control and the RILEM method for "Failure and Effect
Mode Analyse".
The course is especially suited for those students who want to work in the
field of consultancy in maintenance and building (construction/material
application) problems. The course is meant for students who want to
focus on consultancy in the building practice (engineering offices, consultancy offices, contractors).
Each year some topics will be offered to the students. Each topic includes
theory and a case or practical from the building practice preferentially
supported by an expert from the field. For one topic the student will
prepare a case and present this to the other students. In the course 20082009 two practicals are obligatory: The corrosion practical and the
concrete petrography practical.
Failure and Effect Mode Analyses is a handy tool for the engineer and
consultant to get an insight into the long term behaviour of materials in a
construction.
Study Goals After successful completion of the course the student will be able to be an
active participant in the discussions with experiments of the field. The
student will be able to couple theoretical aspects with practical aspects
and the student will have the tools to act successfully as a consultant in
the specific field. The student is familiar with corrosion and corrosion tests
as well as petrographic techniques and can prepare samples to analyse
the material.
Education Method Lectures, case study and practical in the microlab of the Faculty
Course Relations The course Ct5100 Maintenance and Durability of Building MAterials
Literature and Study Lecture notes Ct5102
Materials Available at the section secretariat and after April 2008, the lecture notes
can be bought digitally.
- Powerpoint presentations (from the instructor)
- Blackboard
Practical Guide In Lecture Notes
Assessment Written examination. The practical output will be part of the tentamination. The student can request for an oral examination instead of the
written examination.
Permitted Materials Hand written sumnmary
during Tests
Enrolment / Applica- Via course leader
tion
Special Information Via course leader
Remarks The cases must be completed and handed over to the course leader.
Judgement Average of cases and presentation + discussion after the presentation +
practical output
Contact dr.ir. A. Fraaij assoc.prof.
Room 6.03 building of Civil Engineering
[email protected]
CT5110
| Concrete - Science and Technology | ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. K. van Breugel ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. C. van der Veen ([email protected]), Dr.ir. C.R. Braam
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior know- CT5110 uses CT1121 and CT2122
ledge
Course Conents This course constitutes a bridge between science of cement-based building materials and its application in the engineering practice. Coming
engineers are equipped with knowledge that is required for the choice of
the best material for a specific application and the realization of concrete
products and concrete structures that meet the required performance
criteria. The following topics are addressed:
1 99 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents - Raw materials and mixture design
(continued - Workability
- Hydration processes and development of microstructure
mechanisms and numerical simulations; applications)
- Relationship between material properties and microstructure
- Properties of hardened concrete: strength, stiffness, creep
and shrinkage
- Porosity and permeability, tightness
- Degradation processes: Alkali-silicate reaction, freeze-thaw
damage
- Materials-related execution and curing aspects
All these items will be dealt with for different types of concrete, viz:
- traditional concrete
- (ultra) high strength concrete
- lightweight aggregate concrete
- self-compacting concrete
- fiber reinforced concrete
Study Goals Engineers are equipped with the knowledge and know-how that is needed
for the proper choice of the concrete mixtures for the realisation of good,
durable concrete structures and concrete products.
Education Method Lectures,Computer self-test "Calcrete"
Materials
Dutch:
1. "Beton als constructiemateriaal: eigenschappen en
duurzaamheid", by H.W. Reinhardt
English:
1. "Properties of concrete" by A.M. Neville
This book can be borrowed at the secretariat of the section
R. 6.29).
Strongly recommended other materials:
- Computer self-test "Calcrete" (via Computerroom)
- Reader / hand-outs
- Available at the Blackboard website.
Appointments can be made at the secretariate (R. 6.29)
CT5122
| Capita Selecta Steel and Aluminum | ECTS: 4
Structures
Responsible Instructor Ir. A.M. Gresnigt ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents Steel;
Properties and application of high strength steel, stainless steel, cast steel
and cast iron;
Welding: welding processes, weldability, weld quality, welding method
qualification and welder's qualification, non-destructive testing, fitness for
purpose;
Fabrication and erection of steel structures;
Learning from failures: several failures are analysed and lessons
discussed;
Welding exercise: in a welding exercise, different welding processes are
demonstrated and students are encouraged to experience welding by
themselves;
Aluminium;
Properties and application of different alloys;
Aluminium products;
Examples of structures in aluminium;
Design and calculation of structures in aluminium;
Fatigue;
Fire resistance.
2 01 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Literature and Study See dictat and handout during lectures
Materials
Dictate "Capita Selecta: Steel and Aluminium - Part Steel"
Available at the secretariat of Steel and Timber Structures.
Dictaat "Aluminium", "Talat - CD-rom".
Tijdschrift "Bouwen met Staal"; verkrijgbaar bij vereniging Bouwen met
Staal te Rotterdam
"(Over)spannend Staal Construeren deel A en B
"ESDEP lectures CD-rom"
Tijdschrift "Bouwen met Staal" available at the vereniging Bouwen met
Staal te Rotterdam
Permitted Materials Calculator
during Tests
CT5123
| Introduction to the Finite Element
Method
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. L.J. Sluys ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. A. Simone ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
| ECTS: 4
Course Contents This course provides an introduction to the finite element method. Aspects
of the finite element method, from the mathematical background through
to practical implementation and use are discussed. Emphasis is placed on
solving problems in elasticity and structural mechanics.
Topics include:
Development of weak governing equations;
Galerkin methods for calculating approximate solutions;
Finite elements for plane and 3D continua Discretisation, finite element
shape functions, isoparametric mapping, numerical integration, formation
of element stiffness matrices;
Finite elements for structural applications (rods, beams and plates);
Continuity requirements, thick and thin plate theories, different element
formulations, shear locking;
Computer implementation of the finite element method;
Storage, assembly and solution of finite element equations;
Analysis of the finite element method;
Galerkin orthogonality, rates of convergence for different elements, basic
error estimates;
Dynamics
Lumped and consistent mass matrices, modal analysis, implicit and
explicit direct time integrators, wave propagation in elastic continua;
Literature and Study "The Finite Element Method: An Introduciton, by G.N. Wells.
Assessment Final examination (written, inclass), Assignments
Judgement Partially based on written examination and assignments
CT5124
| Timber Structures 2
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J.W.G. van de Kuilen ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. J.G.M. Raadschelders ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
2 03 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents The course deals with advanced material properties of timber: fatigue,
failure criteria, grading and strength distributions, the design of timber
structures for road and waterworks, built-up beams, renovation techniques, fire safety of timber buildings, reliability engineering.
Timber: strength grading, statistical distributions, sustainable forestry,
failure criteria.
Durability: decay mechanisms, maintenance and repair methods,
carpentry joints.
Fire and fire behaviour: material properties, design calculations.
Steel components for connections: column supports, hinges for frames,
foundations.
Tapered beams: single and double tapered beams, pitch cambered beams
Lifetime modelling and durability engineering: reliability analysis, integration of mechanics and durability. Tube fastener joints, structures for road
and waterworks: bridges, lock gates, guardrails, sheet pile walls, timber
piles. System effects: Load-sharing, 3D design calculations.
Deformations and vibrations: creep and long term behaviour, floors,
bridges
Built-up beams and columns: stressed skin panels, I-beams.
Laboratory exercise
Study Goals Students will be able to use advanced engineering tools for the design of
timber structures, including 3D analysis of structures, structures for road
and waterworks and maintenance of monuments.
Literature and Study STEP Timber Engineering 2
Materials
Lecture notes
Assessment Oral exam, Assignments
Judgement Oral exam grade is final grade
CT5125
| Steel Bridges
Responsible Instructor Dr. A. Romeijn ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
| ECTS: 4
Course Contents Manifestation of steel bridges as from 1945:
factors affecting the manifestation of steel bridges, material choice for
bridges, historical development of bridges: overview
Introduction to the design:
general, the superstructure, deck systems, beam and plate girder bridges,
truss girder bridges, box girder bridges, etc., guidance on initial design
Conceptual choice:
data for the design, conceptual choice, other factors influencing conceptual choice, the creative process in designing
Bridge Eurocodes:
design, rules for fabrication and erection of steel structures, (steel)
products
Course Contents Orthotropic steel bridge decks:
recommendations for the structural details and dimensions, design procedure, lifetime calculations for orthotropic steel bridge decks
Arc bridges, box girder bridges, cable-stayed bridges, truss bridges, integral bridges, etc.:
description of characteristics, choice of elements, design aspects (steel
and steel-concrete bridges), examples
Design of railway bridges:
ultimate limit states, serviceability limit states, dynamic effects, comfort
criterion
High strength cables in bridges:
definitions, basic types of high tension components, mechanical properties, finite-element modelling, aerodynamic oscillation, cable frequency
Noise from railway bridges:
sound as a physical phenomenon, noise aspects of railway bridges, structural solutions used in The Netherlands to minimize bridge noise
Movable bridges:
design aspects
Case study
Design and dimensioning of a bridge component
Study Goals As a result, the student should be able to:
understand the behaviour of many types of bridges incl. movable bridges
create and design different types of highway and railway traffic bridges
evaluate alternative solutions
design bridges by optimal use of steel and concrete
understand alternative construction and erection methods
work with Eurocodes
Education Method Lectures, excursion, case study
2 05 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Literature and Study Steel bridges, Steel-concrete bridges
Materials
CT5126
| Fatigue
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr. A. Romeijn ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. J.W.G. van de Kuilen ([email protected]), Ir. J.A. den Uijl
([email protected]), M.H. Kolstein ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents The student will learn how to design fatigue loaded steel / aluminium /
concrete / timber structures.
Two-thirds of the course is spent on lectures, while the remaining is dedicated to exercises.
The main topics are:
fatigue actions: basic principles, determination of stresses and stress
intensity factors, stress history
fatigue resistance: basic principles, classified structural details, fatigue
strength modifications, resistance against crack propagation, resistance of
joints with weld imperfections
fatigue assessment: general principles, S-N curves, crack propagation
calculation, service testing
parameters influencing the fatigue strength of steel / aluminium /
concrete / timber connections/structures
safety considerations
synthetic fatigue curves
Exercise
Questions for all four types of materials considered
Study Goals The aim of this course is to provide knowledge for the design and analysis
of steel structures, aluminium structures, concrete structures and timber
structures.
As a result, the student should be able to:
understand the phenomenon fatigue
design a structure against the limit state due to fatigue damages
work with relevant (Euro)codes
apply fracture mechanics
Literature and Study Fatigue steel / aluminium / concrete / timber
Materials
Hand outs
Assignments
CT5127
| Concrete Bridges
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. C. van der Veen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents Students will learn how to choose between the different types of bridges,
estimate the construction depth and the different methods of constructions. Starting point is to describe the structures of the most common
types of bridge.
Much attention will be paid to the historical development in prefabricated
girders and concrete cross-sections cast in situ. The method of load distribution will be discussed in detail, as well as the design of expansion joints
and the use of structural bearings. Special attention will be focused on
bridges with long spans such as cable stayed bridges. Typical vibration
problems are discussed. Finally, the use of high strength concrete and the
effects on the design is explained. Two-thirds of the course consists of
lectures, while the remaining one third is dedicated to case studies. These
case studies deal with the various aspects that have to be acquired to
complete this course. Students can choose to perform the case study individually or in pairs.
2 07 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents The following topics will be discussed:
Bridge type and appearance
Understanding of the type and behaviour of types of bridges
Types of load. Traffic loads, load combination, temperature loads, impact
loads based on the Dutch Code
Development in prefabrication (precast beams). Beams and slab bridges
Distribution of loads, method Guyon-Massonnet, influence lines and
influence surfaces
Design rules presented as depth/span-ratio
Post-tensioning, cable alignment in-situ concrete
Construction method; in-situ balanced cantilever construction; in-situ box
girder construction on false work; incrementally launched box girder
bridges; solid slab and voided slab
Cable stayed bridges
Application in high strength concrete
Dynamic loads, vibrations
Case study:
Design and dimensioning of a prestressed concrete bridge and a cantilever bridge.
Study Goals At the end of the course the student should be able to create an appropriate design of a bridge with the right dimensions. Students are able to
distinguish between different methods of construction and are able to
explain the relationship to reinforcement and/or prestressing cables.
Furthermore, knowledge is present about cross-sections of prefabricated
girders and where to use. Students are also familiar with the methods of
load distribution. In addition they are able to evaluate the different alternatives and analyse and calculate roughly the main dimensions of the
bridge.
Literature and Study Design Concrete Bridges
Materials Available via Black board.
Handouts
Computer program
Assessment Oral exam, assignments
CT5128
| Fibre-Reinforced Polymer (FRP)
Structures
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor M.H. Kolstein ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents Structural applications. Fabricatin processes. Materials and material
properties. Design- and calculations methods. Connections. Design rules.
Management and maintenance. Case studies.
Assessment Oral tentam
Judgement Exam grade is final grade
CT5129
| Concrete, Steel and Timber in
| ECTS: 4
Coastal & River Engineering Structures
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. J.C. Walraven ([email protected])
Instructor Dr. A. Romeijn ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents This course relates to the design and detailing process on structural engineering problems in coastal, river and underground environment. It
mainly concerns the material and structural design of coastal, harbour and
underground structures such as: container storage /terminal platforms,
bridge piers, jetties, wharfs and tunnels. Important aspects due to environmental conditions affecting a structure are wind and waves, currents,
earthquakes, variable loads and the response of a structure and its foundations to these factors.
2 09 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
Identify the basic elements such as boundary conditions, code specifications, feasibility of the construction process in an integrated design
process for coastal and river engineering structures in concrete, steel and
timber;
Analyse and optimise an underwater unreinforced concrete floor;
Make a preliminary design of a platform, a mooring structure and a quay
wall;
Optimise the process of design in terms of minimum material usage,
proper material selection and economic construction process;
Develop a design methodology in which all structural/mechanical engineering aspects are being dealt with;
Generate different design concepts and to select one of them in view of
costs, execution time and durability.
Literature and Study Hand-outs
Materials
Assessment Oral presentation, oral exam
Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
Identify the basic elements such as boundary conditions, code specifications, feasibility of the construction process in an integrated design
process for coastal and river engineering structures in concrete, steel and
timber;
Analyse and optimise an underwater unreinforced concrete floor;
Make a preliminary design of a platform, a mooring structure and a quay
wall;
Optimise the process of design in terms of minimum material usage,
proper material selection and economic construction process;
Develop a design methodology in which all structural/mechanical engineering aspects are being dealt with;
Generate different design concepts and to select one of them in view of
costs, execution time and durability.
Remarks Prerequisite
Completed case study and exercises
CT5130
| Capita Selecta Concrete Structures | ECTS: 4
Instructor Dr.ir. C.R. Braam ([email protected]), Dr.ir. E.A.B. Koenders
([email protected]), Ir. J.A. den Uijl ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior know- CT5120 uses CT3150
ledge CT5110 (Concrete Science & Technology) is recommended
Course Contents Part A: Seismic design
Principles of seismic design of concrete structures. Measures are indicated
for making concrete structures earthquake resistant. Detailing of reinforcement and providing ductility is essential and is dealt with in detail.
Part B: Temperature effects
Temperature effects in hardening and hardened concrete. Emphasis on
difference between structural response under external loads and imposed
deformations. Both materials aspects and structural aspects are dealt
with. Aspects of building physics are considered briefly (temperature
calculations).
A specific topic concerns the behaviour of hardening concrete. Young
concrete problems are discussed from both the scientific and engineering
point of view.
Attention is given to judgement of crack patterns and failure causes in
hardening and hardened concrete structures.
Effect of imposed deformations on safety and durability at dealt with.
2 11 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Part C: Silo's, reservoirs, storage and concrete protective structures
Loads and design criteria for storage structures
- Hydrostatic and/or bulk loads
- Tightness criteria
- Load factors
- Design of rectangular and cylindrical reservoirs in reinforced and
prestressed concrete.
- Concrete protective structures under extreme loads, e.g. impact, blast,
fire, cryogenic loads.Modelling of extreme loads and response of concrete
and concrete structures under extreme conditions is given due attention.
General principles of judgement of protective systems and the consequences of this for the design is dealt with.
Exercise (1 ECTS)
An obligatory exercise (1 credit point) covers essential aspects from parts
B and C. The exercise concerns a reinforced of prestressed reservoir
under hydrostatic and thermal load.
Study Goals Fundamentals of a-seismic design of concrete structures;
Knowledge of the behaviour of concrete structures in the early stage of
hardening, including measures to influence this behaviour (through technological and structural measures);
Design of concrete structures subjected to imposed deformations (temperature, shrinkage);
Design and execution of storage systems in reinforced and prestressed
concrete;
Liquid tight design of concrete structures;
Safety considerations in case of storage of hazardous product, i.e. liquefied natural gas, hazardous waste etc.
Materials - Opslagconstructies (Storage systems)
- Reader "A-seismic design"
- Temperature and shrinkage effects in concrete structures
Available at the section secretariat (mw. J.M. van der Schaaf, Stevin Laboratory).
Lecture sheets
Available as download from blackboard
Assessment Case study (25%) and oral exam (75%)
Students can make appointments for the examination via the section
secretariat in Stevin II (mw. J.M. van der Schaaf)
Special Information For detail of the course information can be obtained by:
prof.dr.ir. K. van Breugel (Room 6.30)
dr.ir. C.R. Braam (Stevin II)
CT5131
| Fire Safety Design
| ECTS: 3
Instructor L. Twilt ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Expected prior know- CT5131 uses CT3051, CT3121, CT3211
ledge
Course Contents Basic principles: occurrence of fire, consequences of fire, aims fire safety
design, fire safety measures (passive, active). The fire process, initiation
of fires, fire development & modelling. Reaction-to-fire & smoke production (material behaviour), various level of performance, national & European classification systems. Resistance-to-fire (behaviour of structural
elements): thermal loading & response, mechanical loading & response,
evaluation for concrete, steel and timber. Smoke control: smoke production, smoke propagation, modelling Active measures, automatic detection,
automatic suppression, smoke exhaust Fire regulations, national (Bouwbesluit), European (Construction Product Directive, Euroclasses, Eurocodes). Fire Safety Engineering: options, perspectives, examples.
Study Goals To get familiar with teach the basic principles of fire safety in buildings;
To get familiar with teach the occurrence and development of building
fires;
To get familiar with teach the behaviour of materials and structures in fire;
To get familiar with teach fire safety measures (active & passive);
To get familiar with teach the fire safety regulations (national & European).
Literature and Study Syllabus "Fire Safety Design"
Materials will be distributed (in parts) during the lectures
(Over)spannend Staal Construeren, deel A en B
2 13 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Assessment Written exam, open guestions
Summary General introduction to the fire safety design of buildings. Emphasis on
structural fire safety and regulations (national & European). Basic principles of fire safety design of buildings, consequences of fire, various
options for fire safety design. Phenomenological description of the fire
process, schematisation and modelling of the fire process, mechanisms of
fire propagation. Material behaviour (reaction-to-fire) and structural behaviour (resistance-to-fire) and the options to quantify this behaviour.
Emphasis on concrete, steel and timber structures. Smoke issues: smoke
production, smoke spread and smoke control. Active measures (automatic
suppression, detection). National fire regulations: Building Decree (Bouwbesluit), concept, assessment methods, principle of equivalence. European standardisation (Construction Product Directive, Eurocodes,
Euroclasses). Recent developments regarding the fire design of buildings
(Fire Safety Engineering).
CT5142
| Computational Methods in Nonlinear Solid Mechanics
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. L.J. Sluys ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents In the lecture series computational techniques for the description of nonlinear behaviour of materials and structures will be treated.
Topics of the course are:
mathematical preliminaries;
structure of nonlinear finite element programs;
solution techniques for nonlinear static problems;
solution techniques for nonlinear dynamic problems;
plasticity models for metals and soils;
fracture models;
visco-elastic and viscoplastic models for time-dependent problems;
computational analysis of failure and instabilities;
geometrically nonlinear analysis;
The series provides the student with the basic knowledge to adequately
use standard finite element packages that are equipped with the tools for
nonlinear mechanics.
Literature and Study Syllabus
Materials obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Dictate "Computational methods in non-linear solid mechanics", R. de
Borst and L.J. Sluys
Assessment Oral examination on the basis of a set of exercises
Practical completed
Judgement Examination mark is final mark.
CT5143
| Shell Analysis, Theory and Applica- | ECTS: 3
tion
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Course Contents Many structures can be modelled as thin elastic shells. Examples are pressure vessels, ancient domes, LNG storage tanks, space trusses, industrial
chimneys and BLOB architecture. The course provides understanding in
the parameters that are important for design of these structures.
The course covers analytical and numerical methods for analysing shell
structures. The governing differential equations are derived. Analysed are
cylinders, cones, spheres and hyppars. The deflections, membrane
stresses and bending stresses are calculated. Influence lengths and edge
disturbances are derived. Finite elements are presented and the limitations discused. Computational analysis is demonstrated. Instability of
several shell shapes and the effect of imperfections is discussed.
Study Goals After completing this course you will understand the force flow in shell
structures and be able to manually calculate stresses, deformations and
buckling loads of elementary shell shapes. You will understand the scientific approach to deriving the governing differential equations and be able
to make, interpret and check finite element analyses of shell structures.
Course Relations CT5140, CT5123,
Literature and Study Hoefakker J.H., Blaauwendraad J., "Theory of Shells", Delft University of
Materials Technology, Sept. 2003, pp. 270
Provided by the instructor
Assessment Written exam, The exam mark is the final mark
2 15 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5144
| Stability of Structures
| ECTS: 3
Instructor Prof.ir. A.C.W.M. Vrouwenvelder ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior know- CT4150
ledge
Course Contents Elastic Stability
Single-degree-of-freedom systems; Pendulum systems; Exact secondorder stiffness matrix; Linearised second-order stiffness matrix for FEM
packages; Formulas for lateral buckling and torsional buckling; Buckling of
elastically supported beams; Snap-trough behaviour; Minimum potential
energy.
Plastic Stability
Virtual work for nonlinear systems; Influence of geometrical nonlinearities
on the failure load and the failure mode; Elastic-plastic stability of frames;
Determination of the critical load with the Merchant-Rankine formula.
Study Goals After completion of this course you will understand the general features of
slender structures. You will be able to perform various analyses to determine the behaviour of frame structures. You will understand the inner
workings of computer programs for second order analysis. You will know
formulas for often occurring situations in engineering practice.
Literature and Study Lecture Book
Materials Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M., "Structural Stability", Delft University of Technology, 2003
Available at www.uniportaal.nl
Software provided by the instructors
Assessment The mark will be based on the assignment report and a short oral exam.
Remarks The homework assignment consists of two parts, 1) various analyses on a
selected frame including manual and computer computations of the buckling and post buckling behaviour and 2) a more theoretical problem on
buckling.
CT5145
| Random Vibrations
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. A.C.W.M. Vrouwenvelder ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents General introduction into the problem field of stochastic and dynamic
loads and the position of the course in the teaching of engineering mechanics;
mathematical aspects of the modelling of stochastic processes, Fourier
series, Fourier analysis, transfer functions, variance spectra etc; formal
mathematical approach of the problem field;
modelling of the stochastic process in general;
application of the modelling of the stochastic process to the dynamics of
structures; the response of a single- or multi-mass-spring system and its
judgement with respect to ultimate load bearing capacity (safety), fatigue
and comfort;
applications: wind load on high-rise buildings, wave loads on offshore
structures and earthquakes; simplifications that are commonly made in
practice and which are laid down in standards.
Study Goals Getting familiar with design of civil engineering structures under random
dynamic loadings like wind, waves and earthquake.
Education Method Lectures, tutorial
Materials
Stochastische trillingen (b15)
Available at the lecturer.
Condition for the conduction of the exam: Report of the exercise should
be rewarded with a satisfactory mark (>6)
Judgement Condition for the conduction of the exam: Report of the exercise should
be rewarded with a satisfactory mark (>6)
Determination of the final mark:
Report of assignment (67%) plus oral exam (33%
2 17 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5146
| Micromechanics and Computational Modelling of Building Materials
| ECTS: 3
Instructor Dr.ir. H.E.J.G. Schlangen ([email protected]), Dr.ir. M.R. de
Rooij ([email protected]), G. Ye ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
ledge CT5146 uses CT5110 (Concrete Science and Technology)
Course Contents This fundamental course focuses on special topics that give insight in the
performance of building materials. The aim is to understand the relationship between materials properties (macro level) and the underlying
chemical and physical, i.e. thermodynamic, mechanisms and processes
that are in force on the nano; micro- and meso-level. The course concentrates on cement-based materials, but other materials frequently used in
the civil engineering practice can be considered as well (e.g. asphalt).
Typical issues dealt with in detail are hydration processes and the formation of the microstructure of cement-based systems. Specific differences
between different building materials are considered, particularly in view of
the relative brittleness of cement-based systems. Ways to improve ductility are considered. Pore structures characterization and transport properties of porous materials are discussed in view of durability.
Course Contents The knowledge provided in this course enables students to understand
(continue) why materials behave as they do and to "design" new materials or to
improve existing materials by intervening in their nano-, micro- or
mesostructure. Strategies for organising advanced materials research will
be discussed in detail, for example the parallel execution of experiments
and conceptual and numerical modelling.
This course is relevant for students with special interest in fundamental
theoretical and experimental research and is recommended for those who
consider proceeding with a PhD study after their MSc. The course is open
for both master students and PhD-students and will be integrated in the
curriculum of the Research School BOUW. For specific topics of the course
guest docents are invited.
Study Goals This course focuses on the relationship between materials behaviour and
structure of the material on different levels of observation, viz. nano-,
micro- and mesolevel. Knowledge of phenomena acting on different levels
of observation, as well as methods, both experimental and conceptual, for
studying these phenomena, are dealt with. Conceptual and numerical
modelling of materials behaviour is a core activity in this course. Specific
aims of the course are:
Acquiring insight in nano-, micro- and mesostructure of building materials;
Judgement and use of suitable techniques for fundamental studies of building materials, e.g. cement-based materials;
Numerical modelling of materials behaviour and of transport- and degradation processes in porous materials.
*tour in the Micromechanics Laboratory
Literature and Study Book: "Simulation of hydration and formation of structure in hardening
Materials cement-based systems - Part I"
Available at the section secretariat (Room 6.29)
Obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
Lecture Notes available at blackboard
Literature and Study Book: "Construction materials: Their nature and behaviour"
Materials Ed. J.M. Ilston & P.L.J. Domone
Spon Press 2001, ISBN 0-419-25860-4
Book: "Materials Science and Engineering - An Introduction"
William D. Callister, John Wiley & Sons
Standard work. Valuable but expensive)
Book: "Fracture processes of Concrete"
Available at Bookshop Prins.
2 19 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Remarks This course concentrates on chemical, physical, stereological and fracture
mechanics aspects of building materials with emphasis on cement-based
materials. Materials are looked at on the nano-, micro- and meso-level
and materials properties are explained by referring to those fundamental
levels. Modern developments in the field of experimental research techniques and numerical modelling of materials are dealt with.
The following topics will be dealt with:
Reaction kinetics of hydration processes in cement-based systems;
Development and modelling of the microstructure and pore structure of
cement paste and concrete;
Rheology;
Fracture processes: cause and effect;
Time dependent processes: creep and relaxation;
Transport- and degradation processes;
Experimental research techniques: microscopy, calorimetry, porosimetry;
(Numerical) modelling;
Towards design of materials (Computational Materials Science).
This course is open for both Master students and PhD students.
CT5148
| Computational Modelling of Structures
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. J.G. Rots ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents The course focuses on finite element modeling of civil and building engineering structures, both linear and non-linear. The choice of element
types, constitutive models, selection of material parameters, boundary
conditions, loading schemes, control procedures and other modeling
aspects are discussed and critically reviewed, from a user's point of view.
Possibilities, limitations and pitfalls of analysis types and models are
treated, in connection to the underlying theory and algorithms. Attention
is given to interpretation of results, equilibrium checks, convergence
checks and judgment of output in relation to engineering design rules.
Students are teached to critically approach or even distrust computer
outputs, rather than naively show off exciting color plots.
Course Contents The specific content is: 1D, 1.5D, 2D, 2.5D and 3D modeling types and
(continued) analysis methods, smeared cracking, discrete cracking, plasticity, bedding
and interface models, geometrically nonlinear options, phased analysis of
construction stages and special options like embedded reinforcements and
prestress.
The course is based on real-world engineering examples, augmented by
small-scale test simulations and academic exercises. Application fields
cover structures of concrete, steel, masonry and other quasi-brittle materials, and soil-structure interaction. CAD-FEM connections are addressed
with a view to buildings of free-form geometry. Recent research on
sequentially linear techniques for softening and structural optimization is
touched upon.
Study Goals Provide guidelines for setting up, running, interpreting, verifying and validating finite element simulations in structural engineering and design.
Education Method Lectures, computer modeling exercises, finite element case studies.
Literature and Study Lecture power points available on blackboard. Reader compiling backMaterials ground papers and application examples. DIANA multi-purpose finite
element software, including pre- and postprocessors.
Assessment Results of exercises and written report on case study, followed by oral
examination.
CT5201
| Building Component and Material
Specification
| ECTS: 4
Instructor Ir. S. Pasterkamp ([email protected]), O.S.M. van Pinxteren
([email protected])
Contact Hours / week 0/2/0/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Education Period 2
Course Language Nederlands (op verzoek Engels)
ledge
2 21 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents This course comprises the design of a new building finishing component
(façade, roof, door, window, etc.). Before bringing a new product to the
market, extensive documentation, specification and testing is necessary to
avoid failure or fiasco.In this course students will develop a building
component on basis of performance requirements. Students compose
documents to describe the application of the product, the assembly on
site, the properties and its behaviour. Calculations will be made to numerically check some aspects of the design. Furthermore testing procedures
will be identified to check if and proof that the requirements are met.
Study Goals In this course you will go trough the process of all technical considerations
of bringing a newly developed product to the market. You will be responsable for overthinking your product, identify possible failure mechanisms,
specify testing procedures and documenting everything. This course will
help you in your later practice to critically judge your own ideas and those
of others for new products, and help you prevent failures and fiasco's.
Education Method Lectures and design exercise in groups of two students. Final report and
presentation in front of the other groups.
Literature and Study Obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s): Afbouwconstructies IV
Materials On Blackboard
Assessment Report and presentation of the design exercise and testing procedure.
Judgement Design: 50%
Calculation/modelling: 15%
Testing/evaluation: 15%
Presentation/report: 20%
CT5220
| Conservation of the Structural Heri- | ECTS: 3
tage
Responsible Instructor Ir. G.J. Arends ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents Maintenance of historical structures; analyse of problems; possibilities and
proposals to repair; examples of restoration.
Analyse of strength, stiffness, stability and fire safety of a case. Formulation and check of proposals to improve including restoration philosophy,
maintenance and technical means and possibilities. Report.
Literature and Study Reader "Maintenance of historical structures"
Materials
Assessment Oral exam and assignments
CT5230
| Technical Building Services
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Ir. A.C. van der Linden ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents An introduction to the technical building services to be found in buildings
and their performance. In particular the interaction between services and
the characteristics of the building from the point of building physics is
examined.
Main subjects are:
quality of the inside environment
mechanical ventilation systems; climate and air-conditioning systems, the
influence on physical (comfort) parameters, requirements as to spatial
planning (size and location in the building, effect on supporting structures
and finishing structures)
artificial lighting: lighting design, types of light fittings, etc.
energy consumption of total building design, energy performance standard (Du.: energieprestatienormering, EPN)
Education Method Seminar, lectures
2 23 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials
Technical building services CT5230
Climate systems; integration of buildings and services
Available at Sale of Lecture Notes Architecture
Heating, ventilation, electronic systems and sanitary facilities in homes
and residential buildings. Description of inside environment and climate
systems
Available at the Civil Engineering library.
Assessment Exercise (orally to be discussed afterwards)
CT5241
| Applied Building Physics
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. W.H. van der Spoel ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Course Contents This course is a continuation of the courses Building Physics & Building
Engineering (CT3221) and Advanced Building Physics (CT4221) and is
meant for those who want to specialize in Building Physics. You will
prepare for research into building physics in projects, analyse problems in
the area of building physics independently, present them in models and
report on them. Although you will focus on modelling of building physics
problems, a strong link with practice and practical solutions is maintained.
The following subjects are dealt with: (2 of the following 4 subjects must
be chosen as practical assignment)
1) Thermal behaviour of building constructions. Tools are provided that,
based on basic principles, allows one to quickly build a dynamical thermal
and/or hygrical model for seemingly complex building physics problems.
Assignment using Matlab/Simulink.
Course Contents 2) Room-acoustics. Practical work will be done to calculate the "acoustical
(continued) quality" in a room, which may vary from a concert hall to a restaurant.
Catt-Acoustics is the ray tracing program that will be used to calculate the
different acoustical values. These values need to be interpreted in order to
have an idea about the quality of the room in acoustical terms.
3) Daylight. Assignment on modelling light scenes in a room using Dialux
in connection with EN-NEN 12464-1.
4) Room air flow. Assignment on simulation of free-convective air flows in
a room using Fluent. Calculation of effectiveness of counter-measures for
cold air flow along windows.
Study Goals You will
- Develop a critical attitude towards software tools by making several
practical assignments
- Obtain skills in using several specific software tools that can be widely
used within its domain (airflow, acoustics, lighting)
- Obtain knowledge and insight in a numerical method for solving complex
time-dependent thermal problems using general-purpose software
(Matlab/Simulink).
Education Method Lectures to introduce the subjects, used software tools and assignment.
For a great part you will be working independently on the assignments.
Contact with supervisor on adhoc basis.
Literature and Study Lecture notes CT3071, CT3221 and CT4221
Materials Additional readers/notes are handed out and/or available at Blackboard.
Assessment A report on each working assignment must be submitted.
Judgement Evaluation of the reports by corresponding supervisor; presentation
session and final review.
2 25 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5251
| Structural Design, Special Structures
| ECTS: 5
Responsible Instructor Ir. S. Pasterkamp ([email protected])
Instructor A. Borgart ([email protected]), Dr.ir. P.C.J. Hoogenboom ([email protected]), Prof.ir. L.A.G. Wagemans ([email protected]), R. Houtman ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
Required for Structural Design Master specialisation
Course Contents Introduction course in the field of special structures, their architecture,
structural behaviour, design process, special design knowledge, and
special techniques, combined with practical use of design- and analysis
tools for structural engineering.
Theory of Shells.
Study Goals Introduction into special structures: their mechanical behaviour, structural
analysis, design process, special design techniques and practical use of
tools for analyses and design.
Education Method Lectures by various lecturers from different faculties: civil engineering and
architecture and engineering firms
Practice workshops for hand-on experience.
Exercise in the design of a free form structure
Written examination.
Computer Use GSA, Easy, AutoCAD, Blender, Sketch-up, Excel
Literature and Study Drawing and design materials
Materials Course study-guide
Course reader
Design assignment handout
Recommended materials
See course guide and reader
Schodek, Structures
Physical modeling materials
Assessment
Presentation Design & report: of the process and the results of the workshops in a set format.
Written examination: of knowledge from the reader and the lecturers.
Enrolment / Applica- Blackboard
tion
Remarks Since several years non-standard or blob-architecture has emerged in
architectural practice. These free form structures emphasize the structural
engineer's problem of dealing with non-orthogonal geometry.
However, in ancient times Roman building masters already knew how to
build vaults. And in the '70s the group of Frei Otto and the ILEK experimented much with architecture derived from nature, which was quite
free-form, all without or with little computational tools.
This course is an introduction on historic and modern types of special
structures:
Structures in nature, biomimetics
Shells and vaults
Membrane and pneumatic structures
Cable-nets, tensegrity
Space frames
Grid structures and domes
Adaptive and deployable structures
However, these structures and their design are not common practice. The
students will be introduced to several techniques and methods of understanding and designing such structures.
Following aspects will be lectured:
Historic overview
Remarks Mechanical behaviour of shells
continue) Structural analysis
Physical modeling
Generative modeling, form finding and optimisation
Recent advances in computation & structural design
Structural morphology
Design of membrane structures
Several of these structures can be found around the world, sometimes
famous ones such as the Opera House in Sydney. In the coming decade
more of these structures will be realized. Form finding and computation
will be some of the key-aspects of design. This course therefore will give
an introduction to practical use of simple computational tools to make a
very powerful description of a structure for analyses and design.
Judgement 25% examination
75 % assignment
Each with a minimum of a 5.0
2 27 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Contact Ir. S. Pasterkamp: [email protected]
Student-assistant: [email protected]
Appointments
Secretariat of the section Structural Design: J.M. van der Schaaf,
room: 1.52 ext: 015-2783990
CT5300
| Dredging Technology
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor G.L.M. van der Schrieck ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Expected prior know- CT5300 uses CT2090, CT2330, CT3320, CT4300, CT3310
ledge
Course Contents Dredging technology with components digging, transport and disposal of
dredged material and their scientific background. The possibilities of dredging during the realisation of large civil engineering projects.
1 General introduction:
Definitions of dredging process and dredging equipment. Description of
the dredging process. Related scientific area's. Dynamic versus static soil
mechanics. Production factors.
2 Dredging equipment:
Description of cutter suction dredger, suction hopper dredger and other
dredging equipent.
3 Dredging projects:
Description of all types of dredging projects: maintenace dredging, capital
dredging and environmental/sanitation dredging.
4 Excavation process:
Soil cutting theories: breaching and eroding of sand, cutting of sand clay
and rock.
5 Pumping, lifting and transport:
Pump theory: dredging pumps and drives, theory of hydraulic transport.
6 Dumping of soil and settlement in basins:
Theory of settlement , excecution and quality control on the dumping and
reclamation site.
Course Contents 7 Relation between soil characteristics and dredging processes:
(continue) Soil mechanic aspects, soil investigation methods, soil classification,
geofysical soil investigation.
8 Other related area's of interest:
Survey and positioning, depth measurement, tolerances, operating cost
standards for dredging equipment, workability, production measurement.
Study Goals The recognition of the possibilities and restrictions of the use of dredging
equipment for the realisation of large civil engineering projects:
- Knowledge of working methods and different kinds of dredging projects.
- Influence of soil characteristics and weather restrictions on workability
and employability of dredging equipment.
- Productions and tolerances for dredging projects
- Knowledge and understanding of the basic facts and basic fysical
processes of
dredging of soils:
* Excavating
* Pumping
* Hydraulic transport by pipelines
* Settling and dumping
* soil investigation procedures for dredging works.
* Relation between soil characteristics and dredging process
* Soil classification
Being able to work with the characteristics of the centrifugal dredgepump,
the drive and the pipeline resistance.
Education Method Lectures:
During each lecture one or two short 10 min. video's will be shown.
These video's represent an essential part of the course enabling a better
understanding of the dredging processes. For this reason, among others,
attendance to the lectures is highly recommended.
Excursion:
After the lectures there wil be an excursion to a dredging project site of
one of the large Dutch dredging contractors. This excursion will be
planned after the examination period.
2 29 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials Lecture notes Dredging Technology:
Orders should be sent by email to G.L.M. van der Schrieck. See the
instructions on the blackboardsystem.
Syllabus:
A syllabus with questions and answers is available on blackboard.
All other neseccary information is also available via the blackboardsystem.
Recommended non obligatory other materials:
- Dredging, a handbook for engineers, N. Bray, 1996. .
- Soil mechanical aspects of dredging, W. van Leussen/Nieuwenhuis.
- Agricultural soil mechanics, A.J. Kollen/H. Kuipers.
- Introduction to rock mechanics, R.E. Goodman.
- Slurry transport using centrifugal pumps, K.C. Wilson.
- Project excecution aspects of hydraulic soil movement, CROW nr. 87.
- Classification of soils and rocks to be dredged, PIANC, Brussel 1984.
- British Standard code of practice for site investigations, BS5930 1981.
- Instrumentation and methods for hydrographic surveys and coastal
measurements, R. van Oostveen, lecture notes IHEE Delft.
- Cost Standards for dredging equipment 2005. R.N.Bray, 2005
CIRIA C655. www.ciriabooks.com
Reader Lecture notes Dredging Technology:
Orders should be sent by email to G.L.M. van der Schrieck. See the
instructions on the blackboardsystem.
Syllabus:
A syllabus with questions and answers is available on blackboard.
All other neseccary information is also available via the blackboardsystem.
Exam Hours 1 hour oral exam by appointment at secretary desk Section of Hydraulic
Engineering
Special Information All information is available on blackboard.
Judgement Judgement from the oral examination with the use of a score-tabel
Contact ir G.L.M. van der Schrieck
CT5301
| Consolidation Theory
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. F.B.J. Barends ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents Consolidation during loading of saturated deformable porous media, like
soil. Similar processes are recognized in human bones (knee disc) and in
the paper industry. Deformations in such media cause pore volume
changes and corresponding pore fluid pressures will initiate seepage and
affect the functioning. It is of great importance to settlements and stability, in particular when permeability is small, compressibility is large and
strength is limited. In delta areas such type of soil is everywhere. Dikes,
rail and road embankments are composed of it. Consolidation affects the
transient stability of slopes, building pit walls and tunnel shields, and it
plays a role in dredging, land reclamation, drainage and pumping
systems.
The lectures focus on multi dimensional and complex, but realistic and
practical situations. It treats the background of time dependent interaction of water and soil with special emphasizes on peculiar and unexpected
behaviour. A survey is given of the practically available methods and illustrative situations are analyzed individually and in teams. Analytical,
numerical and simple engineering methods are introduced.
The material presented consists of an English manuscript and separate
handouts, which will be given during the lectures. Computers and suitable
models are provided for.
During each lecture a specific practical problem is discussed. After knowledge introduction the participants should find by their own creativity and
with the aid of available facilities (computer models, test results) suitable
solutions that will be evaluated collectively. The teacher will also act as
client or consultant. Active participation (including some homework) is
sufficient to obtain a personal proof of skill. Thus, participation is mandatory, and there is no separate examination. Several specialised guest
lectures will participate.
Study Goals The student will become capable of recognising the character of the
problem and of selecting a suitable procedure. The use of some commercial models is practiced.
Education Method Teamwork lecturing with the assistence of several guest lecturers.
2 31 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials Theory of Consolidation
Hand outs
Assessment Test(s) and homework
Individual and team exercises
Remarks Fundamentals of multi-dimensional time-dependent mechanical behaviour
of saturated soils, relevant for deformation and stability of civil engineering constructions and handling of pumping systems, draining systems,
dredging and underground fluid reservoirs
CT5302
| Stratified Flows
| ECTS: 3
Course Coordinator Dr. J.D. Pietrzak ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior know- CT2100, CT3310
ledge
Summary Flows influenced or caused by density differences. Basic equations
The two-layer model: internal waves. Steady state flows
Internal hydraulic jumps and gravity currents. Turbulence and mixing
Classification of estuaries
Course Contents Flows influenced or caused by density differences.
Basis equations for an ideal fluid, vorticity.
The two-layer model. Flow over topography. Method of characteristics.
Internal and external long waves. Steady state two layer flows with friction. Salt wedge.
Internal hydraulic jumps and gravity currents.
Instability of layered flows; Kelvin Helmholtz instability; Continuous stratification.
Turbulence, entrainment and mixing.
Salt intrusion in estuaries, classification of estuaries. Gravitational circulation.
Study Goals An understanding of why small density differences may have a significant
effect on the flow.
Insight into the basic physics governing flow in an estuary.
Knowledge of internal waves, steady state two layer flows with friction,
fronts, Kelvin Helmholtz instability, turbulence, mixing and entrainment in
an estuary.
Estuarine classification.
An introduction to the difficulties of modelling stratified flows and the
consequences thereof.
Literature and Study "Dichtheidsstromen"
Materials
Assessment Oral exam based on report
Task
2 33 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5303
| Coastal Inlets and Tidal Basins
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. M.J.F. Stive ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. Z.B. Wang ([email protected]), Prof.dr.ir. H.J. de Vriend
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents Phenomenology
Global classification of estuaries and inlets
Behaviour of elements of inlet and estuary systems (tidal marshes, channels and shoals, flood and ebb-tidal deltas, adjacent coastlines and
barrier islands)
Interaction morphology - vegetation
Interaction morphology - benthos
Scale classification in time and space
Empirical relations
O'Brien : relation of cross-sectional channel area and tidal prism
Gerritsen: relation of cross-sectional channel area and effective shear
stress
Relation of tidal flats versus total basin area
Flats height
Walton & Adams : relation Volume ebb-tidal delta and tidal prism
Bilse : cross-sectional area ebb-tidal delta and tidal prism
Tidal propagation and tide-driven transport
basic 1D - equations
deformation and asymmetry
net transport versus net flow
pumping mode (short basins)
resonance and damping (long basins)
3D-flow patterns (coriolis and relaxation-effects)
Channels and shoals
mechanisms of sediment exchange
hypsometry effects
dynamics of channels and shoals
response to human interventions
Box models
principle behaviour orientated models
qualitative descriptions of system behaviour
box model of Di-Silvio's
Course Contents applied for hindcast long term developments of the Venetie estuary
model of Van Dongeren
applied for hindcast long term developments of the Friese Zeegat and
Ditmarschen Bucht
1D - network models
1D-proces-base network models
nodal-point relations for flow and sediment transport applied to the
Westerschelde
Estmorf model concept applied for Friese Zeegat
linearization (Lorentz and morphology) applied for the western part of the
Wadden Sea
Inlets : interation of sub-systems
behaviour basin
behaviour ebb-tidal delta
behaviour adjacent coastline
deformation and asymmetry
behaviour of two coupled systems : scale interactions
forcing
behaviour of coupled systems : scale interactions
Estuaries : 2D- and 3D models
flow- and transport patterns (instantaneous and residual)
ebb and flood dominance
curved channels
coriolis effect
sill formation
density driven currents
silt (consolidation effects and behaviour of mud)
Inlets : 2D and 3D models
effect of waves (e.g. propagation in the basin)
effects of locally generated waves
implications for wave module in numerical models
flow- and transport patterns (instantaneous and residual)
channel-shoal interactions
channel migration
grain size distribution
Study Goals The course focuses on coastal inlets and tidal basins (estuaries, tidal rivers
and lagoons), and aims to give insight in the phenomenological characteristics (geography, geology, morphology, sediment motion and hydrodynamics) and in the modelling of these characteristics (empirical, processbased and hierarchical model approaches).
Materials Available at the first lecture. Obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
CT5303 Coastal Inlets Tidal Basins
Available at BookShop VSSD.
2 35 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Permitted Materials Lecture notes and personal notes
during Tests
CT5304
| Waterpower Engineering
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Ir. J. van Duivendijk ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents Introduction to the subject; energy sources; relationship between certain
energy sources and hydraulic engineering works;
Multipurpose aspects and discussion on disciplines related to the subject
hydraulic structures in waterpower engineering;
Multipurpose functions of reservoirs, examples of purposes, which clash in
relation to the reservoir operation, required for each purpose;
General introduction about the contribution of various energy sources to
electricity generation on a country, regional, continental and world scale;
Hydropower from rivers;
Siting and type of structures required, some basic formulas and definitions;
Investigations, studies and designs required at pre-feasibility and full
feasibility stage;
Hydrology and reservoir operation;
Characteristics of run-of-river plants and water conveyance structures;
Spillways and outlet works in reservoirs;
Earth and rock fill dams (=embankment dams);
Concrete dams: gravity dams, arch dams and buttress dams;
Foundations of dams on rock;
Water turbines: types, field of application, calculations;
Principles of water turbines;
Gates and valves in hydropower projects;
Pumped storage plants (also the possible application in the Netherlands);
Economics of hydropower: principles, contribution by the civil engineer,
parameters that are of interest;
Waterpower from the sea;
Introduction into possible methods of energy generation from sea water
by making use of tides, waves, temperature differences, osmosis;
Course Contents Tidal power plants e.g. La Rance;
(continued) Energy from waves (principles);
Final lectures;
accidents with large dams: Malpasset, Tarbela, S'Dom (Israel).
Study Goals An introduction to water power engineering with emphasis on the application of relevant civil and hydraulic engineering disciplines in hydropower
structures (large dams, spillways, hydropower plants) designed for and
constructed in non-low land circumstances.
Literature and Study Lecture notes 'Water Power Engineering, Principles and Charactaristics'
Materials (English version available early 2004)
The engineering of Large Dams, H.H. Thomas (2 volumes)
Low Head and High Head Power Plants, E. Mosony (3 volumes)
Lecture notes plus additional information distributed during lectures
Judgement Method of determining marks: adding marks received for each question
CT5305
| Bored and Immersed Tunnels
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. K.J. Bakker ([email protected])
Instructor Ing. H.J. Everts ([email protected]), Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling ([email protected]), Prof.ir. A.F. van Tol ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
ledge
2 37 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents The course is closely related to Foundations and construction, CT5330;,
lectures are given as combination lectures. There is a combined exercise.
On demand however, a separate exercise and exam for CT5330 is
possible.
The course extensively treats tunneling methods. A distinction is made
between the New Austrian Tunnel Method (NATM), bored tunnels and
immersed tunnels.
General issues related to tunnel structures. Functional and operational
requirements, the longitudinal profile, the cross section and the starting/
finishing shaft and/or access and exit road. NATM tunnels and the
immersed tunnels.
Course Contents Different types of bored tunnel construction; NATM-method, slurry shield
(continue) and earth pressure balance shield. Stability during construction; frontal
support, settlements during construction. Loads on a tunnel and force
distribution in the lining. Start and reception shaft and construction procedures. Requirements concerning the longitudinal and transverse profiles.
For immersed tunnels, construction in the dock, transport and immersion.
Stability during floating and after the tunnel has been sunk. Special
aspects such as ventilation, fire, permeability and explosions.
A case study on a tunnel project is done in a group of four students.
Study Goals After the course, the student will be able to:
Make a plan for a tunnel; choice of location and track
Make a decision on the type of tunnel; bored or immersed
Make a choice for the construction method and execution
To determine the mechanical boundary conditions for structural design
To evaluate structural forces both during construction and as well as for
Service conditions
To evaluate construction effects; settlements, stability and influences on
other structures
To design the excavations and related structures for start and reception
shafts
To evaluate the transport and placing of immersed tunnels
To make a design for both constructions
Education Method Lectures with illustrations (video, numerical examples). An excursion to
tunnelling projects, exercise in groups of four students to evaluate a
tunnel project and in addition to that to make a design for a tunnel; location, track, construction and structural design.
Literature and Study Lecture notes: "Bored and Immersed tunnels"
Materials
Available online (Microweb Edu)
Handouts,
The exercise on the case study is handed out during one of the lecture
hours.
Assessment Prerequisite:
To deliver a written report on the case study
To attend the Tunnelling excursion
Test type:
Design exercise and oral exam
Remarks Design and construction of tunnels for traffic. Functional requirements,
determination of boundary conditions, spatial and structional design and
construction aspects of bored and immerse tunnel.
Judgement One mark, based on design exercise and oral exam
CT5306
| Ports and Waterways 2
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. H. Ligteringen ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. H.J. Verheij ([email protected]), Ir. R. Groenveld ([email protected]), T. Vellinga ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior know- CT5306 uses CT4740, CT4330, CT5300, CT5303, CT5307, CT5308,
ledge CT5309, CT5311, CT5316, CT5317
2 39 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Ports and Terminals
general cargo- and multipurpose terminals
non-containerised general cargo, number of berths and quay length,
storage area and overall terminal lay-out, multipurpose terminals
ro/ro and ferry terminals
lay-out ro/ro and ferry terminals, special design aspects
liquid bulk terminals
oil- and gas carriers, nature of the products, terminals, the berth, jetties,
dolphins, storage areas, offshore terminals
dry bulk terminals
dry bulk commodities, dry bulk ships, unloading systems, loading systems,
on-terminal handling and storage, climatic and environmental considerations
fishery ports
types of fishery ports, site selection, fishing vessels, port planning, unloading equipment, fishery port organisation and management
marinas
yachting and yachts, general lay-out of the port, basins and berths, port
structures
Ports and terminals for inland water transport
vessels, types of ports, terminals
Capacities of inland waterways
explanation terms used, operational capacity, intensity, density, water
resistance, ship speed
open waterways
calculation methods based on knowledge and experience, virtual area,
simulation
closed waterways
lock cycle, lock capacity, passing times, cycle times and waiting times
vessel traffic service
history, radar systems, VTS- Amsterdam-Tiel, registration and utilisation
Course Contents safety
(continued) safety in general, risk analysis, probability of failure in practice, codes
cases
Service systems in ports and inland waterways
deterministic and stochastic models
simulation tools random numbers, sampling from distribution functions,
used for the description of port- and inland navigation systems
computer simulation models description methods, components and attributes, structure of the computer model; examples of simulation models
analysis of input- and output data characteristics of the relevant distribution functions, Chi square test, Kolmogorov Smirnov test.
Study Goals The student can converse with experts in the field of ports and waterways
The student is capable to analyse relevant processes in ports and waterways
The student is capable to develop a design of the wet infrastructure of a
port
The student is capable to develop a functional design of port terminals as:
-multipurpose terminals
-liquid bulk terminals
-dry bulk terminals
-fishery ports and marinas
The student has knowledge of the capacity controlling parameters of port
systems
The student has knowledge of the capacity controlling parameters of
inland waterway systems as locks
The student is capable to develop a functional design of a canal system
with locks
The student has knowledge of traffic flow simulation models in ports and
inland waterways for the estimation of capacity and safety
Education Method Lectures, exercise (Maasvlakte-2 Game)
Literature and Study Obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
Materials Ports en Terminals
Capacities of Inland Waterways
Service Systems in Ports and Inland Terminals
Available from VSSD.
Assessment Oral exam, Computer simulation exercise
2 41 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5307
| Coastal Zone Management
| ECTS: 3
Instructor Dr.ir. J. van de Graaff ([email protected]), Ir. T.J. Zitman
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents The course responds to a number of higher level goals beyond the course
itself, but to which the course contributes. These are associated with the
introduction and implementation of ICZM and include, for example, the
expressed need to examine key issues of decision making on urban and
recreational development in vulnerable coastal section and integration of
sectoral activities in coastal development. It also takes into account the
policy objectives of sound Coastal Zone Policy, which emphasise local
participation in decision making.
In sum, the course is part of a learning process which, by means of a
structured programme, undertakes the formation of trained manpower
capable of redressing identified problems and helping to build capable
institutions, better able to manage and guide the development of the
coastal zone.
The course consists of lectures, demonstrations and workshops. The
guiding line through the whole course is the idea that a coastal zone
should be regarded as an integrated system. This will be illustrated by
using several case studies in several countries. One of these cases (the
fictive estuary of "Pesisir Tropicana") will be worked out in a workshop. In
the case studies the coastal zone is regarded as a coastal land/water body
in the sense that there are demands for various products and services that
the Bay and its environs can supply - that is, it is a multiple-use resource.
The regional economy of the area used in the exercise is similar to those
in many coastal areas in the world, particularly in developing countries.
There is a large urban complex, port facilities and industrial base, with a
well developed service sector. Fishing is carried out in the coastal waters.
In the hinterland, various types of primary production take place, including agriculture and mining. Wage levels, existing pollution control and
production technologies are typical of many developing countries. Special
attention will be given to the Worldbank Guidelines for CZM plans.
Course Contents Attention is paid to various aspects relevant for the planning of the coastal
(continue) zone: Natural system (biotic and abiotic); user functions with socioeconomic relations; System analysis and policy analysis.
Application in a practical setting (case study) with simulation game.
Study Goals The objectives of the course are to:
Develop an appreciation for and know-how of conceptualisation, policy
design, methodology, tools and techniques for coastal zone management
Gain an understanding and operational grasp of the interdependence of
managerial functions related to the improvement of coastal planning and
management
Appreciate the need for integration of coastal zone development policies
and their implementation
Become familiar with the multi-disciplinary aspects of the CZM-approach
and acquire the capabilities for guiding and supporting multi-disciplinary
teams in complex situations
Education Method Lectures, presentation of case studies, computer exercises and simulation
game. Because Integrated Coastal Zone Management is mainly an attitude and less a skill, it has to be trained in a realistic setting. A fieldtrip to
Zeeuws Vlaanderen and Belgium is part of the course. Students from
other Dutch universities are advised to consult the course description in
Blackboard for the admission procedure. This is a joint course, 50% of the
participants is from Unesco-IHE or from an external organisation.
Note: the course is given as a block-course (two weeks full time) and will
be given in the building of Unesco-IHE, Westvest 7, Delft
Literature and Study Course description and additional material is available on Blackboard
Materials A lecture note will be made available to the participants on the first day of
the course.
Software (Cress, Jesew, Cosmo, etc). Downloadable from Blackboard
Assessment Prerequisite
Sufficient participation in the workshop
Test type
Oral evaluation in a small group after finalising the course and workshop.
Knowledge of the contents of the syllabus, results of the Pesisir Tropicana
Case Study and Simulation Game
Enrolment / Applica- Because the number of places in the course is limited, students are
tion advised to enroll for this course already in block 3; acceptance is based on
sequence of enrollment
Judgement Based on oral evaluation
2 43 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5308
| Breakwaters and Closure Dams
| ECTS: 4
Instructor Ir. J. Olthof ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Expected prior know- CT5308 uses CT4310, CT4320
ledge
Course Contents Overview and history of breakwater and closure dam construction. The
general design principles of a breakwater and a closure dam. Determination of boundary conditions for dams and breakwaters, with special attention to the design frequency. Methods to determine the design wave
height from wave statistics. Overview of other boundary conditions
(geotechnical and hydraulic).
Materials, quarries and rock properties.
Various properties of the different types of dams and breakwaters, like
stability of riprap in current and wave conditions, design of armour layer,
natural rock and concrete elements. The use of caissons for breakwaters
and closure dams. Computation of element size using classical formulae,
partial safety coefficients and probabilistic methods. Plan and cross
section of breakwaters. Practical examples of breakwaters and closure
dams.
Execution (marine or land based equipment) of the works.
Failure mechanisms and (cost) optimisation.
One-week exercise in which a group of two students has to design a
breakwater and a closure dam.
Studie Goals After the course, the student has to be able to:
Determine the type of breakwater required
Determine the type of closure required
Study Goals Determine the boundary conditions (waves, waterlevels, currents)
(continue Make a preliminary design of a breakwater and a closure dam
Optimise the design on basis of cost and availability of resources like
labour and materials
Education Method Lectures with illustrations (video, numerical examples). Exercise in groups
of two students to design a breakwater and a closure dam.
Computer Use During the exercise intensive use is made of Breakwat (WL|Delf hydraulics
software), as well as Cress and VaP.
For processing wave data from external websites, the program Hydrobase
(from Alkyon) is used.
Materials Book: "Breakwaters and Closuredams"
Available at VSSD (also available at normal bookshops, but without
discount).
Handouts and list of videos
Rock Manual 2007(CIRIA-CUR publication, available in bookshop, but free
downloadable as pdf from website)
The Closure of tidal Basins (Huis in 't Veld)
Out of print, but pdf available from website.
Coastal Engineering Manual (pdf, downloadable)
Available at the website.
Assessment Design exercise or oral exam
Permitted Materials Open book
during Tests
Remarks Design and construction of breakwaters and closure dams in estuaries and
rivers. Functional requirements, determination of boundary conditions,
spatial and constructional design and construction aspects of breakwaters
and dams consisting of rock, sand and caissons.
Judgement One mark, based on design exercise or on oral exam (It is highly recommended to do the exercise instead of an oral exam)
2 45 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5309
| Coastal Morphology and Coastal
Protection
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J. van de Graaff ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Expected prior know- CT5309 uses CT4300, CT4320, CT5316, CT5317
ledge
Course Contents Introduction:
Key topics of course; active players (national, international); The Netherlands in the past (7000BC) and now; sediment transport due to waves and
currents key element in solution of most actual problems.
Sediment transport:
Initiation of motion; role of bottom shear stress; sediment transport due
to waves and currents; approach of amongst others Bijker, Van Rijn and
Ribberink. Distinction between longshore and cross-shore sediment transport. Sand and silt.
Calculation of longshore sediment transport:
Driving forces (amongst others radiation stress); bottom shear stress;
current and sediment transport distribution perpendicular to the coast;
CERC formula; other calculation methods; UNIBEST-LT.
Calculation of cross-shore sediment transport:
Dune erosion; equilibrium profiles (approach of Swart); UNIBEST-TC;
Durosta.
Morphological development; coastline development:
Complex morphological computations (DELFT3D-MOR); PelnardConsidère method; temporal and spatial scales; effects of building a port
along a sandy coast; up-drift accretion and lee-side erosion.
Sedimentation of (navigation) channels:
Current perpendicular to channel axis; current approaching under an
angle; changing sediment concentration verticals.
Coastal protection:
What is coastal erosion? Counter measures; artificial beach and shoreface
nourishments; groynes and row of piles; detached shore parallel offshore
breakwaters (submerged/emerged); seawalls/revetments.
Course Contents
(continue) Coastal Zone Management:
Interrelationship of various aspects; legal means; formal institutes.
Coastal research:
Measuring methods; field observations; small scale physical research.
Netherlands Center for Coastal Research; Delft Cluster; role of European
Union.
Dutch hot items:
Coastal zone management; safety aspects; large land reclamation projects
(Maasvlakte2; artificial islands); Technical Advisory Committee for Water
Defences (TAW).
Study Goals Achieve insight in the complexity of coastal engineering issues and
problems. Achieve knowledge of the physical processes underlying coastal
engineering issues. To be able to discern possible solutions of coastal
engineering problems.
Education Method Lectures with illustrations (video, numerical examples). Self-tuition.
Materials Lecture notes: "Coastal Morphology and Coastal Protection"
Coastal Engineering Manual
via Internet (pdf, downloadable)
TAW Leidraad "Zandige Kusten"
TAW Basisrapport "Zandige Kusten"
Assessment Oral examination
Remarks Sediment transport by waves and currents; bottom shear stress; dune
erosion; erosion of coasts; sedimentation of channels; coast line and
morphological computations; coastal protection measures.
Judgement One mark based on oral examination
2 47 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5310
| Probabilistic Design in Hydraulic
Engineering
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. P.H.A.J.M. van Gelder ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
ledge
Course Contents Statistical description of boundary conditions and strength; Types of
extreme value distributions; Probability density functions and distributions
from physical relations; Multi- dimensional probability density functions;
Case studies from Karwar and Ennore (India)
Probabilistic wave climate description; Hydraulic boundary conditions for
the Oosterschelde storm surge barrier; Storm surge level, wave energy,
basin level, and strength; Probabilistic determination of the loads for the
Oosterschelde storm surge barrier; Transfer functions; The applications in
the design process
Methods of statistical analysis; Regression analysis; Estimation methods of
distribution parameters; Organisation of the observation material and
transformations; Bayesian parameter estimation; Comparison of probabilistic calculations at levels II and III; The weighted sensitivity analysis at
level III
Boundary conditions as a function of two phenomena; Extreme high water
levels; Storm surge levels; River discharges; Equal level curves in the
"Guidelines Lower Rivers"; Probability density of the high water levels in
the basin
Failure of water defences; Coinciding loads; Failure modes in a crosssection; Length effects as a result of fluctuating strength; Length and time
effects; Case study Berm Breakwater design
Course Contents Optimal safety; Norms; Safety coefficients; The acceptable probability of
failure; Econometric approach; More than one threat; Several modes in
one cross section; Consequence varying as a function of the high water
level and of the breach location; Case study Whitstable (UK)
Probabilistic budgeting and time planning; The classical approach to
budget estimates and time planning; Uncertainty concerning budget estimates and time planning; Time planning and budget estimates in level II
calculations; Visualisation of uncertainty; Quantification of the item unforeseen; Experiences with exceedences of costs from real projects; Risk
control measures; Analysis of the sensitivity of the costs for risk control
measures; Risk Management
Maintenance theory; Time dependent strength; Deterioration models;
Life-span of a structure without maintenance.
Study Goals After the course, the student has to be able to understand reliability
models and risk-based optimisation theory with applications to hydraulic
structures.
Literature and Study syllabus
Materials
Probabilistic Design in Hydraulic Engineering
Online (Microweb Edu)
Software packages VAP and Bestfit
via internet (downloadable via http://surf.to/vangelder)
Assessment Oral examination + statistical data analysis with Bestfit + review of conference article
Remarks Probabilistic design approaches of hydraulic structures. Goal is the theoretical background of the reliability theorie, strongly applied to hydraulic
structures, such as sea- and river dikes, breakwaters, storm surge
barriers, dunes, offshore structures, etc.
2 49 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5311
| River Dynamics
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.J. de Vriend ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. Z.B. Wang ([email protected]), Ir. H. Havinga
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
ledge
Course Contents Physical scale models
dimension analysis, principle of scale models, large Reynolds number
approximation, bed roughness, sediment transport, distortion, restrictions
of distorted models, morphological time scale
3D-suspended transport modelling
formulation of basic equations, boundary conditions, scaling, asymptotic
approach when vertical mixing is dominant, vertical concentration distribution for non-uniform situations, depth-averaged concentration equation, time- and space-scales of adaptation
Theory of 1D-morfodynamic processes
basic equations, characteristics, boundary conditions: location and type,
quasi-steady approximation, simple-wave approach, diffusion approach,
hyperbolic approach
Numerical models of 1D-morphological processes
numerical solution methods, choice of time step, methodology of model
application: problem analysis, preliminary research, process analysis,
choice of model, choice of software, specification model application, data
collection, schematisation, validation, production runs, presentation, interpretation, translation to the problem owner
Course Contents Exercise numerical modelling of 1D-morfodynamic processes
(contents) set up model application, execution computations, interpretation of results
Morphology of river bends
flow and transport (repeat), axial-symmetric equilibrium bottom level
(repeat), equilibrium bed level at transition zones, two-channel model,
sinus-perturbation
graded material
sediment segregation-phenomenon, transport of graded sediment, mixing
layer-concept, sediment-balance
Bedding forms and roughness
various bedding forms, roughness prediction models
river management: safety and navigation
flood control and river management, implication compensation principle,
river management related to navigation, improvement of navigation
channel at river bends
river management: ecological rehabilitation and landscape
objectives and measures, morphological implications, implications for the
surroundings of the river, example of plan making, dynamic river management
practical problem
systematic approach applied to actual river problem (from the point of
view of integrated water management)
Study Goals The course has three different kinds of objectives:
to have heard of:
- large-scale river dynamics
- river management issues
- prediction methods
to know / understand
- 1-D dynamic behaviour
- transport models
- bend effects
Education Method Lectures, exercise, discussion
2 51 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials Powerpoint presentations with note pages of the lectures are available o-n
the internet. Hand book for the exercise will be distributed at the lecture.
recommended lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
"Principles of River Engineering" by P.Ph. Jansen, ISBN: 90-6562-146-6.
Assessment Prerequisite:
Having submitted report of exercise.
Test type:
Oral Exam
Remarks Morphological processes in alluvial lowland rivers. Response to human
interference and 'events'. Models and scaling. Rhythmic phenomenon in
bottoms and alignment. Equilibrium bed level in bends. Application of
mathematical models in practical situations.
Judgement Mark of the oral exam is the final mark
CT5312
| Turbulence in Hydraulics
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. W.S.J. Uijttewaal ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
ledge
Course Contents Stochastic description of turbulence: mean velocity, higher statistical
moments, velocity correlations, energy density spectra.
Experimental techniques: single point measurements, whole field techniques; flow visualisation; optical, acoustical, and electromagnetical measurement methods.
Balance equations: conservation of mass, Navier-Stokes equations, turbulent kinetic energy, energy cascade.
Reynolds equation: decomposition of velocities in (ensemble) averaged
and fluctuating velocities, the closure problem for the Reynolds stresses,
turbulent transports.
Turbulent flows in practice: boundary layer approximation, the flow near a
wall, free turbulence, flow in complex geometries, recirculation and separation.
Turbulence modelling: constant Eddy viscosity, mixing length approximation, k-epsilon, Large Eddy Simulation.
Turbulent diffusion and dispersion: Reynolds-analogy, the effects of turbulence on dispersion.
Study Goals Insight in turbulence phenomena and associated non-linear processes;
The ability to make estimates concerning lenght scales and velocity scales
that characterise the turbulent motions;
A feeling for the effects of turbulence on bed material, structures and the
transport of matter;
Knowledge concerning currently applied turbulence models and their
restrictions;
A view on new developments in the field of turbulence research.
Literature and Study Lecture notes "Turbulence in Hydraulics"
Remarks Stochastic description of turbulence, experimental techniques, balance
equations for mass, momentum and energy, Reynolds equations, closure
problems, turbulent flows in practice, modelling turbulence, turbulent
diffusion and dispersion.
Judgement Exam-grade
2 53 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5313
| Hydraulic Structures 2
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Ir. W.F. Molenaar ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. J.G. de Gijt ([email protected]), Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
ledge
Course Contents Structures for cargo transfer in ports:
Analysis of the operational requirements for quay and jetty structures.
Generation of structural alternatives and selection of the most promising;
technical feasibility; conceptual design of typical quay and jetty structures;
Analysis of the requirements and the conceptual design of berthing and
mooring structures
Structures for the controlled discharge or retention of water:
Weirs
Flood defense structures:
Small and large (storm surge) barriers (coastal area) and flood barriers
(along rivers).
For both type of structures:
Life Cycle approach and Operational analysis; conceptual design will be
evaluated especially on the technical feasibility of the (hydraulic) structure; depending on the priority in the operational requirements further
detailing taking the overall stability and the construction stage into
account. Specific detailing subjects caused by the (turbulent) nature of
water flow and the resulting dynamic interaction with the 'closing
elements', i.e. the gates or the valves
Specific subjects:
- Gate exitation & vibration
- Design for construction
- Life Cycle Management
- Quay of the future
The items under 'Special projects' and 'Specific subjects' may change from
year to year.
Study Goals The course should enable students to produce a design for quays & jetties
and weirs and/or flood barriers.
Education Method Lectures and a design exercise.
Handboek kademuren, CUR, Port of Rotterdam, Gemeentewerken
Rotterdam, 2003, Gouda, ISBN 90 3760 282
Available at CUR
In 2006 an English version of this book has been published.
Assessment During the oral examination students have to defend their work done
during the exercise.
Permitted Materials Everything
during Tests
CT5314
| Flood Defences
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor J.B.A. Weijers ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.drs.ir. J.K. Vrijling ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents The design of flood defences in the natural and the socio-cultural environment;
Technical design of dikes;
Improvement of existing dikes;
Construction;
Detailed design of toe protection, revetment etc.;
Integrated solutions (River cities, room for Rivers);
Exercise.
Study Goals Gain a clear understanding of the design philosophy of flood defences
special and constructural modelling of the defences. Encourage creativity
in designing sophisticated dikes.
Education Method Lectures, exercise, excursion
2 55 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials Manuals flood defences, Waterkeringen
Readers on several subjects
Leidraad rivierdijken
Assessment Oral exam (case study)
CT5315
| Computational Hydraulics
| ECTS: 3
Instructor Ir. G.J. de Boer ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents The course deals with the backgrounds of three-dimensional hydrostatic
modelling. The course consists of a lecture once a week plus a practical
session once a week. During the first practical session the flow model
Delft3D-FLOW will be introduced in a tutorial manner. This model will be
used in the following practicals. Matlab is employed for the post-processing of the model results. The content of the subsequent lectures and
practicals are: the initial and (open) boundary conditions, the advection
scheme, applying the Alternating Direction Implict (ADI) technique for
efficient computations, calculation of the vertical structure of horizontal
(stratified) flows and a sensitivity analysis for a case study.
Study Goals Learning some basics of applying a computation model with respect to
hydrodynamics and hydraulics. Of crucial importance is the knowledge
concerning the abilities and restrictions of the computer model.
Education Method * Lectures.
* Practical with exercises.
Literature and Study Obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
Materials * Lecture notes are available at the first lecture + [Blackboard].
* A list of literature is available at the first lecture + [blackboard].
* User Manual of Delft3D-Flow [Blackboard].
* Concise Matlab tutorial [Blackboard].
* Practical manual as hand-out on first practical session + [Blackboard].
* Example matlab scripts on [Blackboard].
Assessment Oral exam based on report dealing with the pratical + the equations.
Judgement Report grade
CT5316
| Wind Waves
| ECTS: 3
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4, Different, to be announced
Expected prior know- Linear theory of surface gravity waves (CT 4320), basic statistics
ledge
Partial differential equations
2 57 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Methods of observing, measuring and analysing waves at sea are
explained with reference to various in-situ and remote sensing techniques.
Waves are initially characterised with primary parameters such as the
significant wave height. Waves are then characterised in more detail with
the variance density spectrum. The spectral analysis based on Fourier
analysis is treated.
A simple method for wave prediction in idealised conditions is introduced,
resulting in universal wave growth curves. Then, using the concept of the
spectrum, the processes of generation by wind, non-linear wave-wave
interactions and whitecapping are described. These processes are integrated with spectral wave propagation in numerical wave models.
The short-term statistics of the waves (in particular the instantaneous
values of the surface elevation and its extremes such as crest heights) is
given, treating the sea surface elevation as stationary, Gaussian process.
Sources for long-term statistics are given and three different approaches
of analysis are treated.
The response of structures to the excitation of wind waves is defined in
terms of spectral response functions of linear systems.
Study Goals To gain insight and knowledge of the phenomenon of wind waves and the
qualitative and quantitative description of this phenomenon.
To learn the basis of simple and advanced mathematical models to predict
waves for given conditions of wind, bathymetry, coast lines etc.
To understand the basic technique to compute linear responses of structures to wind wave excitation.
Literature and Study "Waves in oceanic and coastal waters" by L.H. Holthuijsen and published
Materials by Cambridge University Press
The book is available in any quality book shop for EURO 80,- (hard back;
or usually somewhat cheaper on internet). A 50% sized copy is available,
with special permission of the publisher, for EURO 10,- from the secretary
of the Fluid Mechanics section of the Civil Engineering faculty (mrs. Otti
Kievits, room 2.91). This book will also be used earlier in the short-wave
course (CT4320). In other words: this book serves two courses.
Assessment Based solely on written exam (open questions)
CT5317
| Physical Oceanography
| ECTS: 3
Course Coordinator Dr. J.D. Pietrzak ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
ledge
Course Contents Properties of sea water relevant to Physical Oceanography;
Equations of motion with Coriolis Force;
Currents without friction: Geostrophic currents, thermal wind relationship,
Taylor-Proudman, Inertial oscillations, Potential Vorticity;
Currents with friction; Ekman layer; Ekman transport, Wind driven circulation;
Themohaline effects;
Waves, Tides.
Study Goals Insight into the basic physics governing flow in the oceans;
Derivation of the equations of motion with Coriolis force;
Understanding the wind driven circulation and the thermohaline circulation;
Knowledge of tides and waves.
Materials "An introduction to Physical Oceanography"
Judgement Bonus, assignment, calculation, exam grade
2 59 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5318
| Fieldwork Hydraulic Engineering
| ECTS: 4
Contact Hours / Week Fieldwork
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period none
ledge
Course Contents For the fieldwork a number of options are possible, which may change on
a yearly basis, depending on the availability of appropriate locations for
the fieldwork. In the near future the following options are planned:
Option 1:
The construction oriented fieldwork will be done in Bulgaria. A quarry will
be visited; here the students have to asses several parameters of rock,
like the Dn50, density, blockiness, etc. At the coast some profile measurements will be made, sand sample will be taken and the instantaneous
wave condition will be observed. At some rock structures pressure fluctuations will be observed due to wave impact. The Fieldwork in Bulgaria will
be done together with Bulgarian students from the University of Sofia
Option 2:
The morphologically oriented fieldwork will be done along the Dutch
coast. Measurements will be done on the beach, like profile measurements, sand sampling, sediment transport measurements, etc. The
collected data will have to be checked to the deep water boundary conditions (waves and currents) which are available via the routine measuring
facilities of Rijkswaterstaat (ministry of public works).
For the relevant option for the current year is referred to Blackboard. The
course is given as a block course.
Before starting with the actual fieldwork, a measuring plan will have to be
drafted. During the measurements the collected data will have to be
processed and put down into a measurement protocol. After the fieldwork
the data will have to be analysed and conclusions will have to be drawn.
The group will have to make one joint report with the technical data and
each student has to make an individual report with other observations.
Study Goals After finalization of this fieldwork students have to have insight in how to
set up a measuring campaign, how such a campaign will be executed and
how it should be reported. The student has to experience that there is a
large degree of flexibility to be built into the planning of measurements in
nature, because the weather conditions cannot be predicted accurately.
The student has to get understanding in the degree of accuracy which can
be obtained during measurements in the field. The student has to build up
experience in organizing and in the logistics of a measuring campaign.
Education Method Fieldwork - some preparation, followed by one week full-time fieldwork,
after return drafting the final report. For the exact date of the week is
referred to Blackboard
Bed- bank and shoreprotection (Schiereck)Available at bookshop and
VSSD.
Various handouts, downloadable from Blackboard.
Rock Manual 2007 (available as pdf)
Coastal Engineering Manual, downloadable from the website of the
USArmy Corps of Engineers.
Software for processing gps and sounding data, downloadable from Blackboard
Assessment A mark is only given when the following elements are completed:
measuring plan
participation in the fieldwork
reports of the measurements
final report
The mark is based on all four elements
Enrolment / Applica- The fieldwork itself is a full time week (usually in the beginning of
tion October). Because of booking of airline tickets, enrolment is recommended in block 4 of the previous course year.
Special Information In principle the cost of travel and accomodation are on account of the
student; however in practise these costs can largely be covered from
sponsorships.
Remarks Fieldwork on location in the Netherlands or abroad. Preparation (30
hours). Execution of measurements at a coast, a river or at a coastal
structure (one week). Elaboration of data in a report (50 hours). Option
for a morphologic or a construction oriented fieldwork.
2 61 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Judgement The mark is based on the participation during the fieldwork, the quality of
the measurement report and the quality of the final report.
CT5320
| Site Characterisation, Testing and
Physical Model
| ECTS: 6
Instructor A. Hommels ([email protected]), A. Mulder ([email protected]),
Dr.ir. W. Broere ([email protected]), Ing. W. Verwaal
([email protected]), J.J. de Visser ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period none
Required for AES1602 Engineering Geology Fieldwork
Course Contents This course deals with the set up and execution of site investigations for
civil engineering projects, both onshore and offshore, with an emphasis
on geological factors that can be of influence on the realisation of the
projects. Attention is paid to standard and advanced techniques to collect
geotechnical data (walk along survey, laboratory and in-situ testing, monitoring data) and to the problems that some specific soil and rock types
can give. In the accompanying laboratory practical, a number of important
soil and rock tests are carried out. During field excursions, students are
exposed to real ground and the challenges of monitoring the performance
of a large construction project such as the North-South Metro Line in
Amsterdam. During a 'game', the design and excecution of a site investigation for a tunnel project in the Western Netherlands is simulated. Data
is provided, analysed and used to produce a conceptual model of the
ground, forecast ground properties relevant to the project and design
additional site investigation keeping in mind cost efficiency.
Course Contents The course further deals with physical modelling and experimental techni(continue) ques in soil mechanics in general. It includes a short introduction to
measurement and control theory, the types of actuators and sensors
commonly used and the scaling laws that apply for geotechnical scale
modelling. Some of the pysical model tests in use nowadays are
highlighted with examples.
2 types of simulation exercises are proposed to students, depending on
their specialisation.
- Engineering Geology students work on a further series of 'games' which
consists of realistic exercises in which site investigations are simulated. A
variety of construction projects and geological environments is considered.
- Other Geo-Engineering students perform a physical modeling project,
involving 1g scale models or centrifuge testing.
Study Goals The goal of this course is to give an overview of the available laboratory
tests and in-situ site investigation techniques, as well as a basic understanding of measurement and control theory.
Students will develop the ability to design a site investigation for different
geological situations, or to plan and execute a physical modelling test
themselves.
Education Method A combination of lectures, readings and practicals (field and lab work and
simulation exercises) is proposed. A schedule concerning subjects, dates,
places and lecturers is handed out at the beginning of the course.
Literature and Study Lecture notes of CT5320. For next year there will be a book, printed by
Materials Elsevier.
Prerequisites Basic understanding of geomechanics
For Engineering geology MSc students: Good knowledge of geology (as
given in the first three years at TA) and the necessary skills to interpret
geology maps and geological information.
Assessment Assessment based on performance at laboratory work (30%), simulation
exercises (40%)and exam (30%)
2 63 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5330
| Foundation and Construction
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. A.F. van Tol ([email protected])
Instructor Ing. H.J. Everts ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 0/0/0/4 and 3x3 hrs practical
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
ledge
Course Contents The main topics of the course deal with:
soil-investigation; design of scope and interpretation;
design of appropriate foundations regarding the characteristics of soil and
structure;
the effects of interaction between soil and structure;
the possibilities of improving foundations;
the design of building pits;
shieldtunneling; the analysis of the front stability and prediction of effects
on adjacent structures;
the possibilities of improving soil characteristics; grouting;
the design of tension piles;
the design of laterally loaded piles (due to soil deformation or external
loads).
Study Goals The course intends to get the knowledge and the proficiency to identify all
relevant aspects concerning the design of buildings pits, tunnels or piled
foundations and the interaction between soil and structure.
Education Method Lectures, instruction, case study
Literature and Study CT5330 "Foundation Engineering and Underground Construction"
Materials CT5740 "Trenchless Technology"
Lecture notes
Assessment Written presentation, Oral presentation
Remarks Summary
The main topics of the course deal with the interaction between soil and
structure in tunneling, foundations and deep excavations. The content of
the lectures will be practised in a realistic case concerning the design of a
building pit and the prediction of the effects on neighbouring structures.
It is possible to combine this course with the course "submerged tunnels"
(CT5305). In that case the number of ECTS will be 8.
CT5340
| Soil Dynamics
| ECTS: 3
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Expected prior know- CT5340 uses CT4350, CT4352
ledge
Course Contents Both analytical and numerical methods for analyses of the vibrations and
wave propagation in saturated porous media are considered.
First the basic theory of vibrations of a damped oscillator with viscous and
hysteretic damping is reviewed.
Then the formulation and analytical solution procedure of static transient
phenomena in saturated elastic porous media with coupled deformation
and pore water flow are revisited, before introducing the formulation and
numerical analysis of the propagation of coupled dynamic plane waves
through both the soil skeleton and the pore water.
Next the wave propagations in piles due to driving and in soft soil layers
due to earthquakes are described.
The formulation and analytical solution of both static deformation and
wave propagation problems are considered for elastic media and both
cylindrical and spherical conditions.
Then the more general static and dynamic phenomena as an elastic space
are described and some practical problems and solutions engineering are
reviewed.
Finally the formulation and finite element solution of vibration and wave
propagation in elastic media is described for both the methods of modal
superposition and direct time integration.
2 65 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents To assess the student's performance reports are requested on three assig(continued) nments, concerning:
Analytical solution of wave propagation problem
Numerical solution of vibration of plane elastic continuum by means of
model superposition
Numerical solution of wave propagation using direct time integration
Study Goals The students are given the background knowledge both to formulate and
solve practical problems occurring in soil dynamics and to interpret the
calculated results.
Education Method Lectures, exercise, practical, instruction
Literature and Study Available at the first lecture.
Materials
Dictaat "Soil Dynamics" by Prof.dr.ir. A. Verruijt
http://geo.verruijt.net
Course book by I.M. Smith, D.V. Griffiths, "Programming the finite element
method", 4th edition, John Wiley & Sons (2004), ISBN: 0-470-84970-X
Assessment Assignments: 3
CT5350
| Design and Construction by Geo| ECTS: 4
Synthetics in Civil and Marine Engineering
Responsible Instructor Ir. J.P. Oostveen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents Design and construction of civil engineering constructions in geotechnic,
hydraulic and road engineering by geo-synthetics
1. Insights into the relation between material properties at product level
and the raw material, the half manufactured product and the underlying structures as well as the production methods
o Strength, stiffness/flexibility, creep/relaxation
o Permeability, permitivity and impermeability
o Soil tightness
o Durability
o Others
2. Insights into the relation of the material properties of geo-synthetics
and the relevant soil properties and the related applications
3. Insights into the phenomena of importance concerning the interaction
between soil and geo-synthetics in relation to several applications
o Soil reinforcement
o Reinforcement of road foundation
o Reinforcement of asphalt
o Partitioning of soil
o Partitioning of water
o Filter- and drainage construction
4 Computing and design processes
o Norms and directives
o Rules of thumb
o Conceptual modelling en calculation methods (analytical respectively.
numerical)
o New developments in computing
5 Insights in developing alternative constructions by the use of geosynthetics.
o New developments in geo-synthetic design and construction
2 67 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals Design and construction of civil engineering constructions in geotechnic,
hydraulic and road engineering by geo-synthetics
Sub goals:
1. Insights into the relation between material properties at product level
as depending on the raw material, the half manufactured product and the
underlying structures in combination to the production methods
2. Insights into the relation of the material properties of geo-synthetics,
the relevant soil properties, the interface properties and the related applications.
3. Insights into the phenomena of importance for the interaction soil
andgeo-synthetics in relation to the several applications
4. Computing and design processes, involving Norms and directives, rules
of thumb, conceptual modelling en calculation methods (analytical respectively numerical), new developments in computing.
5. Insights in developing alternative constructions by the use of geosynthetics and new developments in geo-synthetic designs.
Education Method Oral lectures,
Case study or literature study
Literature and Study Lecture notes
Materials
Assessment Case study or literature study
Oral presentation
CT5401
| Spatial Tools in Water Resources
Management
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. N.C. van de Giesen ([email protected])
Course Coordinator Dr.ir. O.A.C. Hoes ([email protected])
Instructor Dr. S.C. Steele-Dunne ([email protected]), Dr.ir. O.A.C. Hoes
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents The course discusses several Geopgraphical Information System (GIS)
and Remote Sensing (RS) tools relevant for analysis of (problems in and
aspects of) water systems. Within the course, several applications are
introduced. These applications include GIS tools to determine mapping of
surface water systems (catchment delineation, reservoirs and canal
systems). The RS tools include determination of evaporation and soil
moisture patterns, and measurement of water levels in surface water
systems. In exercises and lectures, different tools and applications are
offered. For each application, assignments are given to allow students to
acquire relevant skills. The course structure combines assignments and
introductory lectures. Each week participants work on one assignment.
These assignments are discussed in the next lecture and graded. Each
week a new assignment is introduced, together with supporting materials
(an article discussing the relevant application) and lectures (introducing
theoretical issues). The study material of the course consists of a study
guide, assignments, lecture material and articles. The final mark is the
average of the grades of the individual assignments.
Study Goals After this course a student can:
- Describe and evaluate major GIS and RS applications in water
resources management
- Select relevant GIS and/or RS applications given a water resources
management case
- Apply several major GS and RS techniques
Education Method Lectures, exercises
Literature and Study Available through Blackboard
Materials
Assessment Assignments
2 69 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5420
| Public Hygiene and Epidemiology
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr. P. Bol ([email protected]), Prof.ir. J.C. van Dijk ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents Framework of public hygiene and epidemiology; human pathology related
to water and sanitation: infections, prevention and therapy: 'social medicine': health and society in the Netherlands and in developing countries;
health and environment: environmental epidemiology and ecotoxicology,
protective measures and legislation and rules.
Insight is given how the contribution of civil engineers to the present
excellent state of health was and is enormous. Moreover, their options for
improvement of health in developing countries are discussed. Water is
central: the medical dangers connected with it, but also the benefits of
good water supply and sanitation. Much attention is paid to water related
infections like gastro-enteritis, malaria, bilharzia, legionellosis, etc. As well
the basics of epidemiology, social medicine, vaccinations and travel and
health are taught.
Study Goals The student will get insight in the consequences of his/her interventions
to the public health. The civil engineer who works in the health field has
to be able to communicate adequately with health authorities and medical
doctors, in The Netherlands as well as abroad.
Education Method Lectures, discussion
Literature and Study Syllabus: Public hygiene and epidemiology
Materials the section secretariat
The tutor provides Dutch speaking students with an electronic database
containing 36 articles he has written in Dutch concerning relevant
subjects. English speaking students receive about 15 articles of the same
character in English. The contents of the syllabus is compulsive; the articles are not obligatory for the exam, but they give an illustration and a
background of the several fields of interest.
Advanced readings are availbale on the Blackboard site of this course
Judgement The result of the oral examination is the final result.
CT5440
| Geohydrology 2
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor T.N. Olsthoorn ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
ledge
Course Contents How, where and what type of relevant information can be afforded from
maps, remote sensing techniques, GIS and field investigations;
Analysis of data;
The collection of missing data by geo-physical exploration techniques:
geo-electrical, geo-magnetic and seismically investigations;
The necessity of drilling and geophysical borehole investigations for the
interpretation of the results of this type of research;
Different methods for the determination of geo-hydrological parameters
and their use in practise;
Quality of groundwater: determination of the parameters for the water
quality and classification of groundwater;
Designing: Construction, final strokes and maintenance of infiltration and
recharge equipments;
The modelling of groundwater and a case, discussing the lecturing items
in its relation to each other, and a compulsory (field) excursion.
Study Goals Knowledge of methods for the exploration of groundwater systems: applicability and restrictions of the methods concerned. Application of the
exploration methods and interpretation of results: Description of the
groundwater systems and determination of the geo-hydrological and
hydrological parameters. Design of the interventions of a geo-hydrological
system based on the description and the parameters of the system and
the quantification of the effects of the intervention.
Education Method In the oral lectures the most important topics of the lecture notes are
discussed. Questions can be answered. The course is partly supported by
computer, in order to train the student in the practical application of geohydrological parameters. A field excursion is compulsory.
2 71 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Materials Geohydrology 2
Applied Hydrogeology, Fetter C.W.;
Geophysical exploration, Keary, P. and Brooks, M.;
Analysis and evaluation of pumping test data, Kruseman, G.P. and Ridder,
N.A. de.; Groundwater and wells, Driscoll, F.G..
CT5450
| Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers
and Deltas
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. W.M.J. Luxemburg ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior know- CT5450 uses CT3011, CT4420, CT4440, CT3410
ledge
Course Contents Purpose, contents of lectures and study material;
Hydrology and Water Resources: rainfall mechanisms, extreme rainfall,
water resources, groundwater, surface water, water resources of catchments, rainfall-runoff relations for different temporal scales, water
balances, water scarcity, green and blue water, human interference into
the hydrological cycle;
Rainfall-Runoff relations: extreme discharge and floods;
Determination of peak discharge, factors affecting discharge characteristics, flow duration curve, flood frequency analysis, rainfall runoff relations,
short duration peak runoff, catchment yield;
Flood propagation: reservoir routing, channel routing, Muskingum routing,
Kinematic routing, relations between methods of routing and the St.
Venant equation;
Course Contents Hydrology of coastal areas: tides, storm surges, propagation of tides into
estuaries, salt water intrusion into open estuaries, seepage of brackish
ground water, hydraulic measures in coastal areas and estuaries, effect of
dikes, fresh and salt water reservoirs, drainage;
Articles related to the topics described above. For the exam a selection of
these articles needs to be studied;
Short (e.g. weekend) fieldwork.
Study Goals Understanding relations between hydrological processes in catchments at
different scales and the effects of different types of stocks and related
fluxes;
Understanding and calculations of propagation of flood waves;
Understanding the hydrological processes in deltas regarding river
discharge, inundations, propagation of tidal floods, salt intrusion, as well
as consequences of changes in the system;
Frequency analysis of extremes under different climatological conditions.
Education Method Lectures, A reader of relevant articles (on blackboard), Short fieldwork
Materials
"Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers and Deltas"
available online (Microweb Edu).
A reader of relevant articles (on blackboard)
Reader of articles on blackboard.
Assessment Oral exam about lecturenotes "Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers and
Deltas" and a selection of articles from the reader, to be indicated by the
instructor.
Permitted Materials Reader
during Tests
Judgement Oral exam on the basis of lectures and reader.
2 73 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5460
| Ecology in Water Management
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Drs. G. Bolier ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
ledge
Course Contents Lectures:
Important aspects of ecology.
Ecosystems: Abiotic and biotic aspects of aquatic ecosystems, trophic
levels, energy fluxes, population dynamics. Interactions between trophic
levels.
Course Contents Ecotoxicology: definition of toxicity, doses-effect relation, effects on diffe(continue) rent trophic levels, sensitivity of ecosystems.
Ecological assessment: history, assessment systems, standards.
Wetlands: types of wetlands, functions of wetlands, influences of water
and geochemical regimes.
Man-made lakes: thermical, chemical and biological stratification, stability,
seiches
Bio-invaders: historical review, properties of invasive species, economical
and ecological effects of invasions
On the basis of civil engineering projects the influences of civil engineering on ecology will be shown.
Examination:
Related to a specific civil engineering subject, chosen by the student the
relation between the subject and the ecology will be discussed.
Study Goals Learning ecological concepts and ecological points of view;
Learning to understand ecosystems;
Learning to understand the consequences of civil engineering intervention
on ecosystems.
Computer Use none
Materials Ecologie in het waterbeheer
Assessment Oral exam, make an appointment with the lecturer
Enrolment / Applica- To the lecturer
tion
CT5471
| Hydrological and Ecological Fieldwork in Riversystems
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. W.M.J. Luxemburg ([email protected])
Instructor Drs. G. Bolier ([email protected]), Ir. W.M.J. Luxemburg ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 0/0/0/4 + 1 week 40 hrs
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
ledge
Course Contents Fieldwork course aimed at water qualitative and water quantitative
analysis of a river catchment in the Luxembourg Ardennes.
In general;
areal survey and determination of catchment boundaries;
determination and interpretation of the elements of the hydrological cycle,
catchment characteristics, river characteristics and ecology;
effect of human interference on discharge hydrology and water quality;
presentation and reporting of measurements and research results;
Water quantity:
meteorological date; precipitation, evaporation, interception;
geohydrology; soil composition, infiltration, hydraulic conductivity, piezometry;
applying river discharge measurements by different methods;
river characteristics: morphology and roughness;
observation of ecosystem characteristics and the influence of discharge
characteristics.
2 75 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents geofysical investigation
(continue)
Water quality:
assesment of water quality based on ecological characteristics
analysis of the key parameters for the oxygen balance
analysis of the key parameters for eutrophication
In a condensed fieldwork period (9 days) students are introduced to the
elements of the hydrological cycle and the ecology of a river system. In
this way they learn to appreciate the processes involved in terms of relevance and dimensions. The acquired expertise of the measurement practise, utilisation and interpretation of data is discussed. For that purpose
numerous experiments in the field are carried out in small groups.
Analysis, interpretation reporting and presentation, all under supervision,
is largely carried out during the fieldwork, and is finalised afterwards.
Study Goals Learning to use measurements methodologies for water quantitative and
water qualitative analysis;
Learning to determine which measurements are needed to collect relevant
data for research purposes;
Learning to interpret critically the data obtained, including all the
uncertainties and restrictions;
Learning to present and to report the research results;
Learning to work as a team.
Education Method In a condensed fieldwork period (9 days) experience will be gained with
the theory of the courses CT3010 (Hydrology), CT4420 (Geohydrology I),
CT4440 (Hydrological measurements), CT4400 (Water quality management), CT5450 (Hydrology of catchments, rivers and deltas), CT5460
(Ecology in water management).
Discussions about the measurements used and the interpretation of the
results obtained will be stimulated.
Materials Available at start of fieldwork
Assessment Students will be judged on their participation at the different parts (fieldwork, presentation and reportage)
Judgement Determined by participating staff
CT5490
| Operational Water Management
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr. R.R.P. van Nooyen ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. P.J.A.T.M. van Overloop ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Expected prior know- CT5490 uses CT2100, CT3011, CT4340, CT4410, CT4490, CT3420,
ledge CT3410 and CT3310
Course Contents The field of water management encompasses a large number of subjects
and decision levels from international to regional. This course takes the
student through the design process of a control system from quantification of the aims to the design of the controllers.
Operational objectives of control are discussed, as are types of control
systems (manual, automatic), types of controllers (on/off, PID, optimization), control variables (water level, discharge), modelling a controlled
system and the design of controllers. The course is illustrated by applications, examples and exercises from engineering practice both in the
Netherlands and abroad.
Study Goals After completion of this course, the student will be able to answer the
following questions about a given water system and a criterion or set of
criteria for the desirability of a system state and/or behaviour (from the
point of view of controlling the system).;
To what extent can the separate criteria be met?;
To what extent can a combination of the criteria be met?;
Given an agreement with stakeholders on the degree to which the criteria
are to be met, what type of control system can implement this agreement?;
Suggest control systems that behave in ways that match the desires of
the stakeholders.;
Give a description of the control system in the language of control theory
and using structure diagrams.
Education Method Lectures with in-class exercises, computer labs and homework assignments
Materials Operational Water Management
to be announced.....
2 77 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Assessment Assignments
Written exam
Judgement Assignments are graded as complete or incomplete. All assignments must
be completed two weeks before the date of the exam. The exam grade is
the final grade.
CT5500
| Water Law and Organisation
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr. E. Mostert ([email protected])
Contact Hours / week 0/6/0/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Language Nederlands (op verzoek Engels)
Course Contents The following topics will get attention:
Types, forms, functions and sources of law, main water acts, main information sources; Organisational structure of Dutch water management,
tasks and competencies, discussions on the waterboards; Public participation; Management of surface water quantity and quality, groundwater,
flood protection and the main rivers; Transboundary water management
(Rhine, Meuse, Scheldt); Public water supply; Financing of water management; European water management and the Water Framework Directive;
Legal protection and liability; Specific topic or issue, selected by the
student (part of examination); Excursion to the Second Chamber of the
Dutch parliament.
For foreign students a tailor-made self-study assignment is made, focusing on European water law and the water law in the home country of the
student. Several supportive lectures are given for this group.
Study Goals After following the course, the student should:1. know the basics of Dutch
(or European) water law and its practical relevance 2. be able to solve
simple legal issues 3. know when to involve a legal expert and what to ask
from the expert 4. be familiar with the main information sources
Education Method Lectures, exercises
Literature and Study syllabus: Waterrecht en Organsatie/ Water Law and Organisation
Materials
Obligatory other materials: databases with legislation and jurisprudence
(e.g. www.eu.int, www.overheid.nl)
Judgement Based on how well the student has reached the educational goals, as
shown, among others, by the self-study of a topic or issue selected by the
student him- or herself.
Assesment Oral exam, assignments
CT5510
| Water Management in Urban Areas | ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. F.H.M. van de Ven ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Start Education 3
Exam Period 4, 5
Course Contents Three aspects of water management in urban areas are addressed: A:
relevant processes;
Pathtways and fluxes of water in the urban environment; urban water
balances; urban climate; ground and surface water regimes; urban dessication; consequences of urbanization for river basin and polder hydrology;
interaction of urban and rural water systems.;
Quality of stormwater, groundwater and surface water; sources of pollution; behaviour and degradation of pollutants.
Ecological quality and processes; relation with chemistry and hydromorphology of urban water courses.
Land subsidence, land filling and interaction with water ground- and
surface water manangement.
B: design
Functions of urban surface waters, groundwater and wastewater; functions of urban surfaces.
Design standards and how to assess these for water quantity and quality;
design loads, design storms and design series; statistics and risks; storage
- design discharge frequency relations.
2 79 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Design procedures for stormwater, surface water and groundwater drai(continue) nage, land filling, subsidence and its interactions. Operational control of
surface water and groundwater.
Design of water quality management in urban surface waters.
Stormwater infiltration facilities and their design aspects.
Building site preparation, constructive aspects, transport and accessibility
of the terrain, working conditions for building.
Maintenance and its effects on drainage design.
C: planning and management
Planning process management; target oriented planning; guiding principles and process oriented approach procedures; collaborative planning of
urban drainage projects.
Waterwise spatial and urban planning.
Urban water management plans, spatial planning and urbanism
Course includes lecture notes, recent literature
Education Method Lectures, excursion
Literature and Study Lectore notes in print
Digital version of the lecture notes are
Judgement Grade at oral exam.
CT5520
| Drinking Water Treatment 2
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. J.C. van Dijk ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. J.Q.J.C. Verberk ([email protected]), Dr.ir. L.C. Rietveld
([email protected]), Dr.ir. S.G.J. Heijman ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
ledge
Course Contents This course deals with the design of drinking water treatment plants.
Theory is discussed and a design excercise is made.
Study Goals Understanding of design aspects and design details
Education Method Lectures, design exercise (group work)
Literature and Study Lecture notes
Materials Textbook Drinking water-principles and practices
PJdeMoel,JQJCVerberk,JCvanDijk
World Science
Available at bookstores and secretary sanitary engineering, room 4.53
Assessment Oral exam, exercise(s)
Judgement Design excercise must be sufficient before oral examination
Contact Jasper Verberk, kamer 4.48, tel: 015-2785838, [email protected]
CT5531
| Waste Water Treatment 2
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J. de Koning ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.ir. J.H.J.M. van der Graaf ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
ledge
2 81 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents - Lectures:
The course deals with special topics in the area of wastewater treatment:
·phosphorus removal
·nitrogen removal
·removal of suspended solids (effluent filtration)
·advanced (tertiary) treatment of effluent
·disinfection
·treatment of industrial wastewater, especially anaerobic treatment
·rotating biological contactors
·sludge treatment (dewatering and final treatment)
·environmental control (odour, aerosols, noise)
·on-site wastewater treatment
- Experiments
Several unit operations - used in wastewater treatment - are simulated in
pilot installations on laboratory scale. The unit operations are:
·phosphorus removal
·nitrogen removal
·ultrafiltration of effluent
Study Goals Acquire knowledge of special topics in the area of wastewater treatment
Education Method Lectures, exercises (handed out during lectures), practical
Literature and Study Lecture notes, handouts
Materials Available at Blackboard
Obligatory textbook:
Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse, 4th Edition (Metcalf and
Eddy), George Tchobanoglous, Franklin L. Burton, H. David Stensel, ISBN
0071122508 (Paperback), ISBN 0070418780 (Hard cover).
Available at bookshop
Assessment Oral exam, discussion of exercises and reports of experiments
exam is made.
Judgement Exam: result of oral examination
CT5540
| Sewerage 2
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Ir. J.A.E. ten Veldhuis ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.ir. F.H.L.R. Clemens ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Expected prior know- Fluid mechanics/Hydraulic engineering
ledge Sewerage I course (CT4490)
Course Contents Hydrodynamic modeling of sewer systems;
Uncertainties in hydrodynamic sewer models;
Monitoring of urban drainage systems: sensors, monitoring networks;
Model calibration, calibration algorithms;
Data validation;
Analysis of monitoring data;
Lectures:
Introduction to basic principles, including examples
Implications of data and model uncertainties for urban drainage management.
Study Goals After completing this course, the student should be able to:
- describe uncertainties in sewer models and their impact on model
outcomes
- explain calibration procedures for hydrodynamic sewer models
- discuss principles for setting up a basic monitoring network
- discuss types, advantages and disadvantages of data sensors for sewer
systems
- apply methods to validate data and get data errors out
- analyse and interpret small sets of monitoring data
Introduction to basic principles including examples
2 83 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Literature and Study Lecture notes and textbook obligatory for this course:
Materials "Hydrodynamic models in urban drainage, application and calibration" by
F. Clemens, and several handouts. These lecture notes are distributed in
class (free)
Book by Butler and Davies, "Urban drainage", ISBN 0-419-22340-1, publ.
E & FN Spon, 2000
Permitted Materials Pocket calculator
during Tests
Remarks This course aims to make students explicitly aware of the differences
between models and practice, the difficulties in obtainining reliable data
and how to tackle data and model errors and uncertainties in practical
applications for the case of sewer systems.
Judgement Final grade is grade for oral exam
CT5550
| Pumping Stations and Transport
Pipelines
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J.H.G. Vreeburg ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
ledge
Course Contents Availability of clear drinking water, adequate sanitation of sewerage water
and sufficient drainage are key factors for a prosperous society. This
course concentrates on the basic principles of designing, building, operating and maintaining these facilities are the subjects of the course. The
emphasis of the course is on presurised networks as drinking water
networks. The newest details of research to changes in water quality as
result of passage through the pipes are explained and the implications for
design and maintenance of network is demonstrated. The course is
concluded with an exercise in which actually a network for a middle large
town will be designed, including the reliability analysis and the design of a
small neighbourhood network with the fire fighting facilities as complicating factor.
Study Goals The student will acquire the ability to:
design a transportation network;
identify critical situations for water hammer;
design a pumping station in terms of capacity, lay out and operation of
pumps;
analyse a looped and branched pipe system;
analyse a drinking water system with ALEID or EPANET;
identify critical areas for water quality deterioration;
analyse the reliability of a drinking water system and identify critical
elements as well as formulate solutions to these points.
Education Method Lectures, discussion, excursion to working sites, exercise, computer
supported studying
Literature and Study CT5550 "Water transport and pumping stations"
Materials Available at the section secretariat and as PDF on the BVlackboard
Slides used during lectures.
Assessment Oral exam based on the design exercise
(First the design has to be reported)
Judgement (grade exercise + grade oral examination)/2
CT5560
| Civil Engineering in Developing
Countries
| ECTS: 4
Contact Hours / Week 6-8/0/0/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents Based on working on exercises on project decision making and planning,
the specific context of working abroad in general and in developing countries in particular is illustrated, with regard to socio-cultural aspects, planning and financing of projects, roles of (consulting) engineers and
contractors, local materials, techniques and knowledge and environmental
issues.
As the actual content of the different components may show slight
changes over the years, the interested student is directed to Blackboard
to see the actual contents of the course in the respective year.
2 85 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals After the course, students are able to:
define projects in several phases of the project cycle (feasibility, identification, design and construction, evaluation, operational management)
within their respective field of specialisation;
explain how other than civil engineering disciplines can contribute to
project activities abroad;
distinguish different working environments for civil engineers abroad
(management, design and construction, research, financing etcetera);
distinguish main organisations involved in development aid at national and
international level in terms of their goals, financing policies and actions;
recognise local working and living environments in socio-economic and
technical terms.
Education Method (guest) lectures on specific subjects (including project cycle, organisations
and cultural differences). Guest lecturers discuss their own (working)
experience abroad or actual subjects;
discussions, exercises and role-plays during lecture hours;
individual and group exercises during self-study hours.
Literature and Study Materials to be used, including documentation, exercises and cases are
Materials made available on Blackboard. Links to other, recommended material are
given too.
Assessment There is no written or oral exam. Grading is based on active participation
in discussions and exercises.
Judgement The exercises are marked; the average mark is the final mark.
CT5570
| Biogeomorphology
Responsible Instructor Dr. T.A. Bogaard ([email protected])
Instructor Drs. G. Bolier ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
| ECTS: 3
Course Contents This is a facultative course for M.Sc. students with a background in civil
engineering / hydrology / physical geography / biology. It aims at bringing
together various disciplines dealing with the description and prediction of
erosion and sedimentation, geomorphology and the interrelationships
with biota (living organisms). Part of the lectures will be given by experts
from other universities and research institutes. Students have to prepare
each lecture by reading scientific journal papers.
The lectures are organised around five thematic sessions.
1. General Introduction to hydro-biogeomorphology.
2. Erosion/landslides/sedimentation: Landscape dynamics, vegetation
and its influence on hydrology
3. Hillslopes and basins: Relationship between discharge generation and
biogeomorphology
4. Rivers: The relationship between river morphology, vegetation and
river biogeomorphology
5. Estuaries: Relationships between bio-activity and sediments.
6. Coasts and Dunes: Interaction between fresh and salt environments
and vegetation in coastal areas
7. Excursion (to be determined).
Study Goals 1. To be able to describe the interrelationships between the abiotic environment, i.e. erosion/sedimentation, hydrology and geomorphology, and
the biotic environment, i.e. plants and animals.
2.To be able to describe the influence of typical biogeomorphological
processes in various environments ranging from hillslopes, river basins,
rivers, estuaries and coastal systems.
3. To have learned the jargon of the disciplines of biology and geomorphology and learned to communicate with experts in these fields.
Literature and Study Introductory lecture notes will be available via the Nextprint on-line shop.
Materials
A syllabus will be comprised of recent and relevant journal papers.
Assessment Oral examination based on written take-home preparation in which open
questions on a selection of journal papers must be answered.
2 87 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5720
| Environmental Impact Assessment | ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Ir. P. van Eck ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Course Contents 1. Introduction to environmental policy, planning and engineering:
Definitions, perception of environmental problems, basics of ecology,
engineering challenges on environmental issues, environmental policy
plans, (inter)national environmental policy, law and administration, basics
of risk assessment and safety management, environmental protection,
standards, environmental zoning
2. Environmental Impact Assessment:
Aim, participants, procedure, screening, scoping, methodologies, drafting
an environmental impact report/statement (EIS), legislation, strategic
environmental assessment, seminars
3. Environmental Impact Assessment exercise:
Practical exercise on topics related to an infrastructure EIS (choice
between a highway, waterway, drinking water production facility or hydropower plant), essay
Study Goals The full course should provide
* knowledge and insight in scope of environmental problems on different
levels, its scientific backgrounds and approaches, tools available to tackle
them and their administrative and juridical backgrounds and the involvement of (civil) engineers,
* knowledge and insight in risk analysis, especially related to external
safety in transport,
* knowledge and insight in aim, procedure, methodology and value of
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA),
* insight in the crucial steps and elements in the EIA process,
* ability to review and cooperate in drafting an Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS).
Education Method lectures/seminars, exercise
Literature and Study A Course Manual for the full course and a special manual for the exercise
Materials will be available on Blackboard
Examination material will be announced and provided in due time (mainly
via Blackboard)
Assessment Written examination ("open book"), essay
Enrolment / Applica- via Blackboard CT5720
tion
Remarks Other lecturers involved are: ir T. Heijer, prof dr ir T.M. de Jong, mr E.T
Schutte-Postma and several experts for the exercise
Judgement Essay has to be completed and handed in before participation in written
examination
Final mark will consist of the average of the mark for the written exam
(provided this is at least a 5,0!!!) and the mark for the exercise/essay
CT5721
| Environmental Impact Assessment | ECTS: 3
(Condensed Version)
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period none
Course Contents [this course is a condensed version of CT5720 and mainly focusses on
Environmental Impact Assessment]
1. Environmental Impact Assessment:
Aim, participants, procedure, screening, scoping, methodologies, drafting
an EIS, legislation, strategic environmental assessment, seminars
2. Environmental Impact Assessment exercise:
Practical exercise on topics related to an infrastructure EIS (choice
between a highway, waterway, drinking water production facility or hydropower plant), essay
Study Goals This course provides
* knowledge and insight in aim, procedure, methodology and value of
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA),
* insight in the crucial steps and elements in the EIA process,
* ability to review and cooperate in drafting an Environmental Impact
Statement (EIS).
Education Method lectures/seminars, exercise
Literature and Study A Course Manual and a special manual for the exercise will be available on
Materials Blackboard
Assessment Essay (as a result of the exercise) only
Enrolment / Applica- For all information you are (re)directed to the Blackboard site of CT5720!!
tion
2 89 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Remarks Several experts are involved in the supervision of the exercise
Judgement Mark for essay/exercise is final mark
CT5730
| Spatial and Transport Economics
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Drs. J.C. van Ham ([email protected])
Instructor Drs. J.C. van Ham ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
ledge
Course Contents Regional economics:
Introduction to subject: the interrelationship between spatial and
economic developments and the availability of infrastructure. Introduction
to the theories on economic growth, neo-classical theories, the role of
innovation, the relations between government and privat sector;
Introduction to various spatial-economic theories, from Von Thünen,
Perroux, through Myrdal, Jacobs and Voigt to Malecki and Storper. Introduction to recent research;
Introduction to location factors for various sectors of industry, the role of
infrastructure;
Explanation of the economic-geographic structure of The Netherlands,
Europe and some parts of the world;
Introduction to the regional-economic policies, Dutch and European:
history, actualities, prospects;
Introduction to recent insights in economic impact studies.;
Transport economics:
Introduction in the economic aspects of traffic and transport. The market
mechanism in relation to the demand for and supply of transport services.
Supply side: economic characteristics of various transport modes and
sectors. Demand side: The impact of logistics on freight transport. The
existence of external effects in traffic and transport including the interaction between infrastructure capacity and traffic. The use of policy instruments such as road pricing and pollution rights. Evaluation of investments
in the transport sector.
Study Goals Regional economics
To be able to recognise, analyse, predict and evaluate the interaction
between spatial-economic developments and the availability of infrastructure on various spatial levels of scale.
To be able to develop knowledge and insights in the impact of infrastructure and infrastructure planning to regional economic development.
To develop knowledge of and insights in the spatial economic processen in
The Netherlands, Europe and some other parts of the world.
To recognise various important spatial economic theories (like Von
Thünen, Myrdal, Voigt, Malecki). To acknowledge the results of recent
research in this field.
To be able to value the impact of infrastructure on spatial economic developments.
Transport economics
To be able to recognise and explain economic principles in the transport
sector.
To develop economic skills to understand complex transport problems.
To be able to apply economic theory for implementing policy measures.
Education Method Seminar, classroom exercises
Literature and Study Information will be given on blackboard.
Materials
Lecturenotes for Regional Economics and Transport Economics: see Blackboard
Assessment Written exam, open questions. Books and hand outs can be used during
the exam
Judgement 1/2 transport economics and 1/2 regional economics
2 91 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5741
| Trenchless Technologies
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. W. Broere ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents The course covers the use of trenchless technologies, which is a versatile
installation method for small infrastructure (gas, water, sewers, etc). It is
meant as an addition to other specialistic courses and the topics studied
here can also be applied in other courses. Next to the installation process
and the design of the linings, the organisation of a TT project will be
discussed also.
Content of lectures:
Basic aspects of:
- Renovation of existing pipelines
- The technique of Horizonal Directional Drilling (HDD)
- The technique of Micro-tunnelling
- Geology and geotechnics in relation to boring techniques and bore fluids
- Equipment
- Boring equipment
- Measuring equipment
- Steering equipment
- Technical calculations for HDD and Micro-tunnelling
- Research on trenchless technology
- Design and construct
- Risks and innovative applications
- Case discussion
Education Method Lectures, paper
Materials
Reader "Trenchless Technology"
CT5750
| Planning: Policy, Methods and
Institutions
| ECTS: 4
Instructor Ir. P.M. Schrijnen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
ledge
Course Contents Introduction in major social and environmental developments with spatial
impacts: demography, economy, culture, transport, climate change, safety
Introduction in the major spatial scenarios
\Design of planning concepts, tuning spatial planning and transport policies
Course Contents Implementation of integrated programs into the supraregional and
(continue) regional planning projects
Overview of planning system for physical planning, water management
and environmental planning on all government levels and their relationship with transport policy
National policy plans on physical planning (contents and instrument value)
National infrastructure policy plans
Specific focus on the integration of ecological values into the national
physical planning system
Provincial policy plans on physical planning, water management and environmental planning (purposes, history, drafting, usage); case studies
2 93 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals Providing
* knowledge and insight in the scientific and societal debate on national
physical planning in general and recent policy documents in this field in
particular,
* knowledge and insight in those components of national physical planning that are of specific interest to civil and transport engineers,
* ability to design and analyse physical planning concepts and programs
and to transform them into lay-out sketches on a regional or supraregional
level,
* knowledge and insight in policy plans in the field of integrated environmental planning (physical planning, water management and environmental planning), mainly on the national and provincial administrative
level, with special focus on their significance as a planning instrument for
physical and infrastructure planning and the way they are drafted (methodologically and procedurally).
Education Method Lectures, seminar, case study, assignments
Literature and Study Examination material will be announced and provided in due time, mainly
Materials via Blackboard
Assessment * written assignment on the basis of a dossier created through a number
of small assignments
* oral presentations, written exam
Enrolment / Applica- via Blackboard CT5750
tion
Judgement Assignment has to be completed and handed in before participation in
written exam
Final mark will consist of the average of the mark for the assignment and
the mark for the exam (each being at least a 5,0!!)
CT5760
| Construction and Infrastructure
Law
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Mr. F.A.M. Hobma ([email protected])
Instructor M.A.B. Chao-Duivis ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Expected prior know- CT1102 Inleiding Ruimtelijke Ordening, Bestuurskunde en Recht or
ledge another course dealing with the basics of law.
Course Contents The planning and construction of infrastructure is surrounded by many
legal issues: procurement, contracts, permits etcetera. The main legal
aspects involved in the planning and construction of works of civil engineering nature will be discussed.
Main topics include: contract law, Dutch and FIDIC conditions, European
and Dutch procurement law, arbitration and dispute review, planning law,
European environmental law, the Infrastructure Planning Act, land
assembly, permits.
The themes will be organized around real cases from Holland and abroad.
These cases will be used as exercise background material.
During lectures students will (1) get an outline of the topics mentioned
and (2) will work on an assignment handed out before.
Study Goals After following this course students should have knowledge and understanding of the main legal aspects (of both civil and public law) involved in
the planning and construction of works of a civil engineering nature like
roads, railways, waterways, tunnels, bridges etc. in a national (Dutch) and
international setting.
Having followed this course students will be able to communicate better
with lawyers and be able to anticipate to legal questions better while
managing and taking technical decisions.
Education Method Lectures, case study, assignments
Literature and Study Textbook Planning Law in the Netherlands, DNR 2005 (in English); UAV
Materials 1989 (in English), UAV-GC (in English), FIDIC conditions.
Assessment Written exam (open book exam, open questions), written assignments
2 95 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5802
| Advanced Transport Modelling and | ECTS: 3
Network Design
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. R. van Nes ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. P.H.L. Bovy ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
ledge
Course Contents Modelling for multimodal travel analysis; choice theory; network specification. Advanced travel choice models and network assignment approaches;
deterministic, stochastic, multi userclass equilibrium approaches; public
transport network assignment; choice set specification and enumeration.
Approaches to network design optimisation. Computational experience
with modelling analysis; developing your own analysis software. Transport
scenario analysis exercise. Writing exercise report and critical essay on a
scientific article on the subject.
Study Goals Deeper insight into travel behaviour theory
Knowledge of advanced transportation models
Knowledge of network design models
Experience with advanced analysis approaches to transportation problems
Experience in developing own analysis software
Experience in writing and presenting analysis results
Experience in critically assessing other transport analysis research work
Education Method Lectures, reader, exercise, essay
Literature and Study Course Notes CT4801
Materials Reader CT5802
Blackboard for electronic version of the reader, data for exercises, and
lecture materials (presentations).
Articles for essays availbale at the lecturer.
Assessment Written reports, oral presentations, exercise/assignments, essay, class
attendance more than 80%
CT5803
| Railway Traffic Management
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr. R.M.P. Goverde ([email protected])
Instructor Ir. P.B.L. Wiggenraad ([email protected]), Prof.dr.ing. I.A.
Hansen ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Course Contents This course addresses railway traffic modelling, analysis, and simulation.
Safety, signalling and control: station interlocking, traffic management
systems (VPT), traffic control, train control. Mathematical models of
railway traffic: infrastructure modelling, running time estimation, energyefficient train operation, railway timetable optimization, capacity analysis
by queueing theory, timetable stability analysis using max-plus algebra,
real-time rescheduling, statistical analysis of train detection data. Simulation: microscopic and macroscopic railway simulation models. Application
of OpenTrack micro-simulation tool and PETER macroscopic timetable
stability analysis tool.
Study Goals Knowledge of advanced railway safety and signalling systems. Insight in
railway operations planning. Application of operations research models
and simulation to timetable design and railway traffic management. Introduction to max-plus algebra and timetable stability analysis. Experience
with railway micro-simulation tool OpenTrack.
Education Method Lectures, book, computer practicum
Computer Use OpenTrack railway micro-simulation software, PETER timetable stability
analysis tool
Literature and Study Textbook:
Materials I.A. Hansen & J. Pachl (eds.), Railway Timetable & Traffic: Analysis,
Modelling, Simulation, Eurailpress, Hamburg, 2008. ISBN 978-3-77710371-6 (available at Transport & Planning secretariat).
Supported by additional lecture notes distributed via Blackboard.
Prerequisites CT4811
Assessment Written exam. Prerequisite: computer practicum
Judgement 2/3 written examination + 1/3 computer practicum assignment
2 97 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5804
| Dynamic Traffic Management II:
Intelligent Transport Services
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr. H.J. van Zuylen ([email protected])
Instructor Dr. M.C.J. Bliemer ([email protected]), Dr.ir. A. Hegyi
([email protected]), Dr.ir. J.W.C. van Lint ([email protected]),
Dr.ir. S.P. Hoogendoorn ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
ledge
Course Contents Individual literature study of relevant papers in the domain of ITS;
Exercise with the processing of monitoring data or the application of simulation programs;
State of the art of ITS;
Optimal control;
User response to ITS;
Anticipatory optimisation of traffic control;
Dynamic Traffic Assignment.
Course Contents Dynamic road pricing
Fuzzy control systems
Decision support systems for road administrators, service providers and
travellers
Study Goals The goal of the course is to learn the possibilities to apply ITS for the
improved utilization of transport infrastructure, the process of planning
and evaluating ITS for traffic management. Furthermore the students
learn the state of the art of ITS. Finally they will learn how to review a
scientific paper about ITS.
Education Method Lectures, case study, excursion
Literature and Study
Materials
ITS for Dynamic Road Traffic Management
Literature report and exercise report have been finished and graded both
>5
Judgement Literature report and exercise report have been finished and graded both
>5
CT5810
| Traffic Safety
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Ir. P.B.L. Wiggenraad ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Expected prior know- CT5810 uses CT3041, CT3711, CT4821, and CT4822
ledge
Course Contents Principles of sustainable safe road networks. Behavioural aspects of safety
in road design. Safety audit of design options. Quantitative analysis of
traffic safety. Impacts of safety measures. Safety plans.
Study Goals General knowledge about traffic safety:
scope and costs of national and regional traffic safety policy
characteristics of traffic accident processes
interaction road user - road environment: behavioural theory (observing,
learning, risk perception), influence of speed, mass and direction of movement, principles of sustainable safe road traffic, quantitative approach of
traffic safety
risk as chance phenomenon, exposition, expected unsafety
relevant statistical descriptions and analysis methods
indicator methods for safety analysis of road networks, safety characteristics of infrastructure
safety on transport (mode) level
safety on network level
safety in road design
safety in road environment/road layout
safety in relation with collisions/first aid and infrastructure
safety and telematics
urban traffic safety plans
Education Method Lectures, presentation, essay
Literature and Study Wegman, F., Aarts, L., Advancing sustainable safety, National road safety
Materials outlook 2005-2020, swov Leidschendam 2006, ISBN 978-90-807958-7-7
Assessment Oral examination
Prerequisites:
Presentation given and essay submitted
Judgement Mean of the three marks for presentation, essay, and oral examination
2 99 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5820
| Sociology and Psychology in Trans- | ECTS: 3
port
Responsible Instructor Drs. E. de Boer ([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. J.F.M. Molenbroek ([email protected]), Prof.dr. H.J. van
Zuylen ([email protected]), Prof.dr. K.A. Brookhuis ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents Introduction in human sciences:
physical ergonomy: needed space for human functioning in rest and
movement;
psychology: from physiology to cognitive aspects and communication
science;
sociology: from primary group through social structures to western culture
and norm and value systems;
human behavioural research methods and their utility.
Analysis of transportation engineering themes with human sciences, illustrations:
location choice for societal activities;
trip behaviour based on activity patterns with fixed locations;
transport behaviour based on trip patterns, infrastructural conditions and
quality of transport systems;
route choice based on vehicle flows and the quality of the infrastructure
network;
driver behaviour based on road conditions.
Study Goals Basic knowledge of sociology, psychology and ergonomics. Insight into
their contributions to the analysis of mobility behaviour. Ability in application to a number of phenomena.
Literature and Study Reader and Handouts
Materials
Assessment Written exam on request to be replaced for 50% with a paper. Subject to
be selected in agreement with co-ordinator
Judgement Examination mark is final mark
CT5850
| Road Construction
| ECTS: 3
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. A.A.A. Molenaar ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Summary Project management for infrastructure projects. Role of the elements
quality, budget, time, information and organisation in the various phases
during the realisation of an infrastructural project.
Course Contents General insight in management of infrastructure projects (project management triangle): elements quality, budget, time, information and organisation; project phases initiative, definition, design, construction and after
care.
Quality: program of requirements; design approach, abstraction level of
design in the different project phases; control of project quality;
contractor alternatives; design responsibility.
Budget: different types of budgets; different ways to handle unforseen,
miscellaneous and risk allocated items; different ways to tender a project;
international standard: FIDIC contract, the white, yellow and red book.
Time: different ways to make and to present time schedules, coping with
uncertainty, how to speed up a project and effects of it for contractor and
client.
Project information; role and design of quality systems; vital and secondary information; different information systems; role of internet and
intranet on construction sites.
Project organisation: roles and responsibilities in an infrastructural
project; needed management skills for different roles.
Materials Available at the lecturer.
3 01 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5871
| Capita Selecta Railway and Road
Structures
| ECTS: 4
Instructor Dr. V.L. Markine ([email protected]), Prof.dr.ir. A.A.A. Molenaar
([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents This Capita Selecta course deals with recent developments within the field
of road and railway engineering. The course is partly given by guest lecturers and supported by field trips, if applicable.
Education Method lectures
Assessment An exercise has to be made or an essay has to be written on a subject
from road and railway engineering that is related to the course given.
Judgement Mark for the exercise or the essay.
CT5910
| Functional Design in Civil Enginee- | ECTS: 4
ring
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. C.M. Ravesloot ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
Course Contents Analysis of design methods during the first three stages: Initiative, feasibility analysis and preliminary design. Research and analysis of general
problem solving methods. Develop methods to stimulate creativity in the
design processes of a civil engineer. Single-case study of using a general
problem solving method on a civil engineering design and construct
problem. Comparison of different civil engineering problem solving
methods. Writing of a chapter for the reader about the results of the
research, analysis and comparison.
Study Goals Use different available methods for efficient designing
Frame problems in scale and time
Recognize problems and re-define problems
Use technical models to find solutions
Recognize aspects of expert- non expert communication
Recognize fail factors in communication
Substantiate decisions
Correctly record information
Use factual and recent sources
Critically relate problem solving methods to practice
Take a critial stance to this field of science.
Education Method Small lectures also by students
Group work to self-manage the course
Weekly individual assignments
Group collaboration in comparison of results
Adding chapters to the reader
Literature and Study Functional Design, problem definition and problem solving for civil engiMaterials neers;
author: dr drs ir C.M. Ravesloot et.al., sept. '07;
Intensive use of the internet, google science;
Assessment Research assignment
Chapter for the reader
Oral presentation and oral examination
Judgement Assesment of assignments, paper and oral presentation
CT5930
| System Dynamics
| ECTS: 4
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
3 03 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents System Dynamics deals with dynamic non-linear feedback systems on a
high level of aggregation in order to develop hypotheses and conceptual
models for complex (civil engineering) systems.
This course requires students to study in detail:
- The meaning and position of system dynamics models.
- The making of non-linear dynamics systems.
- Backgrounds of system dynamics techniques.
- The problem oriented analysis and simulation of processes in complex
systems on a high aggregation level with time dependent feedback loops.
- Formulating a hypothese and testing the hypothese by simulating.
- Making casual-loop diagrams, feedback loops, reinforcing and balancing
loops, computer simulation with Stella or Powersim.
Study Goals After the course, students will:
Be capable of being analytical in their work on the basis of a broad and
deep scientific knowledge;
Be able to synthesize knowledge and to solve problems in a creative way
dealing with complex issues;
Have the qualities needed for employment in circumstances requiring
sound judgement, personnel responsibilities and initiative, in complex and
unpredictable professional environments;
Have awareness of possible ethical, social environmental, aesthetic and
economic implications of their work and to act accordingly;
Have awareness of connections with other disciplines and ability to
engage in interdisciplinary work.
Education Method The course starts with a basic introduction of the fundamentals of System
Dynamics. This is done in lectures. In addition, students are required to
do a literature survey on a system dynamics subject or a related subject
(such as future studies & scenarios, innovation, the knowledge society etc
etc). Also early in the course, a system dynamics management game
called The Beer Game is played (focussing on System Dynamics effects in
supply chains).
After approximately one third of the course, the case study is handed out
to teams of two persons and from here on, instruction and coaching will
be on appointment basis. Finally, the results of the case study are
presented in a plenary session.
Assessment Grading is based on the final report, the case study presentation and the
literature study (in that sequence).
CT5940
| Advanced Design Systems
| ECTS: 6
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. M.R. Beheshti ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
ledge
Course Contents During this exercise a group of (preferably two) students will design,
develop and implement a system (ICT tool) for mainly (building and civil)
engineering problems. The emphasis of this exercise is on system development methods and techniques. A limited knowledge of system engineering and informatics methods and techniques (necessary for the
exercise) is offered to students either during the introductory lectures or
as selfstudy material. This includes but it is not limited to:
- applied informatics methods and techniques
- system engineering methods and techniques
- information and system analysis and development
- design and development of system for (building design and civil) engineering disciplines
- information analysis and software engineering tools
- relational database management systems
- RAD (Rapid Application Development) environments
- UML (Unified Modelling Language).
Object-oriented development environments and tools
The project begins with preparing a Work Plan followed by a detailed
study of the subject of the project and its underlying theories and
methods. Prerequisite is a sound knowledge of the discipline of the
problem because the purpose of a project is to solve a (building and civil)
engineering problem. The students are expected to have followed the
relevant courses prior to taking this project or be prepared to spend extra
study hours in addition to formal study hours of the project to acquire the
necessary knowledge of the field.
3 05 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents Phases of the project are:
(continue) - the background research
- the development of models and/or algorithms
- the logical design of the system
- the physical design of the system
- the realisation, implementation and testing of the system.
The final report of the project includes the following parts:
- a project report (compilation of interim reports)
- a User's Manual of the computer program
- a Maintenance Manual (required for the future use and maintenance of
the computer program)
- the computer program and all related documents on a CD-ROM (MS
Word file of the reports, all listings, PowerPoint file of the presentation and
the program).
The students are required to make a public presentation of the computer
program. During this session, the students explain how their computer
program works and will answer the questions asked by the public.
The Project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
- the process of the work
- the final product (mostly a working prototype of a computer program)
- the final project report, The User Manual and the Maintenance Report
- the Final presentation of the product in a public examination setting.
The students are obliged to be present during a weekly meeting with both
informatics and domain supervisors. The duration of the course is 16
weeks.
The students can combine this project with their MSc Graduation Project
provided the request is made by the graduation project supervisor and is
accepted by the course leader.
The students of all disciplines at Faculty of Civil Engineering and
Geosciences can take part in this course that is also open to the students
of other faculties at Delft University of Technology and in particular Faculty
of Architecture. More detailed information about the course content, timeschedule, registration, etc. can be found on the course website at Blackboard.
Study Goals The goal of this course is to provide the students with the fundamental
knowledge and skills related to the design and development of ICT tools
in (building and civil) engineering disciplines by means of a real-life
project. The course also aims at providing insight into the advantages of
ICT tools for engineering disciplines and the training of ICT-minded (building and civil) engineers.
Education Method Exercise, tutorial
Materials
Assessment Oral presentation of exercises (group)
One bounded hardcopy of the exercise report together with a CD-ROM
containing all project files (The program, all listings, PowerPoint presentation and the MS Word file of the written reports) have to be delivered at
least two weeks before the examination date (by appointment)
Prerequisite:
A written report of the exercises and the presentation of the product in a
public examination setting (group).
Remarks The goal of this project is to allow a group of (preferably two) students to
design and implement a system (ICT-tool) for mainly a civil engineering
problem. This applied informatics exercise is also open to all TU Delft
students of other disciplines. The goal of the exercise is to familiarise the
students with practical aspects of system development, enabling them to
employ ICT enabled tools whenever required for the purpose of their MSc
Graduation thesis or during their professional work.
Please note that this course can also be followed in combination with
CT5970 (joint exercise wherein within CT5970 you will learn the required
tools necessary for CT5940 Exercise) or parallel with your MSc Graduation
project. Regarding the latter the subject of the exercise will be relevant for
your graduation project and the resukt of the exercise will be used in your
project. The request for this type of exercise must come from your MSc
Graduation project supervisor. In such cases your MSc graduation presentation can count for CT5940 and will include the result of your exercise.
You will be asked to submit a CT5940 Report as part of your obligation for
this course.
Judgement The final mark of the course will be an average mark of the process, the
written reports of the exercise, the computer program and the public
presentation of the product.
3 07 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5970
| Special Subjects: Graphic Data
Analysis
| ECTS: 4
x/x/x/x
Course Contents The students can choose a research project in one of the following
domains:
- Computer-Aided Design and Parametric Design (follow-up CT3920):
computer graphics, geometry and topology, intelligent CAD systems,
design information environment, design decision support systems, design
knowledge-based systems, design expert systems, parametric design.
- Product modelling in building design and construction (follow-up
CT4260):
product modelling and product data technology, data communication
systems, simulation of physical phenomena, buildings robotics
- Knowledge engineering for building design and construction (follow-up
CT4270):
process modelling, information modelling, knowledge modelling, building
design and construction knowledge systems building design and construction expert systems.
The students of all disciplines at Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences can take part in this course which is also open to the students of
other faculties at Delft University of Technology and in particular of the
Faculty of Architecture. More detailed information about the course
content, time-schedule, registration, etc. can be found on the course
website on the Blackboard.
Study Goals The goal of the course (as a follow-up of CT3920, CT4260 and CT4270) is
to provide the students with additional knowledge and skills of ICT tools in
building design and construction. The students can combine this course
with their MSc Graduation Project. The approval of the course leader is
required regarding the research subject and the combination with the MSc
Graduation Project.
Education Method Discussion, tutorial
Selfstudy:
the selfstudy of literature provided and/or recommended for the course
The selfstudy of additional relevant literature (books, journals and the
Internet sources) by the research group.
Research:
the students will carry out research on an approved assignment. A limited
number of tutorials will be provided and the students have to spend additional hours completing the research project.
Report of the research project:
the research group will prepare a written report (essay) of the research
project carried out (conform instructions). One bounded hardcopy of the
essay together with a CD-ROM containing all project files have to be delivered before the examination date (by appointment).
Presentation of the research:
the research group will prepare a PowerPoint presentation of the research
project to be presented during the examination session.
Materials
Assessment Oral exam (group)
Oral presentation of the research results (group)
An essay (bounded hardcopy) and a CD-ROM of all research files
Prerequisite:
A written report (essay) of the research project, the presentation of the
research results and oral examination.
Remarks Summary
This is a selfstudy course on theories, methods and techniques regarding
the application of information and communication technologies, to
improve the quality, efficiency and affectivity of design and construction
processes. The main emphasis of the course is investigating a research
topic in one of the following fields: parametric design, product modelling
or information management and knowledge technology for building and
construction industry. Prerequisite for taking part in this research-based
course is an adequate knowledge of the chosen research domain.
exercises and the oral examination.
3 09 | Study Guide 2008/2009
CT5981
| Forms of Collaboration in Civil
Engineering
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.A.J. de Ridder ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 2
ledge
Course Contents In course CT5981 a review is given of the most common forms of collaboration in realising a project in civil engineering. The course discusses the
state of the art. This is done in a fundamental way but the theory is
clarified by means of practical examples illustrated by visiting lecturers.
The course aims at preparing students fundamentally for the various
forms of collaboration he will engage during his professional career.
However it is emphasized that no attention will be paid to the literal
contents of the various contracts. It is a matter of insight so that later on
the correct choices can be made for the adequate form of contract for a
specific type of project.
The following subjects will be dealt with:
principles of an agreement and the elements that play a role in collaboration are discussed;
the control of a project in relation to collaboration forms;
the contract and the corresponding components such as tasks, responsibilities and authorities;
the systems of reimbursement as a function of contract form;
risks, risk distribution, risk management, in various contract forms.
Course Contents the family of: design & construct, DBM, DBMOT, DBMFOT, partnering, alli(continue) ances, public private partnership
practical examples illustrated by visiting lecturers
foreign forms of collaboration
the selection and choice of a contract partner
new development in different countries.
Study Goals The student's knowledge and skill in the following activities will be
increased relative to the intellectual development level attained during his
or her BSc study:
a. The understanding of the principles of project agreements;
b. The understanding and choice of forms of collaboration;
c. The evaluation of alternative forms of contract;
d. The various types of reimbursement;
e. The selection and choice of contract partners;
f. The understanding of the various components of contracts;
g. Foreign contracts .
Materials Reader: "Forms of collaboration in civil engineering"
recommended other materials:
Design and Construct of Complex Engineering Systems, H.A.J. de Ridder,
1994
available at: Delft University Press
EPA1321
| Continuous Systems Modeling
| ECTS: 6
Module Manager Dr. E. Pruyt ([email protected])
Instructor Dr. J.H. Slinger ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
Summary This module introduces the System Dynamics method for modelling
dynamic systems. The theory is discussed according to the modelling
cycle: conceptualisation, specification, validation and use of System Dynamics models. The module consists of a theoretical part and a part in which
students have to carry out a modelling project.
3 11 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Course Contents 1. Continuous dynamic systems modelling theory
This part consists of a lecture series on System Dynamics and of exercises
in setting up continuous models analysing the models by hand and using
Powersim.
2. Continuous modelling project
The theory of continuous modelling is applied to a case. On the basis of a
case description students work in pairs to make a model, use it for an
analysis of the problem situation and report on the results. Additionally,
each student prepares a project plan of approx. 4 pages for a new System
Dynamics study. The course also includes instruction on report writing.
Study Goals Upon completion of the course the student:
knows the role of System Dynamics within the process of problem solving;
can apply the System Dynamics method;
can analyse the behaviour of simple linear continuous dynamic models by
hand as well as by computer;
can represent continous models in Powersim;
can use the models to carry out an analysis and report on this
can formulate a project plan for a new System Dynamics study
Education Method Lectures, lab and project.
Computer Use Powersim (and/or Vensim)
Literature and Study Lecture notes epa1321: System Dynamics
Materials
Manual and exercises epa1321 System Dynamics
[R.L. Borelli & C.S. Coleman. Differential Equations: A Modeling Perspective. John Wiley & Sons (or any other book on differential equations from
your own previous training or the library; we will refer only to basic knowledge about 1st and 2nd order differential equations)]
Project case description (will be handed out in class)
Additional lecture notes on blackboard
Prerequisites No formal prerequistes, but the course builds on basic knowledge of differential equations (first and second order linear differential equations).
Assessment There is a mid-term examination half-way though the semester. Students
have to obtain at least a 5.5 for the examination in order to be allowed to
participate in the project in the second half of the semester. The final
grade is the average of the mid-term exam and the mark for the project.
The project has to be graded with at least a 5.5 in order to pass the
course.
Enrolment / Applica- Blackboard.
tion
Remarks This course is integrated with the report writing course. Students have to
pass report writing to receive a mark for epa1321.
OE4624
| Offshore Soil Mechanics
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Ir. J.P. Oostveen ([email protected])
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. F. Molenkamp ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2, 4
Expected prior know- OE4624 uses CT2090, CT4399
ledge
Course Contents This course brings successful participants to a superior knowledge level in
the following geomechanics areas for application to offshore structures:
Axially loaded piles:
The behavior of piles under alternating tension and compression. Nonlinear responses as well as numerical solutions are handled.
Laterally loaded piles:
The behavior of piles under alternating horizontal forces is handled. Nonlinear responses as well as numerical solutions are provided.
Large spread footings:
Numerical computations of the behavior of spread footings using the
Brinch Hansen theory are discussed.
Pore pressure enhancement:
The build-up of pore pressures under large foundations subject to cyclic
loads as well as in the sea bed as a response to ocean surface waves is
derived.
Lateral and vertical support of pipelines:
Bedding of pipelines and their protection are discussed.
Soil investigations in the field as well as in the lab to support the above
topics are discussed as well.
Participants complete a series of exercises to enhance their skill level in
most of the above areas.
3 13 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals Offshore Soil Mechanics extends one's basic knowledge of soil mechanics
so that successful participants are prepared to design offshore foundations for fixed offshore structures at a superior knowledge level. They also
become aware of the geotechnical problems associated with pipelines and
other seabed structures.
Literature and Study obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
Materials Offshore Soil Mechanics by prof.dr.ir. A. Verruijt.
Also avialable on the internet: geo.verruijt.net
Lecture notes will be provided.
OE4625
| Dredge Pumps and Slurry Transport
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor A.M. Talmon ([email protected])
Course Coordinator Dr.ir. S.A. Miedema ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 4
Course Contents The purpose of this course is to convey knowledge of the various physical
processes associated with slurry handling and transport during dredging.
This knowledge is needed for the design of dredging equipment and for
planning efficient equipment operations. The various processes are
discussed and theories and simulation models that describe the processes
are presented and compared during the course.
The course can be broken down into four elements:
1. Pumps and engines
a. Pump characteristics and cavitation
b. Influence of particles on pump characteristics.
2. Hydraulic transport in pipelines
a. Two-phase (solid-liquid) flow through pipelines
b. Newtonian slurries
c. Non Newtonian slurries
d. Inclined and long pipelines.
Course Contents 3. Pump and pipeline systems
(continued)
a. Operation point and areas
b. Production factors.
4. Case studies
Study Goals To gain knowledge about the two-phase flow, pipeline transport and
pumping of sand water mixtures.
Materials
Dredge Pumps and Slurry Transport by V. Matousek, edited by Dr.ir. A.M.
Talmon.
Blackboard (downloads)
book Slurry Transport Using Centrifugal Pumps by K.C. Wilson et al, ISBN
0 7514 0408, 1997
Assessment Written exam (open book)
3 15 | Study Guide 2008/2009
OE4626
| Dredging Processes
| ECTS: 4
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. S.A. Miedema ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
Expected prior know- OE4626 uses CT4399
ledge
Course Contents The course focuses on 3 main dredging processes:
The cutting of sand, clay and rock;
The sedimentation process in hopper dredges;
The breaching process.
These are explained in detail. Exercises allow participants to apply the
knowledge gained in practical situations.
Study Goals Understand and reproduce the Mohr circle;
Understand and reproduce the theory of passive and active soil failure;
Understanding the soil mechanical parameters important for cutting
processes;
Understanding and make calculations regarding the 2-D cutting theory in
water-saturated sand;
Understanding and make calculations regarding the 2-D theory in clay;
Understanding and reproduce the settling of grains in water;
Understanding and reproduce the loading cycle of a hopper dredge;
Being able to determine the loading cycle of a hopper dredge, base on the
modified Camp model by Miedema and Vlasblom;
Understanding and reproduce the basic cutting theory of rock cutting;
Understanding and reproduce the breaching process.
Materials The course material is downloadable from:
http://www.dredgingengineering.com and from Blackboard
Available at as download from blackboard .
Assessment Written exam (open book)
SPM4110
| Designing Multi-actor Systems
| ECTS: 6
Module Manager Prof.dr.ir. A. Verbraeck ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week X/0/0/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1, 5
Required for spm4140 - Service Systems
Summary Students learn about designing complex, technological, large scale
systems in multi-actor environments, in short multi-actor systems. Different perspectives on systems design are discussed to provide students
with a background for working with designers from different disciplines.
Various aspects and principles of designing multi-actor systems are
discussed from a substantive and a process perspective. A conceptual
framework for designing systems is presented that highlights formulating
requirements, developing a search space, ex-ante testing of design alternatives and the selection of a systems design as main design activities.
Methods and tools for analysis and design of systems are integrated with
principles for the design and management of decision making processes.
In this course the student becomes familiar with the specific SEPAMperspective on designing multi-actor systems. The course lays the foundation for the other design-oriented courses such as spm4140.
Course Contents MAS design - introduction (lecture)
Process design & management (lectures, assignment)
Systems engineering methodologies (lecture)
Modeling and tooling (lectures)
Collaboration and creativity (lecture, workshops)
Gaming (lecture)
Case and special topic (lectures)
Multi-methodology, round up (lecture)
3 17 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals On completion of this course the student is familiar with the specific
SEPAM perspective on designing large scale, technology enabled multiactor systems (MAS) in multi-actor environments. In particular, the
student:
- can use concepts and terminology related to the design of MAS;
- understands systems thinking and the difference between hard and soft
systems thinking;
- is able to differentiate between an analytical and a design attitude;
- can adopt a design attitude;
- understands differences between design perspectives used in technical
and social disciplines;
- understands the role of models and modelling in designing MAS;
- knows methods and tools to enhance creativity in the design process.
The student can apply some of these methods.
- knows methods and tools to enable sharing of knowledge and view
points between actors involved in the design process;
- understands the difference and interaction between substantive and
decision-making issues in designing MAS
- knows process design guidelines for designing a decision making process
in a multi-actor environment;
- can choose, develop and execute ex-ante performance tests on both
content-related and process-related system performance criteria.
- can apply methods and tools that facilitate the selection process in
systems design;
- understands about risks, safety, sustainability and quality in MAS design
form both a substantive and a decision making perspective.
Education Method Lectures, panel discussions, instructions, workshops.
Literature and Study Reader spm4110
Materials Process management (English version); De Bruin, Ten Heuvelhof and In 't
Veld, Kluwer, 2002
Maier, M.W. and Rechtin, E.; The Art of Systems Architecting, CRC-press
(2002)
Other module materials will be announced through Blackboard
Assessment The course includes workshops and assignments and a final exam. The
final mark is determined by the grade for the exam, under the condition of
satisfactory results/participation for the assignments and workshop(s).
SPM9402
| Transport Policy: Special Topics
| ECTS: 3
Module Manager Dr.ir. J.H. Baggen ([email protected])
Instructor Drs. E. de Boer ([email protected]), Drs. J.C. van Ham
([email protected]), Ir. P.M. Schrijnen ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 0/0/0?X
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Summary This course focuses on current topics concerning transport policy at home
and abroad. Topics, at several spatial scale levels, i.e. European, national,
interregional, regional and local, will pass in review. Per scale level
problems being typical of that level, are identified. Possible solutions for
those problems are developed from both an process point of view and a
substantive one.
Course Contents The procedure:
during each lecture a specific spatial scale level will be dealt with: European, national, inter regional, regional and local;
for each spatial scale level a new policy item - typical for that level - will
be discussed. Besides feedback will be given to the previous higher scale
level and we will look ahead to policy consequences for the next lower
scale level;
per spatial scale level problems will be selected from an other component
of the transport system or from another effect of the transport system:
infrastructure, transport, traffic, environment, accessibility, finance, etc.;
per scale level an actual geographic area will be chosen for, preferably one
that is part of the chosen area on a higher level: with this method it will
be zoomed in more and more;
the items to be dealt with will be chosen at the start of the course from
current developments.
Study Goals Knowledge of recent developments in the field of transport policy on
various spatial scale levels;
understanding of the establishment of transport policy on various spatial
scale levels;
understanding of the effects of transport policy on various spatial scale
levels;
understanding of the coherence in policy formulated on various spatial
scale levels;
understanding of the coherence in policy formulated in various policy
fields that effect transport.
3 19 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Literature and Study Study materials on Blackboard
Materials
Assessment Students will write a paper with a study of a relationship between the
various spatial scale levels of the chosen special topic. Students will
prepare a presentation a the end of the course.
TA3750
| Geology for Engineers
| ECTS: 3
Responsible Instructor Dr. J.E.A. Storms ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3, 5
Course Contents This course provides engineering students with a broad geological background that will enable them to place engineering project into a larger
geologic framework. The course consists of four themes: 1 Physical
Geology, which includes the tectonic, rock and hydrological cycle; 2.
Structural Geology, which includes description of faults, folds and deformation; 3. Sedimentology, which will focus on sedimentation and erosion
processes of rivers, coastlines, deltas, continental shelves and slopes; and
4. Geomorphology and Earth surface processes, which includes glaciated
landscapes, hillslope processes and mass movements. Where possible
examples will be shown of the complex interaction between geology and
engineering. A number of exercises will include a practical in the mineralogical museum, a study of sedimentary structures of coastal and fluvial
deposits as well as geologic map reading.
Study Goals The goal of this coarse is to provide the student with a broad geologic
framework that places potential geohazards (c.f. sea level rise, flooding,
earthquakes, hillslope failure, climate change) as well as the origin of
various resources in a geologic perspective. In addition, the course should
provide the students with basic geologic knowledge that will enable them
to proceed with further specialized geological/ sedimentological or
geomorphological studies if needed.
Education Method Class and practicles
Literature and Study Earth Dynamic Systems, 10th Edition. Kenneth Hamblin and Eric ChristiMaterials ansen.
WB3420-03
| Introduction Transport Engineering | ECTS: 5
and Logistics
Responsible Instructor Ir. M.B. Duinkerken ([email protected]), Prof.dr.ir. G. Lodewijks
([email protected])
Instructor Dr.ir. J.A. Ottjes ([email protected]), Prof.ir. J.C. Rijsenbrij ([email protected])
x/x/x/x
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2, 3
Required for wb3410, wb3421, wb3422
Course Contents Transport in society: importance of transport systems and logistics; design
requirements (energy consumption; directives from authorities; working
conditions).
Networks, terminals and equipment: terminal types; handling activities
and logistics; terminal design.
Conceptual design of transport systems and equipment.
Process analysis; key performance indicators; systems approach and
object oriented design; integrated cost approach.
Production and distribution: logistic networks and concepts; push systems
and pull systems; logistic chains; terminals, warehouses; physical distribution.
Queueing theory: overview of basic models and results.
Routing and scheduling: standard models; algorithms; branch and bound
method.
Forecasting and decision making: process control and forecasting; models
for decision making.
Modelling and simulation: worldviews in discrete event simulation;
stochastic processes; design, planning and control with simulation; distributed simulation; case study.
Load units and equipment: unitized cargo handling; standardisation in
manufacturing, transport and logistics; overview of widely used systems.
Mechanisation and automation: trends in mechanised transport; design
demands; drivers for automation; design topics.
Case studies on transport systems.
3 21 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals The student must be able to:
1. Recognize importance of transport systems and logistics in society, in
particular in supply chains and in production systems.
2. List restrictions and options in design and optimisation of transport
and logistic systems (energy consumption; legislative rules (environmental, labour); technical restrictions; working conditions).
3. List characteristics of networks, terminals, warehouses and equipment
(transport modes, terminal types,material handling and logistics).
4. List characteristics of commonly applied principles in production organisation.
5. List load units and equipment used in material handling and list
characteristics of widely used systems.
6. Identify trends in mechanisation and automation in material handling.
7. Identify and define key performance indicators (KPI) of transport and
logistic systems.
8. List methods to analyse components of systems (i.e. queuing theory,
simulation, forecasting, routing, scheduling) and apply the methods to
small scale problems.
9. Analyse processes at a transfer point (terminal, warehouse) and to
decide on number of equipment and handling capacity needed to
handle transport flows.
Education Method Lectures (2 hours per week)
Literature and Study Lecture notes. Handouts.
Materials
WM0312CT
| Philosophy, Technology Assessment and Ethics for CT
Module Manager Prof.dr.ir. P.A. Kroes ([email protected])
Contact Hours / Week 0/0/0/X
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4, 5
| ECTS: 4
Course Contents Philosophy Module
- Introduction to and illustration of the course's aims: what is philosophy (methodology/ethics); illustration of the coherence of the three
modules
- What is science, and what is technology? Brief overview of their
history; positions on the influence of science and technology on
society
- The fact/value distinction; logic and argumentation theory
- Analysis of the notion of causality in relation to, on the one hand,
scientific explanations and, on the other hand, the responsibility of
engineers and; the notion of probability; statistics
- Methodology: foundations of scientific and technological knowledge;
construction of models and their limitations; predictability of consequences
Technology Assessment Module
- Why does technology fail? Technology Assessment as bridging the gap
between society and the engineering community
- Introduction to TA-methods and traditional forecasting: extrapolations,
experts interview and the 'common sense'-method, scenario's,
scenario workshops
- Drivers of technological change, the relation between technological
change and society
- Constructive Technology Assessment, participatory technology development
- Practice of TA; politics, steering technological innovation of Sustainable Development
Ethics Module
- Introduction to moral dilemmas in engineering practice
- Analysis of moral dilemmas in engineering practice and their backgrounds; professional codes of conduct and conflicting loyalties; legal
rights and duties of engineers
- Ethics, i.e. the foundation of judgements about good and bad /
responsible and irresponsible acts
- Responsibility of corporations and the law; ethical foundations of liability legislation; division of responsibility within organisations
- Collective decision making / public choice and the role of the expert
- Integration of the above, and inventory of available solution strategies
3 23 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Study Goals Philosophy:
- Insight in the nature of philosophical and methodological problems
- Insight in the nature of scientific and technological knowledge (difference science-technology, science versus pseudo-science)
- Knowledge of how scientific and technological knowledge are founded
(truth/reliability; nature and limitations of models)
- Knowledge of positions on the interaction between science, technology and society
- Insight in the distinction between facts and values, which in practice
are often intertwined
- Elementary knowledge of logic and argumentation theory
Technology Assessment:
- Ability to recognize patterns of interaction between technological and
societal change
- Ability to assess the value and limitations of TA-methods and -results
- Ability to apply some TA-methods to concrete situations
Ethics:
- Familiarity with and insight in problems of responsibility of engineers
that arise in their professional practice
- Knowledge of and insight in the relevant background to these
problems: ethics, law, public choice, functioning of organisations,
historical development of all the foregoing
- Ability to reason consistently and solution-oriented about moral
problems in professional engineering practice, including insight in
available solution strategies (both at individual and collective level)
Literature and Study reader "Philosophy, Technology Assessment and Ethics for Civil EngineeMaterials ring"
Assessment Written exam (open questions and multiple choice)
Optional: case exercises (more details about this option will be presented
at the first lecture)
5.
Map of TU
Campus
3 26 | Map of TU Campus
A13
3 27 | Map of TU Campus
3 27 | Study Guide 2008/2009
5 | Map of TU Campus
Legend of map TU Delft
Latest update: May 2008
No.
A
3
5
6
8
Address
Ezelsveldlaan 61
Mijnbouwstraat 120
Julianalaan 67
Poortlandplein 6
Julianalaan 132-134
12
15
17
20
21
22
23
Julianalaan 136
Prins Bernhardlaan 6
iWeb
Mekelweg 5
Prometheusplein 1
Lorentzweg 1
Stevinweg 1
28
30
31
32
33
34
Van Mourik Broekmanweg 6
Jaffalaan 9
Jaffalaan 9a
Jaffalaan 5
Landbergstraat 15
Landbergstraat 19
Mekelweg 2
34a
35
36
Cornelis Drebbelweg 9
Cornelis Drebbelweg 5
Mekelweg 4 + 6
37
38
43
44
45
46
50
Mekelweg 8
Mekelweg 10
Leeghwaterstraat 36
Rotterdamseweg 145
Leeghwaterstraat 42
Leeghwaterstraat 44
Mekelweg 15
57
60
61
62
63
64
65
180
Watermanweg
Anthony Fokkerweg 5
Kluyverweg 3 Delft
Kluyverweg 1
Anthony Fokkerweg 1
Kluyverweg 2
Kluyverweg 4 + 6
Rotterdamseweg 380
Name
Delft Technology Museum
Centre for Technical Geoscience
Biotechnology (Kluyver laboratory)
Botanic Gardens
Former main building / Temporary location Faculty of
Architecture
Delft ChemTech
Kramerslab. Physical Technology
Virtual reality pavillion
Aula Congress Centre
TU Delft Library / Marketing & Communication
Faculty of Applied Sciences
Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences / University
Corporate Office
TNO Built Environment and Geosciences
OTB Research Institute
Education & Student Affairs (CSA, International Office)
Faculty of Technology, Policy and Management
Faculty of Industrial Design Engineering / SSC ICT
Composites laboratory / INHOLLAND
Faculty of Mechanical, Maritime and Materials Engineering
(3mE) / CICAT / NIMR
Executive Board / Supervisory Board
EEMCS Examination and Laboratory Class Building 35
Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Mathematics and
Computer Science (EEMCS) / DIMES / IRCTR /
MultiMedia Services (MMS)
Sports Centre
Cultural Centre
Cogeneration plant
Technostarter share building, YES!Delft
Low Speed Wind Laboratory & VSSD
Process and Energy Laboratory (API)
Reactor Instituut Delft (RID, former IRI) /
Radiation Radionuclides & Reactors (RRR)
Datacenter
Logistics & environment
Aerospace Structures & Materials Laboratory
Faculty of Aerospace Engineering / Adhesion Institute
SIMONA Research Flight Simulator
High Speed Wind Laboratory
SUPAIR / TRAIL / Facility Management & Real Estate
Annex Faculty AE & EEMCS / ASTI / ANWB driving
simulator
6.
Year planner
7
2
29
2
6
1
Feb.
2
3
4
5
6
28
1
July
6
7
8
9
10
Calender week
Education week
Calender week
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Holiday week
Holidays
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Semester 2
13
14
15
16
17
9
10
11
12
13
8
9
10
11
12
2
1
Sept.
1
2
3
4
5
20
21
22
23
24
3
30
16
17
18
19
20
3
8
15
16
17
18
19
3
10
5
Oct.
29
30
1
2
3
40
32
5
Aug.
27
3
28
4
29
5
30
6
31
7
4
31
4
5
March
23
2
24
3
25
4
26
5
27
6
9
22
23
24
25
26
4
39
10
11
12
13
14
6
33
9
10
11
12
13
6
11
6
7
8
9
10
6
41
17
18
19
20
21
7
34
16
17
18
19
20
7
12
13
14
15
16
17
7
42
24
25
26
27
28
8
35
45
14
46
13
14
15
16
17
11
16
11
12
13
14
15
11
47
20
21
22
23
24
12
17
17
18
19
20
21
12
Examinations
Retakes
49
19
50
11
12
13
14
15
15
20
8
9
10
11
12
15
51
18
19
20
21
22
16
21
15
16
17
18
19
16
52
25
26
27
28
29
17
22
22
23
24
25
26
17
1
2
24
5
6
7
8
9
19
18 19
June
1
8
2
9
3 10
4 11
5 12
23
18
Jan.
29
30
31
1
2
3
15
16
17
18
19
20
25
12
13
14
15
16
20
4
22
23
24
25
26
21
26
19
20
21
22
23
21
5
22
July
29
30
1
2
3
27
26
27
28
29
30
22
Christmas period: Dec 22, 2008 up and until Jan 2, 2009
Good Friday: April 10
Easter: April 12 and 13
May holiday: April 27 up and until May 5
Ascension Day: May 21
Whitsun: May 31 and June 1
Summer holiday: July 6 up and until August 28
Examination retake dates: August 17 up and until 28
13 14
May
27
4
28
5
29
6
30
7
1
8
18
14
Dec.
24
1
25
2
26
3
27
4
28
5
48
13
Education
Free
Education-free week
Education-free/
Examination/Education
6
7
8
9
10
10
15
10
Nov.
27
3
28
4
29
5
30
6
31
7
9
44
9
April
23 30
24 31
25
1
26
2
27
3
8
13
20
21
22
23
24
8
43
s
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
37
36
Calender week
Education week
38
Year Planner Education 2008/2009
Semester 1
6 | Year planner
6 | Year planner
6.1
Lecture hours
1
2
3
4
8.45 - 9.30
9.45 - 10.30
10.45 - 11.30
11.45 - 12.30
5
6
7
8
13.45
14.45
15.45
16.45
-
14.30
15.30
16.30
17.30
A1 18.45 - 19.30
A2 19.45 - 20.30
A3 20.45 - 21.30
3 31 | Study Guide 2008/2009
7.
Agenda
2008 | Juli - July
28 | Maandag - Monday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29 | Dinsdag - Tuesday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 | Woensdag - Wednesday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Juli - July
| week 31
31 | Donderdag - Thursday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 | Vrijdag - Friday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 | Zaterdag - Saturday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 31
3 35 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2008 | Augustus - August
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Augustus - August
| week 32
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 32
3 37 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 33
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 33
3 39 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 34
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 34
3 41 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 35
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 35
3 43 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2008 | September - September
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September - September
| week 36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 36
3 45 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 37
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 37
3 47 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 38
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 38
3 49 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 39
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 39
3 51 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 40
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 40
3 53 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2008 | Oktober - October
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oktober - October
| week 41
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 41
3 55 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 42
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 42
3 57 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 43
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 43
3 59 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 44
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 44
3 61 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2008 | November - November
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November - November
| week 45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 45
3 63 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 46
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 46
3 65 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 47
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 47
3 67 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 48
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 48
3 69 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2008 | December - December
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December - December
| week 49
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 49
3 71 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 50
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 50
3 73 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 51
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 51
3 75 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 52
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 52
3 77 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 1
3 79 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Januari - January
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Januari - January
| week 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 2
3 81 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 3
3 83 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 4
3 85 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 5
3 87 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Februari - February
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Februari - February
| week 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 6
3 89 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 7
3 91 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 8
3 93 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 9
3 95 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Maart - March
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maart - March
| week 10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 10
3 97 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 11
3 99 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 12
4 01 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 13
4 03 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | April - April
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
April - April
| week 14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 14
4 05 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 15
4 07 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 16
4 09 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 17
4 11 | Study Guide 2008/2009
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 18
4 13 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Mei - May
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mei - May
| week 19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 19
4 15 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Mei - May
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 20
4 17 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Mei - May
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 21
4 19 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Mei - May
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 22
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 22
4 21 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juni - June
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Juni - June
| week 23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 23
4 23 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juni - June
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 24
4 25 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juni - June
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 25
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 25
4 27 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juni - June
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 26
4 29 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juni - June
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 27
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 27
4 31 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juli - July
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Juli - July
| week 28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 28
4 33 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juli - July
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 29
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 29
4 35 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juli - July
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 30
4 37 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juli - July
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 31
4 39 | Study Guide 2008/2009
2009 | Juli - July
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| week 32
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
week 32
9 | Zondag - Sunday
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Augustus - August
4 41 | Study Guide 2008/2009
Bestelnummer: 06927530005
69333502

Civil Engineering - TU Delft Studentenportal

Transcription

Similar documents

Delft Centre for Materials

THE COURSE SYLLABUS ()

IEU - SQA International Dual Diploma Associate Program

Alfredas Chmieliauskas

Five College Registration

Form B. Hybrd, Online, or Supplement

brochure - DOBA Faculty of Applied Business and Social

Issue 5, July 2012

Vocational School Of Health Services